ot inane yy : aS Nhs Nok a (ie we, \e i mG NS ee Ms, —_—. F. _ 4 ‘ 4 1 ns ~ is \. ol i 1. 4 sevens) 3 ‘ : ; 3 s, ae Aad a He : ; , wow its Sip Nusa} a ag Daas ra ' ‘ ' eed i toy ‘ 4 7 v Whe ay eu ae et Hite a, ALAN LIP H : : ; Seater ene or Wi aiqag Pipa ion i : H . > 2 Hy ane 4) § nA Ab & 4 ‘ \ , i oe: ¥ i 2 a p et yur wa ea anti: mt 3 f = <4 ! a f ea gs aad yah a WAAR Raa j ay “the d : Pt RAE) mh AEN RY 5 45 ‘ mae a ta it Sean rahi elm at Re aes . se } , x oe, : : F ‘ AF + siete RO i Cage ailens caine eri Nats asd pa WT Petia a MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJLONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYSIT LIBRA RNG 3 “ SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI IVINOSHLINS S3lYVuaI1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNS PI LIBRARTES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI saluvyugi saiuvyug INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NYINOSHLINS S31uvYaIT_LIBRA Z ” z Y Zi pas = ay; = = YY: = Zz a iy. = 4 Whiff, = A E ck dia a = zp = aN = >" = > = ae m7) Zz 7) Zz 77) | LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNI ul Zz eg p= a = n =n JtErt, = o pe ow Ys. te = m = 4 < ’ fy Js A < a S oc 4 = oc om = m- —_ m _ Oo = oO - - z ~I = - MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAIYVYUEIT LIBRA i = GS ee im ae) ° oo ° o 7 = Po = A > = > { = > a F ae e fa | Oo z o z Oo IWINOSHLINS S31NVYUGIT LIBRARIES NOILNI (op) z Ere ” z 27) = .< Oa < = z “8 QS F é = gh, a 3 n° I \ wn o nH Ge £ : oO O 2 bs o rE \. Zz = Zz Zy > = ay = > G Zz 7p) $ Ze ” FA MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI_ _ LIBRA z eo z He Zz «WM oLx ap) mes 1p) a or = oc = 4 c < c < C 4 H 4 — faa) pa, faa} = ag oO _ Oo _ Oo 72 at 7A > =I Fe VINOSHLINS |S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION | NOILM ‘ faze Oo = oO ses 1e) ae mM _ Lt ow oe : > = LIE : - Y i= a E U7 fi 2 = ” a Creme ak w) S o z o z MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS Saluvugi7_ LIBRA XN \ » NVINOSHLIW A “ . Bo BN SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS IWINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT LI BRARIES “SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ3IYVYSIT LIB! a = ” s a ” = if on 2 o KE 2 O a ay m~ a WS SS faa a ma ra x 4 AS. N oa a Aes = a = NN oc S = : S = O ane 5 5 7 Zz = Zz SPREE z NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUYSGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOI zi z c z E z ae] > — ive] — Wi @ — 2 ww 5 2 5 Gly 2 5 > \ WN A — > = Vi b/ or — a AYE 2 a Ze z SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31Yvy¥ai7_LIB 2) 7a (a) = ” z ae = ee) = < = Ji: >y = =i => ¥ =a) oe — Y 4 . a 4 r 5 Kg z a) =e ig ip 9 j 2 ow t\ 2 2 a da EAOE GE: Dd a: : ze ; : ; = = NVINOSHLINS SJ3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI. i a 2 2 2 ff D = n Y Oo cs = jog = o 5 re. o ma rs, <= YW, WS = = = sa < 3 : ee) = fof = 20] O “SS = fe) ay O = a =4) z ea) a as) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYE!IT LIB z ra Z (i ‘ Fa & _ Roe a im Oo es moe) PaaRe SR —_ oO = 2D E = \\ > eas ra = > = > NX BS eae > Ae Po) — Sa) . — aA FE z Z ane = z 1 z a i ae ie NVINOSHLINS S31YVYaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN be Y pas B de NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS AS WS * SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI Saiuvudi LIB 2 a heat - < .o a a ws o = a zat oc =i = = e = c = e ; 3 a = = 2 x1 NVINOSHLINS SSJIY¥VYNSIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOI! > Fe i PA & Fe ie) = oO = 2) Ve 5 = e 2 EB \ RE za FE as & NX 12) m ” m (29) hae = wo = w z SMITHSONIAN s Gp. 44 fly /* INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3luvudiT_LIB MITHSONIAN Gb VINOSHLINS MITHSONIAN \VINOSHLIWS ;MITHSONIAN "ty : > ; _ a : 7 pre i | er, a ny : me. * i) ms | ANNUAL REPORT OF THE BOARD OF RinG HN is OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, SHOWING THE OPERATIONS, EXPENDITURES, AND CONDITION OF THE INSTITUTION AED Ey) Ye EA TE Sie Ol: WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1880. FORTY-SIXTH CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION. IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES, May 22, 1880. The resolution to print extra copies of the report of the Smithsonian Institution | 1879 has been agreed to by both Houses to read as follows: Resolved by the Senate (the House of Representatives concurring), That fifteen thous five hundred copies of the Report of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 187)¢ printed; two thousand five hundred copies of which shall be for the use of the Seve, six thousand copies for the use of the House of Representatives, and seven thound copies for the use of the Smithsonian Institution. Attest: JOHN C. BURCH, Secre’y> | Dred Ds Be ed ke FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, ACCOMPANYING The annual report of the Board of Regents of that Institution for the year 1879. Marcu 10, 1880.—Ordered to be printed. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Washington, March 10, 1880. GENTLEMEN: In behalf of the Board of Regents, I have the honor to subinit to the Congress of the United States the annual report of the operations, expenditures, and condition of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 1879. I have the honor to be, very respectfully, your obedient servant, SPENCER F.. BAIRD, Secretary Smithsonian Institution. Hon. WM. A. WHEELER, President of the United States Senate, and Hon. 8. J. RANDALL, Speaker of the House of Representatives. THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. RUTHERFORD B. HAYES, President of the United States, ex officio Presiding Officer. MORRISON R. WAITE, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor of the Insti- tution (President of the Board of Regents). SPENCER F. BAIRD, Secretary (Director of the Smithsonian Institution and of the National Museum). WILLIAM J. RHEES, Chief Clerk. REGENTS OF THE INSTITUTION. MORRISON R. WAITE, Chief Justice of the United States, President of the Board. WILLIAM A. WHEELER, Vice-President of the United States. HANNIBAL HAMLIN, member of the Senate of the United States. NEWTON BOOTH, member of the Senate of the United States. ROBERT E. WITHERS, member of the Senate of the United States. HIESTER CLYMER, member of the House of Representatives. JAMES A. GARFIELD, member of the House of Representatives. JOSEPH E. JOHNSTON, member of the House of Representatives. JOHN MACLEAN, citizen of New Jersey. PETER PARKER, citizen of Washington, D. C. ASA GRAY, citizen of Massachusetts. HENRY COPPEE, citizen of Pennsylvania. WILLIAM T. SHERMAN, citizen of Washington, D. C. NOAH PORTER, citizen of Connecticut. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF REGENTS. PETER PARKER. JOHN MACLEAN. WILLIAM T. SHERMAN. MEMBERS EX OFFICIO OF THE INSTITUTION. RUTHERFORD B. HAYES, President of the United States. WILLIAM A. WHEELER, Vice-President of the United States, MORRISON R. WAITE, Chief Justice of the United States. WILLIAM M. EVARTS, Secretary of State. JOHN SHERMAN, Secretary of the Treasury. ALEX. RAMSEY, Secretary of War. RICHARD W. THOMPSON, Secretary of the Navy. DAVID M. KEY, Postmaster-General. CARL SCHURZ, Secretary of the Interior. CHARLES DEVENS, Attorney-General. EDGAR M. MARBLE, Commissioner of Patents. 4 OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTI- TUTION AND NATIONAL MUSEUM, JANUARY, 1880. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. SPENCER F. BAIRD, Secretary, Director of the Institution WILLIAM J. RHEES, Chief Clerk. Danret LEeEcH, Corresponding Clerk. Assistants and Clerks. CLARENCE B. YOUNG. Won. B. TAYLOR. H. DrepirscH. G. H. BOEHMER. J. A. TURNER. M. E. GRIFFIN. L. STOERZER. H. DE C. DAINGERFIELD, HENRY Gass. S. G. Brown. NATIONAL MUSEUM. G. BROWN GOODE, Curator ef the Museum. F. M. ENDLICH, Assistant, Mineralogy. ROBT. RIDGWAY, Assistant, Ornitholegy. TARLETON H. BEAN, Assistant, Ichthyology. CHAS. RAU, Assistant, Archeology. * ~ EDWARD FOREMAN, Assistant, Ethnology. F. H. CUSHING, Assistant, Ethnology. CHARLES A. WHITE, Assistant Patéontelogy. HENRY HORAN, Superintendent of Building. JOSEPH HERRON, Janitor. W. J. GREEN, Carpenter and Electrician. J. H. RICHARD, Artist. A. Z. SHINDLER, 4rtist. §. C. BROWN, Clerk, Property and Records. KE. P. UPHAM, Clerk, Archwological Collections, JOSEPH PALMER, Taxidermist. T. W. SMILLIE, Photographer. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FOR THE YEAR 1879, CONTENTS. 1. Annual report of the Secretary, giving an account of the operations and condition of the establishment for the year 1879, with the statistics of collections, exchanges, We. 2, Report of the Executive Committee, exhibiting the financial affairs of the Institution, including a statement of the Smithson fund, the re- ceipts and expenditures for the year 1879, and the estimates for 1880. 3. Proceedings of the Board of Regents for the session of January, 1880. 4. General appendix, consisting of scientific papers, original and selected, of interest to collaborators and correspondents of the Institu- tion, teachers, and others engaged in the promotion of knowledge. 6 CON TEN TS. I. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Resolution of Congress to print extra copies of the report .-... RES its Sich orate avis ic Letter from the Secretary submitting the Annual Report of the Institution to Congresses erica onisse ee care a aieleeisinGes ele'sie ie wicimacyara lehiasaaes se eis cre(esicnee a= Regents, Executive Committee, and members ex officio of the Smithsonian In- SULTON Ae cso GaSb KHEDOER DORObH HOBO Sead nGOEde Palo hOUDSO Buda rao bade good Officers and assistants of the Institution and National Museum, January, 1880-. COMMIS O TLS 12) Noises adao noo beo CoGG Gobo Dono CoodeS DOUOSS pacS coed ueEesedue ELORELOUU THE SH CHREARN,: fae. 2cic sgeta an Sato cee cn oe sees See case ImbrodMetonyjens eisai ce = he005 Seca LoDbod aged seen seesos cabSldsogcestesccs IMINO Soho Sacase GoeOSe CBbAS Bobs Hobo. coOSHb csache SeseEd bbaD Scan necccs TAO DEGUESt eos ae en sere sia coo seia is oe howcimisianc = sige ce ose cees coder e Henry; MemonialiSenyicesian dvolum eye eit ae oes stain slats tat rap salar Statueiof Protessormblentyis2 5. a2 soos cos so sia aayoc ee asia tel oan is ya serrata ois Appommbmentandrelectlonsol MeCeNtS se see es. tases = oe eieie se yar eiel= Meeting of the ‘‘ Establishment” .........-.-.....- p ogsnbooses access cece 5 Researches 1 Solateclipses: bye Minn Odd semis see asceticism raise etal AM DEHHTINUES) TOE RESUME NOV os S550 panobb boos osco Goo see a5cene Mi abOnavory naar atse ayaa ss sions Sao hee sel ei eee ise] seca Sy sickens ° Telegraphic announcement of aatrononmcal GISCOVELIESE sce es oseetacises IL TOMO HHA ChieeoencGlinn Wee scoce ees ssecadeeqeee css cnseds ence Bublicabions other ns ilo UulO les eee eae attain ert are Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge........ .........--.----.<-- Ralenquevkabletsibyy CRalas cmc occis. osc oettee nee eee Miscellaneous! C ollechionstscmccisccic co eeieteiare acts) isiiereiearseeater aeieiate \Wanlibayegs; OF demas Sim hl YSN oo56 co Sooo ceED aeeSso CouE Been SG eees 6000 History of the Institution, by W. J. Rhees..-.-.--.....-....--..- Journalsiofsohe Boardvof® Revents.-5..5-.= ssce=sei-el- == eee ae Toner Lectures (seventh), by Dr. E. O. Shakespeare.--.-....-.-.-- Monograph of Chitonide, by P. P. Carpenter.................-<. List of Zoological Genera, by S. H. Seudder------... -.-<.-.. --..- Bulletinsiotthe Nationalevuseum sce creme elects nies siataeere trainee Bulletin 15.—Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic Je, lined ly MANS NBS SSS ess Soe sen coe daéa Sone enoUSaOnGOS Proceedings of the National Museum, Volume 1, for 1878 ..-..-..-- Smithsonian;Amnual/ Report forte 7S. oases cee ca lecianele 2 ara Reports of the United States Fish Commission............------.- J SA RRO WOOP c oc Ho50 coeeog sees eebes besone race 505 o8Ee Send eSdS NESE SeSaeS Appropriation forethnolopic researches)---. 2-252 s-2. 2=-sseee,-/=scias ons onic ocinie\sosisos ee gese sae seieeeeeEneers cee i WeNelsons Northwestern) Alaska. <-\-sssss1oe-seees -aeee ee ere sen aee Ife We Atte, Aleman TI GIOK R a6 boas caso oseSce oac6 se5das ch aseds- Capt. divAT beardslee, Alaska: o22 2 - -secoeeceis= sae eee ee mae ociaee Captain Bailey, North Racine: 2-2 cess a= =e ee eee een eens Lieutenant DeLong, ‘“‘The Jeannette,” Arctic seas...... .-..........- PLoR D> so: Jordan, Pacitic) Coast. ---0--es eee anos eer eee SaE Walker: west coast of Moridawes-o--se> oa sa bose eee eeer reer - James We Milner, west.coast of, Mloridacesso---- ---sees eases eens eee Silas) Stearns, Mexicon-ccs. sa ceee ceo seeee ees = csiee eae eee eee Re Ride way, eastern ShorevOts Vion eens == ee eee eee A. ‘Ober: West Indies: 2.2. .2.- o25- -acememenees see aeeecesieme sees Prof. J. Bo isteere, Amazonehivera--4---oseeemeeteasieereee ee eere ee nee Dri. J. Hering, Surinamece = sone se eee eee ete eeer eee ener Dr: OttoPinseh, Polynestac. (scjen.-nie-) sacmeemaecs: sae ae= sees JDK MINE So eos Gooedd sessns sencoeseaeaS Coooos osss4s0SSs55 esosee PSS Horeignuacsencies CMplOyed errs 2 nese eee a eee sles e ace ieee == aera Commission frangaise des échanges internationaux .-...----. .... ----- Charge made to government DUreausr—ase-isee >=. oes) eee Pree transportation...22.csAiac-22scen caterer nee tee vee ocjeeeseeteeeeee Statistics for ten years)..222.ssec- 5 eee oem eee eeeces = oes eee Foreion institubionsim-correspondencere--tecen.aa-- o> 22] sees eee = xchange ot government documents=-—ss--eeeaae = == -)-2 eee eee eee International exchange im lS79 255 jon emeeaaee on oat ee ee pe eee I bl NA SaGG ROD ORSOO COON S665 SHb sooo bose odds cone cbtdasRSe Sbse co0Ses 25¢ Statementiof additionsmnS79 S22.) see ee ae eee eee ee Titles of some of the more valuable works received ...--...-----.----. WormespondenCe nese see ae eee aaa ete ee era aie ee erate Co-operation ofthe departments=::. == 2-2 -2seenee ace === 5+---e- see eee -- eee IMG etn GS teres seein oe cnet ec ince ee cicemmmaras eae See enet 2 cules Soe Eee National:-Academy of |Sciences#....'..2. acco. -coc) heen esos coe eee Anthropological Society of Washington’. -2-- ses see--o- ees eee se Lectures by Prof. C. 8. Hastings on astronomical physics--...--. ------ Death of employésiand collaborators <--- 262. ses peoeeean © ee eee eee Tobias IN. WOltZs 222 36'S con vnc cccces Sate coeelee seers hee eee eee Fielding BWetie. <2. ca.2 ss. ss 5.kh5c0 sosctecesee een see peeeeeneees Dr, James Avtiken Meigs occa w lony Loo yyw) el, OSTEO 5 Hee pace co cesneD shoo dooden coatne Badons HoUDoe JSSAWETY OO KOE Nie cant aac bac ead BeeeEOaCUCodos00GéaG abScéucccasa Gadeaces sdE5 The Preservation of Antiquities and National Monuments in Denmark, by: Je SPAR WORSAAMMS oS iSaisecesnssemecce cis ecco ssccinnsisesisocisiels The French Half-Breeds of the Northwest, by V. HavarD, M. D., As- Simin Sentero, Wo Sk AL caceee cosnop sdosdéecnesesa GoqGeaGasS sbo656 Prehistoric Remains in Montana, between Fort Ellis and the Yellow- stone River, by P. W. Norris, Superintendent of the Yellowstone INTO TERE oon neoedeonaboKOdbGbs Hepcseeca sus obud csajensislatayeterersiate The Shoshone or Snake Indians: their Religion, Superstitions, and Manners; by Col. AtprrT G. BRACKETT, U.S: As. <2. 2-02 /s0cc0so- 327 328 10 CONTENTS. ANTHROPOLOGY —Continued. Page. Ruins in White River Cafion, Pima County, Arizona, by R. T. Burr, M. D., Acting Assistant Surgeon, U.S. A .----..----------000- .2------ 333 Mounds in Winnebago County, Wisconsin, by THOMAS ARMSTRONG, of 1esh oO, LiloysvG! Glin IDAKe Chowan WAG candss soseoa ososce seer seb sesodsese 300 Mounds near Quincey, Ill., and in Wisconsin, by WILLIAM GILBERT AN- DiMs\OT, Wit Ayo MN sosoSh cocses co sses oes oscess Snes Sosssscoesoe 341 Notes on Some of the Principal Mounds in the Des Moines Valley, by SAMUEL B. Evans, of Ottumwa, Iowa........----------..-.----. 344 Composition of Ancient Pottery found near the Mouth of Chequest Creek, at Pittsburg, on the Des Moines River, by RoBEerRT N. and (Cis Ue OAS) IDO TONEY SGgpce aoSS60b6S0s0 o605.0006 Sacnes cess Sassen cee 349 Prehistoric Evidences in Missouri, by G. C. BROADHEAD ..--.----.----. 350 Mounds in Muscatine County, Iowa, and Rock Island County, Illinois, long, Ubbewansyoue (MEKONMESONT 595655 bo0qc0 cuds coc oo Se oses hous seco cass sco5 309 Antiquities of Rock Island County, Illinois, by ADOLPH T@LLNER ..-. 363 Stone Cists near Highland, Madison County, Illinois, by ARTHUR (OBR 545404 c650R0 nSc689 050650 9005605 395505 soRSSSsUSSOF eSSssuUnNSS 366 Mounds in Pike County, Illinois, by BRAINERD MITCHELL .......----- 367 Mounds in the Spoon River Valley, Illinois, by W. H. ADAMS..-.- ---.- 368 Mounds in Franklin County, Indiana, by EDGAR R. Quick, of Brook- a BUNS Ih pega asSSbascds Goan soe 55050569 SHoone Hadenp Shes Sa 55555 70 Mounds and Earthworks of Rush County, Indiana, by F. JACKMAN.... 374 Primitive Manufacture of Spear and Arrow Points along the Line of the Savannah River, by CHARLES C. JONES, JR., of Augusta, Ga.--....- 376 Mica Beds in Alabama, by WILLIAM GESNER, of Birmingham, Jeffer- Rom Omi HU cago eabanc coseed Econ oSbass tGan depo DoSsad Gaeagcasse 382 Mounds in Washington County, Mississippi, by JAMES HouGu, of Ham- tlton;+Ohioe. 2. e250. ceccms coe es CREE Re eieiess seem some eee 383 Mounds in Moorehouse Parish, Louisiana, by BENJAMIN H. BRODNAX, Git J eyaumensivallke, IDE no Soo cdlas coe coo cons Snodeaqsces Hass Sess ssse= 386 Wampum Belts of the Six Nations, by W. M. BrEaucHAmp, of B ara winswvalle, (NJ Ws cocci cee om aacie cates eee eae cininis on wee arsiemn eee eine 389 Indian Relics from Schoharie, N. Y., by FRankK D. ANDREWS, of Vine- land, ON. id ceies sasece otis Sees eee eee ones = Sse 391 Preliminary Explorations among the Indian Mounds in Southern Flor- ida, by S. T. WALKER,- of Clear Water, Florida -<-..-.--.- ........-. 392 Report on the Shell Heaps of Tampa Bay, Florida, by 8S. T. WALKER, of Clear Water, Plaizccnc- cacece oases p meer ar ss o-h aeeren eres 413 Mounds on Gideon’s Farm, near Excelsior, Hennepin County, Minnesota, by FRANK H. NUTTER, of West Roxbury, Mass....-....-............ 422 Summary of Correspondence of the Smithsonian Institution previous to January 1, 1880, in answer to Circular No. 316, by Oris T. MASON. = 428 Anthropological Investigations during the Year 1879, by Oris T. Mason. 449 Index to Papers on Anthropology published by the Smithsonian In- stitution, 1847 to 1878, by GrorGr H. BOBHMER ......--.---.-----. 476 On the Present Fundamental Principles of Physics, by Prof. Dr. FRANZ JOSEPH 1EAESNC0) 663568 SCHESHS OSG DUE OBB DEES RStnOoSis doo boebod Gonos ASoRSsSsioa soso 5a58 485 A Universal Meteorograph, designed for Detached Observatories, by E. H. VON BAUMHAUER, Permanent Secretary of the Netherland Society of Sciences, Harlem = a= 2s Sts eeiev wees) dw otdee aly etielee eee eee oes eee ee eae 519 Reports of American Observatories, by Prof. E. S. HOLDEN.... ...-.---------. 5385 REPORT OF PROFESSOR BAIRD, SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, FOR 1879. To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution ; GENTLEMEN: I have the honor to present herewith, the report of the operations and condition of the Smithsonian Institution for the year 1879: THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. INTRODUCTORY. The year just passed his been marked by a number of interesting and important incidents in the history of the Institution, which will be de- tailed in their proper places; the most noteworthy being the memorial services, held in the United States Capitol, in honor of Professor Henry, and the commencement of work upon the new fire-proof building for the National Museum. The usual routine of business has been prosecuted by the Institution during the year, the various departments receiving their share of atten- tion and expenditure. HENRY MEMORIAL SERVICES AND VOLUME. In conformity with the action of the Board of Regents in reference to the holding of a public commemoration of Prof. Joseph Henry, a joint resolution of Congress was passed appointing January 16, 1879, as the time, and the Hall of the House of Representatives as the place, of such memorial services. These proceedings took place at the time announced, in the presence of a very large and distinguished auditory. Dr. Asa Gray was appointed by the Board of Regents to “prepare a sketch of the life, character, and public services of Professor Henry,” which it was ordered should form part of the exercises at the Capitol. The Vice-President of the United States, supported by the Speaker of the House, presided on the occasion. After prayer by the Rev. Dr. James McCosh, president of Princeton College, addresses were deliv- ered by Hon. Hannibal Hamlin, Senator and Regent (the address being read by Vice-President W. A. Wheeler); Hon. R. E. Withers, Senator and Regent; Prof. Asa Gray, of Harvard University, Regent; after which Hon. Hiester Clymer, Member of the House and Regent, read the telegrams received on the occasion. The remaining addresses were delivered by Prof. William B. Rogers, of Boston; Hon. James A. Gar- field, Member and Regent; Hon. S. S. Cox, Member, and formerly a a | 12 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Regent, and by General William T. Sherman, a Regent. The exercises were concluded with prayer by the chaplain of the Senate, Rev. Dr. Byron Sunderland. In addition to the Senators and Members of the House assembled, the President of the United States, members of the Cabinet, justices of the Supreme Court, and other dignitaries, were present; and the pro- ceedings were solemn and impressive, as befitted the occasion. By joint resolution of Congress, these memorial addresses were ordered to be printed in the ‘‘ Congressional Record,” which was accord- ingly done on the 4th of March following. The same resolution also directed the printing of fifteen thousand copies of the said proceedings in a “*Memorial Volume,” which volume should include also “such arti- cles as may be furnished by the Board of Regents.” Satan oe! we era ate hay $651, 000 00 In addition to the above, there are Virginia bonds and cer- tificates, viz, consolidated bonds, $58,700; deferred cer- tificates, $29,375.07 ; fractional certificate, $50.13; total, $88,125.20, valued January, 1880, at........-. .....--. 32, 000 00 Cash balance deposited in the Treasury of the United States at the beginning of tlie year 1880, for current ex- penses’.....--. ....-- sobe dd SorceG esc ose eecedcoececne 20, 894 06 Total Smithson fund January 2, 1880 ............. $703, 894 06 The receipts in 1879, were $62,004.08, and the expenditures $41,110.02, leaving a balance on hand of $20,894.06. THE HABEL BEQUEST. Previous reports of the Institution contain allusions to the explora- tions and researches of Dr. Simeon Habel. This gentleman was of Austrian birth; graduated in 1846 at the Vienna University, and for several years had been the resident-physician in charge of a public hos- pital. In consequence of his liberal views, he was obliged to leave Europe and seek a home in America. His love of nature and the desire to advance science led him to undertake an extended tour through Central and South America. Before doing this, however, he spent several months at the Smithsonian Institution, in making himself familiar, under the direction of Professor Egleston, then in charge of the Geological Department, with the most important species of minerals and rocks. Subsequently, during seven years, he made collections in natural history and observations in meteorology, geography, geology, and ar- cheology. Among the regions of South America to which Dr. Habel devoted special attention were those of the guano deposits of Peru and of the remarkable group known as the Galapagos Islands. Of the peculiar bird fauna of these islands, Dr. Habel made large collections, which were fully described by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin in the proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. Returning to New York about the year 1877, he devoted himself to the elaboration of his researches and, in time, prepared for the In- stitution, a memoir entitled “The Sculptures of Santa Lucia Cosumal whuapa, with an account of travels in Central America and on the North- western coast of South America.” This work was published by the In- stitution in 1878, and contains a brief account of Dr. Habel’s ethnologi- cal and archeological researches, and a minute descripticn of a group of sculptures discovered by him at Santa Lucia Cosumalwhuapa, a small town in Guatemala. The variety of ornamentation, the skill in execu- tion, and the grade of refinement exhibited in the designs upon these bas-reliefs, as well as the almost total absence of sculptures hitherto re- ; . 16 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. ported on the southern side of the Sierras, induced the Institution, on the recommendation of Profs. W. D. Whitney and J. H. Trumbull, to include Dr. Habel’s paper among its publications. The author was invited to visit Washington, where a room was pro- vided for him at the Institution, and the drawings of these sculptures were reproduced by an artist, under his personal supervision. Dr. Ha- bel highly appreciated the aid thus rendered him, and informed Profes- sor Henry of his intention to leave a part of his estate to the Institution, to repay, at least in part, the cost of the’publication of his memoir. The Institution having learned of the death of Dr. Habel on the 1st of January, 1879, steps were taken to secure the legacy which he had promised as indicated in the following letter, deposited by him in the Emigrant Industrial Savings Bank, New York: “Davip LEDWITH, Esq., ‘* Comptroller of the Emigrant Industrial Savings Bank : “ DEAR Sir: I have left with the Emigrant Industrial Savings Bank, for safe-keeping, three account-books in my name, with the order that the money deposited in the bank on each respective book should be paid after my death to the following persons and institution, namely : ‘1. One thousand dollars of the account on book No. 122426 to Ernest Haeckel, of Jena, in Germany, and the remainder of said account to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington. ‘¢2. All the amount in my favor on book No. 125437 should be paid to Stephen Pearl Andrews. “3. The money in trust for Lizzie Fleischman on book No. 125436 should be paid to said person. “* Requesting the bank will comply with said order, “J am, respectfully, yours, ‘DR. HABEL.” Mr. Ledwith, the comptroller of the bank, on the 26th of February, 1879, presented a statement to the Institution of the amount to the credit of Dr. Habel on the account-book No. 122426, above referred to, showing a balance of $1,402.59. Of this $1,000 was paid to Professor Haeckel in accordance with the instructions of Dr. Habel, and the remainder, $402.59, paid to the secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. It is proper to state that every facility was rendered by the officers of the bank in turning over to the Institution the bequest of Dr. Habel. As it is the policy of the Institution to fund all moneys that may be received other than as income, I would suggest that the amount received from Dr. Habel be increased from the income of the Institution to $500, and that this sum be added to the Smithson fund as the Habel be- quest. It will be remembered that, by a law of Congress, the Institution is authorized to increase its principal in the United States Treasury to a million dollars. In a somewhat similar case, that of Mr. James Hamil- ton, of Carlisle, Pa., the amount of $1,000 was deposited in the Treasury as the Hamilton fund. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 17 RESEARCHES. In the last report an account was given of an investigation of the ancient solar eclipses by Mr. Todd, of the Nautical Almanac Office. Among a number of eclipses added to the list then given are three ob- served in China in 709 B. C., 601 B. C., and 549 LB. C., being the eclipses which have formed the subject of a paper by Schjellerup, of Copenhe- gen. During the past year the work of this investigation has consisted mainly in the collection of data and their preparation for discussion. As the research progresses, there seems reason for extending the scope of the research to include a large number of ancient ecliptic dates. Apparatus for Testing Stone.—Many years ago a series of experiments were conducted at the Smithsonian Institution, under the direction of Professor Henry, in regard to the strength and durability of building mnaterials, primarily for the purpose of determining what varieties of marble and other stones were best adapted for the construction of the extension of the United States Capitol. The apparatus used in these experiments has since been lying idle in the Smithsonian building, and as it occupied valuable space it has been returned to the arsenal, from which it was originally borrowed. It has there been put in order, and is how again in use by the Ordnance Bureau of the Army. LABORATORY. As stated in the last report, after a partial suspension of active opera- tions in that direction, the laboratory of the Institution was put in order, and again made available for scientific research. This has always. been an important feature in the operations of the Institution, and is one of those especially required by the act of Congress. A thorough overhauling of the old instruments, and equipment was _ made under the direction of Dr. Endlich, the chemist in charge, and all obsolete apparatus and unserviceable material was eliminated. The chemical and physical departments of the colleges in the District, such as the Columbian, Georgetown, and Howard University, were invited to select from this unserviceable matter what they could use for pur- poses of instruction, the remainder being suitably disposed of. The apartments were then altered to meet the requirements of the present day, and a sufficient amount of apparatus and equipment obtained to make a fairly efficient working establishment. The work of the laboratory consists partly in determining the charac- ter of various minerals belonging to collections in the National Museum, and partly in carrying on researches asked for by the various depart- ments of the government. No private work of this kind is undertaken by the Institution; but whenever a chemical investigation of any sub- ject is required by the proper authorities it is carried out, if the time of the chemist will permit. Under the first head, the identification of large numbers of specimens, previously undetermined, has been completed, the series placed in the S. Mis. 54-——2 18 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. mineralogical department, and the duplicates made up into sets for dis- tribution to various educational establishments throughout the country, or to be held for exchange for other minerals. Turther reference to this subject, however, will be found under the head of the National Museum. Among the investigations carried on by the Institution for the benefit of the government may be mentioned the following: An examination of the character and chemical composition of the Appolinaris water, at the request of the Secretary of the Treasury, a controversy having arisen between the custom-house authorities in New York and the importers of Appolinaris water, as to whether the article imported under that name really came unchanged from the springs or was artificially charged with other substances, especially carbonic acid. To solve this problem the services of several chemists were invoked, but these furnished contradictory results, and the Smithsonian Institution was therefore asked by the Treasury Department to give the subject proper attention, specimens of the water being duly supplied. This was among the most laborious researches ever intrusted to the Institution for prosecution, requiring the constant labor of the chemist for several weeks for its accomplishment. A report was finally made and trans- mitted to the Secretary. Another investigation was as to the comparative percentages of carbon in different brands of steel, made at the request of Chief Engineer Shock, of the Bureau of Steam Engineering of the Navy Department. In addition to the chemical work actually performed in its laboratory for the government, the Institution has also acted as adviser to the de- partments in securing specialists for investigations too extensive for the time and apparatus of its chemist, or which, for other reasons, could not be undertaken by him. Among these may be mentioned an ex- amination of crude opium, for the amount of morphine it contained, made for the Treasury Department by Dr. Theodore G. Wormley, of the University of Pennsylvania, and by Dr. W. M. Mew, U.S. A., of Washington, We. The attention of the inspector of marine products for the city of Washington having been attracted by the occurrence of green oysters among those offered for sale, the health department, under Dr. Smith Townshend, requested of the Smithsonian Institution an investiga- tion as to the cause of this color, the popular impression being that it was due to the presence of copper in the water, and denoted a poisonous condition of the oysters. Although this phenomenon is quite well known im Hurope, and green oysters are considered in France an especial delicacy, the examination desired was made by Dr. Endlich with very perfect tests and without detecting any copper. In this connection it may be stated that recent investigations in Europe have shown that the green color is due to the presence of minute alge on which the oyster feeds voraciously. In France the oysters are kept in pits along the seashore, where the highly-prized tinge is very soon acquired. By a resolution of Congress the Secretary of the Institution was ap- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 19 pointed a member of a commission to investigate the merits of signal apparatus to give warning of the accidental occurrence of fire, and dur- ing 1879 Mr. Watkins made experiments in the laboratory of the Insti- tution to test his invention for this purpose. In this connection it may be stated that the Secretary of the Institu- tion has, by resolution of Congress, been appointed a member of the commission on improving the ventilation of the hall of the House of Representatives at the Capitol, and that he has attended the meetings of this commission and rendered it such service as his time and oppor- tunity permitted bim. TELEGRAPHIC ANNOUNCEMENTS OF ASTRONOMICAL DISCOVERIES. There are many astronomical discoveries, which, for the purpose of co-operative observation, require immediate announcement to observers in distant localities. Among such discoveries are those of planets and comets, or of bodies which are generally so faint as not to be seen except through the telescope, and which being in motion require that their place in the heavens be made known to the distant observer before they so far change their position as not to be readily found. For this purpose the or- dinary mail conveyance requiring at least ten days, is too slow, since in that time the body will have so far changed its position as not to be found, except with great difficulty; and this change will become the greater if the body is a very faint one, for in that case it could only be discovered on a night free from moonlight, which of necessity, in ten or twelve days, must be followed by nights on which the sky is iJuminated by the moon, and all attempts to discover the object would have to be post- poned until the recurrence of a dark night. Indeed, even then the search would often prove in vain; and it would not be, in some cases, until after a set of approximate elements had been calculated and trans- mitted, that the astronomers on the two sides of the Atlantic would be able fully to co-operate with each other. These difficulties were discussed by some of the principal astronomers of America and Europe, and an application was made to the Smithsonian Institution, through Dr. C. H. F. Peters, of Clinton, N. Y., to remove them by transmitting intelligence immediately through the Atlantic telegraph cable. For this purpose the Institution, in 1873, applied to the New York, Newtoundland and London Telegraph Company and to the Western Union Telegraph Company to be allowed free transmission of this kind of in- telligence, and received through Cyrus W. Field, esq., and William Or- ton, esq., with that liberality which has always attended applications of a similar character by the Institution, the free use of all the lines of these companies for the object in question. Similar privileges were granted in Europe for transmitting the intel- ligence between some of the principal centers of astronomical research in Europe and the eastern ends of the Atlantic cables. The transmission of intelligence is not restricted to the discovery of planets and comets, but includes that of any remarkable solar phenom- enon which may suddenly present itself in Kurope, and of which obser- 20 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. vation in America may be practicable for several hours after the sun has set to the European observer; also the sudden outburst of a star like that in the “Crown” in 1866, together with unexpected showers of shooting stars, &c. To carry out the proposition the following arrangements have been adopted, which are essentially those published in 1873, but with such additions and modifications as subsequent experience has proved nec- essary. I.—Center of communication in the United States. 1. THe SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. Spencer F. Baird, director. Centers of communication in Europe. 1. GREENWICH OBSERVATORY. Sir George Bb. Airy, astronomer- royal. 2. PARIS OBSERVATORY. Admiral Mouchez, director. 3. BERLIN OBSERVATORY. Prof. W. Foerster, director. 4, VIENNA OBSERVATORY, Academy of Sciences. Prof. Edmund Weiss, director. 5. PULKOVA OBSERVATORY. Otto von Struve, director. IIl.—Telegrams received at the Smithsonian Institution from observ- ers in the United States will be forwarded immediately by Atlantic cable to Greenwich, Paris, Berlin, Vienna, and Pulkova, and thence by telegraph to other observatories in Europe. Jil.—Discoveries made in Europe of new comets, planets, &e., will be announced without delay from Greenwich, Paris, Berlin, Vienna, and Pulkova, by Atlantic cable, to the Smithsonian Institution, and thence by telegraph to American observatories * and the Associated Press. IV.—The telegraphic dispatch announcing a discovery should be as brief as possible, and, after conference with astronomers, the following form has been agreed upon: After the single word “planet” (or “ comet”), is given— 1. Its right ascension in time, hours, minutes, and seconds (the latter only to the nearest round tenth, ¢.e., ten, twenty, thirty, forty, or fifty); next, separated by the word— 2. North or south, is given its— 3. Declination, to the nearest minute. 4, Then, in the case of a planet, the magnitude expressed by the nearest ordinal number. * The list of these observatories is at present as follows: Shattuck Observatory .-...-..-- Hanover, N.H. | United States Naval Observa- Observatory of Harvard College.Cambridge, Mass. UN 5c6 Bob ook oRcPesaeecuorc Washington, D.C. Yale College Observatory. ---.-- New Haven,Conn, Cincinnati Observatory .--.-..-.-- Cincinnati, Ohio. Dudiey Observatory .-...-.--.-.Albany, N. Y. Dearborn University Observa- Litchfield Observatory..---..--- Clinton, N. Y. WIS, saodshescoaceceshasssoodas Chicago, Tl. Hobart College Observatory ....Geneva, N. Y. Ann Arbor Observatory ..-.--.-- Ann Arbor, Mich. Red House Observatory. ..-.---- Phelps, N. Y. University of State of Missouri..Columbia, Mo. Warner Observatory .---.-.-.... Rochester, N.Y. | Morrison Observatory -.-----..-- Glasgow, Mo. Allegheny Observatory ...-..---Allegheny, Pa. | Observatory of Carleton College . Northfield, Minn. Observatory of College of New JGYTENy Sebsaeceonsoeedseaos aoc Princeton, N.J. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. PA In the case of a comet, the word bright or faint should be added. 5. Next, the daily motion, as near as the first observations allow it to be estimated. For a minor planet in opposition, the motion in right ascension is ap- proximately evident, and it is therefore sufficient to indicate the motion in declination, in minutes of are, preceded by the word north or south. For a comet, the direction of motion should be indicated by south, west, north, east, or by a combination of two of these words, which must be understood always (also below the pole) in reference to the equator, not in reference to the horizon. If the comet has a rapid motion, the number of degrees per day, as estimated, may follow. 6. Finally, the date of the position (having regard to Art. V) indicated by the day of the week. The day of sending (civil reckoning, of course) is always written at the head of the dispatch by the telegraph operator (the United States law requires also the hour), and it may be presumed that the com- munications only exceptionally fail to reach the center stations (Art. I), even those on the other side of the Atlantic, on the same day. In order, however, to be independent of any delay of the operator, and agreeably to the wishes expressed by high astronomical authority, the date is now embodied in the dispatch by naming the week day, whereby at the same time all ambiguity is removed as to whether astronomical or civil date be meant. 7. Should it be deemed desirable to communicate the authority for the discovery, the shortest way would be to insert the name as the second word in the dispatch (after “ planet” or ‘‘comet”). For example, the following dispatch, “‘ Planet N. N. twenty-three thirty-five forty north twenty-one forty-six eleventh south three Wednesday,” would be inter- preted thus: A new planet is discovered by N. N. At midnight (see Art. V) between Wednesday and Thursday it will be in right ascension 25 35™ 408, and declination +21° 46’; it is of the 11th magnitude, and has a daily motion of 3’ towards the south. Or a dispatch like the following, ‘Comet N. N. twenty-two forty- three ten north sixty-five thirty-one bright southeast two Monday,” would announce the discovery made by N. N. of a bright comet, that at midnight Monday—Tuesday will be in right ascension 22" 43™ 108 and declination + 65° 31’, the declination decreasing, the right ascension in- creasing, moving daily about two degrees. The preceding examples contain the greatest number of words (16) required for any dispatch, if composed according to the rules adopted above. Usually the number will be less. Sometimes, however, the dis- patch thus composed would become equivocal, and it has, therefore, been established as an additional rule that the number expressing the minutes of right ascension or declination shall always be expressed in words, even when zero occurs. Therefore 23" 0™ 408 should be written “twenty three nought forty,” while “ twenty three forty” will be under- 22 stood to mean 205 3™ 408, Again, “north thirty six” would be +280° 6’, but “north thirty six nought” is +36° 0’. In a similar way 0" of right ascension, or 0° of declination are to be distinctly expressed by the word “ nought.” Only for the seconds of right ascension when they are zero, that word for brevity’s sake is omitted as unnecessary. V.—The right ascension and declination in the dispatch will be under- stood to give the position (by proper motion approximately reduced) for THE MIDNIGHT FOLLOWING the date of the dispatch: Washington time for American discoveries ; Greenwich time for European. Usually the discoverer himself has more complete data on hand than others for bringing the position up in advance, and for this reason the following midnight is given preference to any preceding time, as, for example, that of the discovery. ViI.—Since in conformity with the preceding article, only an approx- imate estimate of a later position, and not that of the first observation itself, is given, the dispatch is not to be considered as a document for deciding the question of priority of discovery. On the other hand, it is expected that observers, in communicating their discoveries, will adhere to the form of the programme explained in the foregoing articles, and thus save much time and labor to those that wish to co-operate. List of minor planets discovered in the year 1879. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. No. Name. Date. Discoverer. 7 aan Observatory. r’s No. 192 | Nausikaa-....--. ebriaryal7|ealisaeeseseee 15theeese Pola. 193 | Ambrosia. ...--. February 28 | Coggia ......- Si ly Sees Marseilles. 194 | Procne ..-.....---| March Qe) Hhetersyae eee ads ence Clinton. 195 | Eurycleia ...-.-.. April Oy SP alisarcces see tG6thee =. Pola. 196 | Philomela ..--.. | May 14) \ebetersis-eeeoe Sethe =--- Clinton. LOMPIPAT ELC sosce ~~ May 21h; Palisayseee o220 AGEs. 2 — Pola. 198 | Ampella.:.....- June 13)) Borrellyasese=- bhi Marseilles, 199 | Byblis _.......- | July 9 | Peters....--- | 35th._..- Clinton. 200 | Dynamene ...-- | July 27 || (Peters=s has. se 36th. ....| Clinton. 201) Penelope,s2.--.- | August @, |) Palisajscsteeo-)) teth.-s - | Pola. O02 eChryseis---s----| September | U | Peters'ceece---|"o7boe..-- Clinton. 203°) Pompeia. -----.- September 25 | Peters.. ---.-.| 38th Clinton. POAMMCaAlLIStOle see. - == October 8) |sRalisae epesess|lobh = Pola. DU DM eee cece sce sles | October 13 | Palisa ...--..- 200ue eee Pola. 206 | Hersilia.... -.-.- | October | 13 | Peters\.-- .-:--| 39th-...- Clinton. Wig ee omsces cece cscs ~ October W/>|Palisae=so--- CUSb eens Pola. DNB eases Set October 21! Palisa .....--. Ogi es. Pola. ROO) DIDO... cecse5- October. 22.| Peters .=..:...| 40th-~..- Clinton. P| aso e eee eee | November 12 | Palisa.----- .. Pod eeaas|| Olas Po ES as 5 ee eee ere December 10 | Palisa -22---.- Ath? =... Pola. LIST OF COMETS DISCOVERED IN 1879. A ..| Brorson’s Comet. Periodie2= 22. |\\Pebruary (26 |. 255 see eee eee a ce Windsor, N. S. W. B .-| Comet 1867. II. Periodic 2 see April 24 | Tempeleee ss solesoesa- =<: Florence. Ces 1879> TL. se June 153) Wewis Swikteslesseeco-= Rochester, N. Y. ree O 79: wh Vie ee August 24.) (antwith. Sos ees oe eee 10)-..)) 1lcy AD eas se August SL, | Palisa seecacee| seme sere st Pola. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY, 23° PUBLICATIONS. The publications of the Institution consist of three classes: The first, the “Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge”; the second, the “‘Smith- sonian Miscellaneous Collections”; and the third, the “Annual Reports of the Regents” of the Institution. The works of the first class, the Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, are published in quarto form, and are intended to embrace original memoirs, either the result of special investigations authorized and directed by the Institution, or prosecuted under other auspices and presented to it. The works of the second class, the Miscellaneous Collections, are similar in plan and construc- tion to the “ Contributions,” but are in octavo form, and embrace more particularly monographic and descriptive papers in natural history, for- mal or systematic lists of species of animals or plants, physical tables, reports on the present state of knowledge in some department of physi- eal or biologic science, &c. As with the “ Contributions,” each volume is composed of several distinct and independent papers, having no nee- essary connection with each other, the combination being determined chiefly by the aggregate number of pages suitable for a volume of average size. The average number of pages in the quarto volume is about 600; in the octavo volume, about 800. Each paper or memoir in either class is separately paged and indexed, with its own title-page, so as to be complete in itself, and separately distributed according to its subject. Of the quarto “ Contributions,” twenty-one volumes, and of the octavo ‘‘ Collections,” fifteen volumes have been published. The Smithsonian annual reports, commenced in 1847, being made to Congress, are published by that authority, and not at the expense of the Smithson fund. The earlier reports of the Secretary were printed in small pamphlet editions, but were collected and reprinted with the report for 1853, and with this the series of bound volumes may be said to have begun. The number, or edition, ordered by Congress has varied from year to year, but the proportion of copies placed at the disposal of the Institution has been distributed to its correspondents as fully and liberally as possible. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge—The Institution has now enough material ready for two volumes of the quarto series of Contribu- tions, the twenty-second volume of which will be issued early in the year 1880, and will consist of the following memoirs: 1. Antiquities in Tennessee. Joseph Jones. 2. Sculptures of Santa Lucia. S. Habel. 3. Archaclogical Collections of the National Museum. Charles Rau. 4. The Palenque Trblet. Charles Rau. 5. Remains of Man in the Aleutian Islands. W. H. Dall. These papers have all been described in previous reports with the exception of the one on the Palenque tablet, by Charles Rau. This 24 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. publication relates to a stone tablet covered with glyphic designs which was formerly in the possession of the National Institute for tie Promo- tion of Science (established at Washington about forty years ago) and became afterward the property of the Smithsonian Institution. The records state that the fragments constituting this tablet were presented. to the National Institute by Mr. Charles Russell, consul of the United States at Laguna, island of Carmen, Mexico. They had been obtained at Palenque in a manner not explained, and arrived in Washington in 1842, and were deposited in the Patent Office with the collections of the National Institute. The transfer of these collections to the Smithsonian Institution took place in 1858. The archeological importance of this tablet was first pointed out in 1863 by Dr. George A. Matile. While engaged in making a cast of it, at the request of the late Professor Henry, he recognized it as one of tie three stone slabs which, placed together, bore on their surface the sculpt- ure of the famous group of the cross, forming the chief ornament of one of the temples at Palenque. The earliest explorers of the ancient city, Del Rio and Dupaix, still saw the Smithsonian tablet in its proper place in the “Temple of the Cross,” and figured it, though in a very defective manner, as a part of the group; but it probably was already broken in 1832, when Waldeck explored the ruins of Palenque. Stephens, who was there eight years afterward, noticed its scattered pieces. As a Gon- sequence, neither of the last-named explorers has left a representation of this valuable complement of the celebrated sculpture. Impressed with the importance of the subject, the author undertook to prepare this monograph, which is not merely confined to a description of the tablet but embraces also a number of cognate topics. Of the two accompanying plates, which were specially executed for the work, one represents the Smithsonian tablet in juxtaposition with Catherwood’s well-known delineation of the Tablet of the Cross in Volume II of Ste- phens’s “Incidents of Travel in Central America, Chiapas, and Yuca- tan”; the other is an artotype showing the Smithsonian tablet as it appears after its restoration. Most of the illustrations in the text were kindly lent by Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of San Francisco; the others were expressly engraved for the publication. The work comprises five chapters, to which an appendix is added. In the first chapter the author gives the history of the Smithsonian tablet as far as he could trace it by an examination of the existing re- cords. ‘The second chapter treats in chronological order of the expedi- tions undertaken for the purpose of exploring the ruins of Palenque, and of the works and minor publications resulting from these explora- tions. It is a curious circumstance that the existence of the ancient city remained unknown until the second half of the eighteenth century, when accident led to the discovery of these remarkable ruins, hidden for centuries in the shadows of a Guatemalan forest. Cortez, on his REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 25 famous expedition to Honduras (in 1524), doubtless passed at no great distance from the locality now called Palenque, and if it had been an inhabited city at that time the daring conquistador probably would have turned aside from his march for the purpose of conquering and plunder- ing it. Moreover, no mention of the city is made in the Spanish records of that period, and it may be assumed that it was deserted and in a ruinous condition at the time of the conquest.’ The principal explorations of Palenque were undertaken by Del Rio, Dupaix, Waldeck, and Stephens, between the years 1787 and 1839, thus extending over a period of more than half a century; but while the reports of the three first named explorers remained unpublished for many years, Mr. Stephens’s account appeared in print within a year or two after his visit to the ruins, which thus became known to a large body of readers, both in this country and abroad. In the third chapter the author describes, according to the accounts of the different explorers, the Temple of the Cross and the celebrated bas relief from which it derives its name. These accounts, though not absolutely harmonious, coincide in the main points and give a pretty good idea of the edifice and its appurtenances. The fourth chapter is devoted to a consideration of the Group of the Cross, including the Smithsonian tablet. It will be seen that the earlier representations of this interesting piece of ancient American sculpture are incorrect and fanciful, more particularly with regard to the design and arrangements of the glyphs surrounding the cross, and the human figures standing at its sides. In speaking of the significance of the bas-relief, the author combats the theory that the adoration of the cross among the aborigines of certain parts of America was due to the influence of Christian missionaries, said to have gone to the New World long before its discovery in the fifteenth century. He adduces facts showing that the cross had a symbolic meaning in America in times long ante- dating the Columbian era. The fifth chapter treats of aboriginal writing in Mexico, Yucatan, and Central America. The Mexicans, it is well known, had already made some steps toward phonetization, being able, as Humboldt says, ‘to write names by writing some signs which recalled sounds.” The Yucatecs and Central Americans, however, used signs of a different character, denominated calculiform by M. Aubin, the distinguished French savant. The question of their significance has been revived of late years by Bras- seur de Bourbourg’s discovery and publication of Bishop Landa’s manu- script of the sixteenth century, which had lain for many years unnoti- ced in the archives of the Royal Academy of History at Madrid. The celebrity of the bishop’s work is chiefly due to the circumstance that it contains delineations of what he calls the alphabetic signs of the Yucatees. The discovery of this supposed key was hailed with great enthusiasm by scholars interested in the decipherment of the glyphs sculptured on the walls of ancient edifices in Central America and Yucatan, and of the few 26 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. manuscripts in similar characters which have escaped the destructive fanaticism of Spanish priests, namely, the Dresden Codex, the Codex Peresianus and the Codex Troano, yet the results have thus far not justified the high expectations at first entertained. The author endeavors to show, by an analytical process, the affinity between Bishop Landa’s characters and the glyphs on the Palenquean tablets, to which he consequently ascribes a Maya origin. He thinks it probable that the Yucatecs employed in their writing certain charac- ters as equivalents for sounds, perhaps syllabic and at the same time, possibly to a great extent, conventional figures imparting a definite meaning. On the other hand, he strongly doubts whether the Mayas and kindred tribes ever went so far as to express the elementary signs of their speech by corresponding signs; in short, whether they possessed a written language in the modern sense. He hardly believes that the meaning of Central American and Yueatec glyphs will ever be revealed through Landa’s key, which, if it really was what the bishop claims, would apply to the Maya as spoken at the time of the conquest, but, owing to the mutability of languages, not to the earlier kindred vernae- ular of the builders of Palenque and other now ruined cities of the same regions. The appendix relates to the ruins of Yucatan and Central America and forms a complement to the chief topics of the publication. The twenty-third volume of Contributions will probably contain : . Lucernarie. H. J. Clark. Geology of Louisiana. KE. W. Hilgard. . Internal Structure of the Earth. J. G. Barnard. . Monograph of the Trochilide. D. G. Elliot. . Fever, a Study in Morbid and Normal Physiology. H.C. Wood, jr. CUP 9 bo Miscellaneous Collections.—Several volumes of Miscellaneous Collec- tions will be published in a few months, the articles composing them having already been printed and stereotyped. Volume XVI of this series will contain: 1. Monograph of Strepomatide. G. W. Tryon. 2. Catalogue of Diptera. R. Osten-Sacken. 3. Toner lecture: Nature of Reparatory Inflammation in Arteries after Ligature. E.O. Shakespeare. 4, Circular relative to Smithsonian Literary and Scientifie Exchanges. 5. Circular relative to Business Arrangements of the Smithsonian In- stitution. 6. List of Humming Birds. D. G. Elliot. 7. List of the Principal Libraries in the United States. 8. Check-list of Smithsonian Publications to July, 1879. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 2 Volume XVII of the Miscellaneous Collections will consist of— 1. Documents relative to the Origin and History of the Smithsonian Institution. W. J. Rhees. Volume XVIII of the Miscellaneous Collections will be composed of— 1. The Scientific Writings of James Smithson. 2. An Account of James Smithson and his Bequest. W. J. Rhees. 3. Journals of the Board of Regents, reports of committees, statistics, &e., from 1846 to 1877. Volume XIX of Miscellaneous Collections will consist of— 1. Proceedings of the National Museum for 1878. 2. Proceedings of the National Museum for 1879. Writings of James Smithson.—The scientific writings of James Smith- son, the distinguished founder of the Smithsonian Institution, have been collected and are published in accordance with the instructions of the Board of Regents. These memoirs were originally contributed to the “ Transactions of the Royal Society of London,” of which Smithson was a member between the years 1791 and 1817, and to Thomson’s ‘Annals of Philosophy,” between 1819 and 1825. They are twenty- seven in number and embrace a wide range of subjects, from the origin of the earth, the nature of the colors of vegetables and insects, the anal- yses of minerals and chemicals, to an improved method of constructing lamps, and of making coffee. Some of these papers were translated into French by the author and others, and published in the “Journal de Physique, de Chimie, et @ Histoire Naturelle” They prove conclusively the scientific character of Smithson and his title to distinction as a contrib- utor to knowledge. Among the personal effects of the founder of the Institution were several hundred manuscripts, besides a large collection of scraps and notes on a great diversity of subjects, including history, the arts, lan- guage, rural economy, construction of buildings, &e., which, unfortu- nately, were destroyed by the fire in the Smithsonian building in 1865. It is probable that Smithson also contributed articles to scientifie and literary journals other than those mentioned, but none have been found, though the leading English periodicals of the day have been carefully examined. Appended to the writings of Smithson are reviews of their scientific character, by Prof. Walter Rk. Johnson, communicated to the National Institute of Washington in 1844, and by J. R. McD. Irby prepared for the Institution in September, 1878. The material for this work has been collected and the volume edited by Win. J. Rhees, chief clerk of the Institution. History of the Institution.—The work mentioned in the last report rel- ative to the origin and history of the Institution, as ordered by the Board of Regents, has been completed under the efficient editorship of 28 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Mr. William J. Rhees, chief clerk of the Institution, and has been pub- lished. This history forms an octavo volume of 1,027 pages. It con- tains the will of Smithson, a republication of all the debates and legis- lation of Congress relative to the bequest, the correspondence and official papers of Mr. Rush, the agent of the United States in procuring the legacy, the history of the investment of the fund, the opinions of learned men as to the best disposition of the bequest, and many other documents of value in connection with the history of the establishment. The work has a full index. Journals of the Board of Regents.—Another volume of the history of the Institution has been compiled by Mr. Rhees, containing the journal of proceedings of the Board of Regents from its first meeting, Septem- ber 12, 1846, to January 26, 1876, together with the reports of the execu- tive, building, and special committees for the same period. The eulo- gies on deceased members of the Board and distinguished collaborators of the Institution are given, and also a full account of the Bache scien- tifie fund, the Tyndall trust, Corcoran Gallery of Art, Toner lectures, Hamilton bequest, the report of the committee of the board on the in- vention of the electro-magnetic telegraph, the report of the examination of Professor Henry by the English scientific commission, statistical tables, and valuable information relative to the history and operations of the Institution. . Toner lectures.—The seventh Toner lecture has been published by the Institution, and is a concise and interesting presentation of “ The nature of reparatory inflammation in arteries after ligature, compressure and torsion,” by Dr. Edward O. Shakespeare, of Philadelphia, delivered in Washington, June 27, 1878. The bleeding of wounds afresh has formed a favorite theme of study from time immemorial; its nature and the most efficient means for its arrest have drawn to it the attention of physicians in all ages. Dr. Shakespeare gives an epitome of the successive efforts made by skilled hands to stay the subsequent bleeding of wounds and amputations, from the first recorded authority, Jean Louis Petit, in 173132, to date; this valuable summary is followed by one of the prev- alent opinions in regard to the question, and he then sketches,in minute, succinet detail, his own personal observations. This concluding chapter is illustrated by four carefully prepared plates. Monograph of Chitonide.—Reference has been made in previous re- ports toa monograph of the Chitonide prepared by Dr. Philip P. Car- penter, of Montreal, with a view to publication by the Institution. At Dr. Carpenter’s death, this manuscript, in a still unfinished condi- tion, was discovered to consist largely of notes and memoranda, written in a peculiar and antiquated short-hand, with which no one in this coun- try was familiar. The skeleton of classification was almost completed, but the details in regard to particular species were often deficient or REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 29 existed only in the form of these short-hand notes. As the usefulness of the work and especially its completeness depended largely on the com- prehension of these notes, search was made, for a long time unsuccess- fully, for some one able to decipher them. At last an old classmate and personal friend of Dr. Carpenter, Mv. R. D. Darbishire, of Manchester, England, undertook the task, with the assistance of the Rev. W. H. Her- ford. To the knowledge of the short-hand possessed by Mr. Darbishire (one of the few living persons who can read it) and to his generous willing- ness to devote his time to the wearisome duty for the benefit of science and out of regard for Dr. Carpenter’s memory we are very greatly in- debted and owe the translation of the above-mentioned notes. Mr. Darbishire declined any remuneration for his services, and the labor be- stowed by Mr. Herford was quite beyond the value of any honorarium which the Institution was able to make him. The thanks of the Institu- tion and of men of science generally are therefore due to these gentle- men. The illustrations for the monograph, which are quite numerous, are yet to be engraved, though they have already been beautifully drawn by Mr. Emerton, under Dr. Carpenter’s direction, at the cost of the Institu- tion. This and a not inconsiderable amount of editing, which has been in- trusted to Mr. W. H. Dall, remain to be accomplished before the mono- graph will be ready for publication, a task which cannot be wholly com- pleted under a year or two. List of zoological genera.—Among the works offered to the Smithsonian Institution for publication is a list of the zoological genera, giving the time of publication and the class of the animal kingdom referred to. Such works, if properly executed, are of great value to the investigator, since, although imposing an immense labor upon the compiler, they ena- ble the student to at once determine points of synonymy and priority of date; also whether a name proposed for a new genus has already been used, thus sparing an enormous aggregate of individual effort. This work, by Mr. Samuel H. Scudder, of Cambridge, will probably be com- pleted and published in the course of the year 1880. Bulletins of the National Museum.—In the Secretary’s Report for 1875 it was stated that another series of publications, which would form a part of the Miscellaneous Collections, had been commenced under the above title. This series is intended to illustrate the collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the United States, and constituting the stock of the National Museum, of which the Smithsonian Institution is the custodian. These bulletins, prepared at the request and mainly by the attachés of the Institution, have been printed under the authority of the Secretary of the Interior. They form an independent series, which has proved very acceptable to naturalists, as enabling them to obtain prompt information as to the additions to and the components of the National Museum. The following is a list of the titles and contents of the bulletins already published: 30 Bulletin 1.—Check-List of North American Batrachia and Reptilia ; with a Systematic List of the higher groups, and an essay on geo- graphical distribution based on the specimens contained in the United States National Museum. By Edward D. Cope. 1875. 8vo., 104 pp. Bulletin 2.—Contributions to the Natural History of eneiolen Island, made in connection with the American Transit of Venus Fepediaen 1874~75. By J. H. Kidder, M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon, United States Navy. I. Ornithology. Edited by Dr. Elliott Coues, United States Army. 1876. 8vo., 51 pp. Bulletin 3.—Contributions to the Natural History of Kerguelen Island, made in connection with the American Transit of Venus Bx pedinon, REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 1874-75. By J. H. Kidder, OoLtocy.—By J. H. Kidder and Elliott Coues. BOTANY: A. Phenogamia, Filices, et Lycopodi- acer. Revised by Asa Gray. B. Musci. By Thomas P. James. C. Lichenes. By Edward Tuckerman. Alge. By W. G. Farlow. CrozET FLORA: M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon, United States Navy. II. 1876. 8vo., 12 pp. The contents are as follows: Fisu. By Theodore N. Gill. Mo.uusks. By W. H. Dall. INSECTS: Diptera. By C. R. Osten-Sacken. Pseudo-Neuroptera. By H. A. Hagen. Crustaceans. By 8. I. Smith. Annelids, Echinoderms, and Anthozoa. By A. E. Verrill. Surgeon E. Kershner’s Collection. A Stupy OF CH1onIs Minor. By J. H. GroLtocy. By F. M. Endlich. Mammats. By J. H. Kidder. Kidder and Elliott Coues. Bulletin 4.—Birds of Southwestern Mexico. Collected by Francis E. Sumichrast for the United States National Museum. Prepared by George N. Lawrence. 1875. 8vo., 56 pp. Bulletin 5.—Catalogue of the Fishes of the Bermudas. Based chiefly upon the collections of the United States National Museum. By G. Brown Goode, M. A., Curator United States National Museum. 1876. 8vo., 82 pp. Bulletin 6.—Classification of the Collection to illustrate the animal resources of the United States. A list of the substances derived from the animal kingdom, with synopsis of the useful and injurious ani- mals, and a Classification of the methods of capture and utilization. By G. Brown Goode. 1876. 8vo., 126 pp. Bulletin 7.—Contributions to the Natural History of the Hawaiian and Fanning Islands and Lower California, made in connection with the United States North Pacific Surveying Expedition, 1873-75. By Thomas H. Streets, M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon, United States Navy. 1877. 8vo., 172 pp. The subjects treated of are: ORNITHOLOGY. HERPETOLOGY. ICHTHYOLOGY: J. Fishes of Upper and Lower Catifor- nia, II. Fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. Ill. Fishes of the Fanning Islands, IV. Fishes of the Samoan Islands. CRUSTACEA, Borany. Bulletin 8.—Index to the Names which have been applied to the Sub- divisions of the Class Brachiopoda, excluding the Rudistes, previous to REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 31 the year 1877. By W. H. Dall, United States Coast Survey. 1877. 8vo., 88 pp. Bulletin 9.—Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based pri- marily on the Collections of the United National Museum. I. Review of Rafinesque’s Memoirs on North American Fishes. By David 8S. Jor- dan. 1877. 8vo., 53 pp. Bulletin 10.—Contributions to North American Ichthyology, based pri- marily on the Collections of the United States National Museum. II. A.— Notes on Cottide, Etheostomiatide, Percide, Centrarchide, Aphredode- vide, Dorosomatide, and Cyprinide, with Revisions of the Genera and Descriptions of New or Little Known Species. B.—Synopsis of the Si- luride of the Fresh Waters of North America. By David S. Jordan. 1877. Svo., 120 pp. Bulletin 11.—Bibliography of the Fishes of the Pacific United States. By Theodore N. Gill. (In Press.) Bulletin 12.—Contributions to North American Ichthyology. III. A. —On the Distribution of the Fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee, with Descriptions of new or litile known species. By David 8S. Jordan and Alembert W. Brayton. B.— A Synopsis of the Family Catostomide. By David S. Jordan. 1878. Svo., 237 pp. Bulletin 13.—Flora of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands. By Baron Her A] Begers, 21379. Svo:5,139 pp. Bulletin 14.—Catalogue of Collection illustrating the animal resources and the Fisheries of the United States. Prepared under the direction of G. Brown Goode. 1879. 8vo., 351 pp. Bulletin 15.—Contributions to the Natural History of Arctic America, made in connection with the Howgate Polar Expedition, 1877~’78. By Ludwig Kunlien, Naturalist of the Expedition. 1879. 8vo., 179 pp. ETHNOLOGY, MAMMALS, AND Birps. By | INSEcTs: Ludwig Kumlen. Hymenoptera, Nocturnal Lepidoptera, Fisurs. By Tarleton H. Bean. Diptera, Coleoptera, Neuroptera, and ANNELIDES, MOLLUSCOIDS, AND RADI- Arachnida. By 8S. H. Seudder and ATES. By A. Ih. Verrill. others. Mo.uusks. By W. H. Dall. PuLants. By Asa Gray. INSECTS: Licurns. By Edward Tuckerman. Diurnal Lepidoptera. By W. H. Ed-| ALGa. By W. G. Farlow. wards. | Bulletin 16.—Synopsis of the Fishes of the United States. By David S. Jordan. (In Press.) The fifteenth number of the Bulletin of the National Museum is wholly made up of the interesting and novel notes of Mr. Ludwig Kumnlien, who, under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, in 1877~78, accom- panied the Howgate polar expedition as naturalist. He passed the long arctic winter of 1877~78 in the little harbor of Annanactook, Cumber- land Gulf, latitude 67° north, longitude 68° 50’ west. This sound, gulf, or inlet of Cumberland extends from about latitude 65° north to latitude 52 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 67°+ north. It is the “Cumberland Straits” of Baffin, who was its orig- inal discoverer at the end of the sixteenth century; again rediscovered by Captain Penny in 1839, who named it Hogarth Sound; and still again it was visited by Captain Wareham in 1841, who, unconscious of his predecessors, hamed it once more anew as Northumberland Inlet. It has become latterly a frequented place of resort for Scotch and American whalemen, whose ships frequently winter on the southwest shores of its boundaries. Here Mr. Kumlien passed seven or eight months in close intercourse with the Eskimo, and neglected no opportunity for study of this people. His detailed account of the curious habits and mental characteristics of the Innuit is one of the most complete and finished descriptions ever given of them; clear, succinct, and comprehensive, it is a valuable ethnological pen picture. Mr. Kumlien paid attention to the various subdivisions of naturat history, and made as full notes as possible, under the circumstances, upon the mammals, birds, and fishes of the region. His limited means for action, his scant accommodations on the little schooner, and the forced, hasty departure from winter quarters gave no opportunity for exhaustive collections of any kind whatever; but the insects, the plants, the mol- lusks, and the alge secured have been carefully examined by experts in these branches, and reported on in this bulletin, thus rendering it a most valuable contribution to our knowledge of cireumpolar life. Proceedings of the National Musewm.—It had frequently been sug- gested as desirable that the National Museum should have some medium of prompt publication for announcing descriptions of specimens received (many of which are new species), as well as presenting other interesting facts relative to natural history, &c., as furnished by the correspondents of the institution. The publication of the ‘ Proceedings of the National Museum” was accordingly commenced, the work comprising short de- scriptions of the additions to the museum, accounts of new species, faunal, and other lists, &c. It is printed in successive signatures, as fast as copy sufficient for sixteen pages is prepared, each signature having printed at the bottom of its first page the date of actual issue, for decid- ing questions as to priority of publication. It is at once distributed to scientific societies and leading naturalists in this country and in Europe. The list of important articles of greater or less length already printed, and forming the volume for 1878, is as follows: By Tarleton H. Bean. Deseription of a new sparoid fish from Savan- nah bank; on the occurrence of Sticheus punctatus, at Saint Michaels, Alaska; on the identity of Euchalarodus putnami, Gill, with Pleuronectes glaber (Storer) Gill, with notes on the habits of the species; description of a species of Lycodes from Alaska, believed to be undescribed. : By L. Belding. A partial list ot the birds of Central California. By Caleb Cook. The manufacture of porpoise oil. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. oo By W.H. Dall. Descriptions of new forms of mollusks from Alaska, contained in the collections of the National Museum; Post-pliocene fossils in the coast range of California; fossil mollusks from later Ter- tiaries of California; note on shells from Costa Rica, Kitchenmidden, collected by Drs. Flint and Bransford; distribution of Californian Ter- tiary fossils; descriptions of new species of shells from California in the collections of the National Museum; report on the limpets and chitons of the Alaskan and Arctic region, with descriptions of genera and species believed to be new. By Vinal N. Edwards. On the occurrence of the oceanic bonito in Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts. By Theodore Gill. Synopsis of the pediculate fishes of the eastern coast of extratropical North America; note on the Antennariide ; on the proper specific name of the common pelagic antennariid Pierophryne ; note on the Ceratiide ; note on the Maltheide. By G. Brown Goode. The Clupea tyrannus of Latrobe. The oceur- rence of Belone latimanus in Buzzard’s Bay, Massachusetts; the voices of crustaceans; a revision of the American species of the genus Drevoortia, with a description of a new species from the Gulf of Mexico; the oc- currence of Hippocampus antiquorum or an allied form on Saint George’s banks; the occurrence of the Canada porcupine in West Virginia; on two fishes from the Bermudas, mistakenly described as new by Dr. Giinther. By G. Brown Goode and Tarleton H. Bean. The Craig flounder of Europe on the coast of North America; the oceanic bonito on the coast of the United States; description of Caulolatilus microps, a new species of fish from the gulf coast of Florida; on a new serranoid fish from the 3ermudas and Florida; descriptions of two new species of fishes from the coast of Florida; a note upon the black grouper of the southern coast; descriptions of two gadoid fishes from the deep-sea fauna of the Northwestern Atlantic; description of Argentina syrtensium, a new deep-sea fish from Sable Island bank; the identity of Jéhinonemus caudacuta, Gill, with Gadus cimbrius, Linn. ; note on Platessa ferruginea, D. H. Storer, and Platessa rostrata, H. R. Storer; on the identity of Brosmius americanus, Gill, with Brosmius brosme, White. By J. B.S. Jackson. Arsenic acid for protecting anatomical prepara- tions from insects. By Lieut. J. P. Jefferson. On the mortality of fishes in the Gulf of Mexico in 1878. By Lieut. J. P. Jefferson, Dr. Joseph Y. Porter, and Thomas Moore On the destruction of fish in the vicinity of the Tortugas during the months of September and October, 1878. By David 8. Jordan. Notes on a collection of fishes from Clackamas River, Oregon. By David S. Jordan and Charles H. Gilbert. Notes on the fishes of Beaufort Harbor, North Carolina. By George N. Lawrence. Catalogue of the birds of Dominica, from S. Mis. 54-——3 34 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. collections made for the Smithsonian Institution by Frederick A. Ober, together with his notes and observations; catalogue. of the birds of St. Vincent, from collections made by Mr. Fred. A. Ober, under the directions of the Smithsonian Institution, with his notes thereon ; cata- logue of the birds of Antigua and Barbuda, from collections eats for the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Fred. A. Ober, with his observa- tions; catalogue of the birds of Grenada, from a collection made by Mr. Fred. A. Ober for the Smithsonian Institution, including others seen by him, but not obtained; catalogue of the birds collected in Martinique by Mr. Fred. A. Ober for the Smithsonian Institution ; cata- logue of a collection of birds obtained in Guadeloupe for the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Fred. A. Ober; a general catalogue of the birds noted from the islands of the Lesser Antilles, visited by Mr. Fred. A. Ober, with a table showing their distribution and those found in the United States. By Prof. N. T. Lupton. On the breeding habits of the sea catfish. By Dr. James C. Merrill. Notes on the ornithology of Southern Texas, being a list of birds observed in the vicinity of Fort Brown, Tex., from February, 1876, to June, 1878. By Felipe Poey. Notes on the American species of the genus Cybium. By Captain R. H. Pratt. Catalogue of casts taken by Clark Mills, esq., of the heads of sixty-four Indian prisoners, of various Western tribes and held at Fort Marion, Saint Augustine, Fla., in charge of Capt. R. H. Pratt. By Robert Ridgway. On a new humming-bird (Afthis ellioti) from Guatemala; a review of the American species of the genus Scops Sav- igny; descriptions of several new species and geographical races of birds contained in the collection of the United States National Museum; description of two new species of birds from Costa Rica, and notes on other rare species from that country; descriptions of new species and races of American birds, including a synopsis of.the genus Tyrannus. By Silas Stearns. A note on the gulf menhaden. By Dr. Franz Steindachner. Note on Perca flavescens. By Samuel Wilmot. Notes on the Western gizzard shad. The above collection constitutes Vol. I of the Proceedings of the United States National Museum, comprising 524 pages, octavo, and em- bellished with 8 plates and 10 wood-cuts. Chief among these interesting papers is the digest of Mr. F. A. Ober’s researches in the Lesser Antilles, as given by Mr. Geo. N. Lawrence. The labors of Mr. Ober were principally devoted during two years to ornithological observation and collection on the island of Dominica, which is about midway in the group known as the Lesser Antilles, being in latitude 15° 20 to 15° 45’, north; longitude 61° 13/ to 61° 30/ west. The island is mountainous, possessing a range of high peaks and hills from two to three thousand feet in height. It is only in these mount- ainous sections that land birds of any moment are found, for, in REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 35 fact, along the coast and in the low valleys very few species other than ordinary sparrows, humming-birds, &e., can be obtained. Owing to the bold, precipitous character of the island coast and the absence of small outlying islands or detached rocky islets, Mr. Ober found that only a few sea birds were resident. As far as known, the most significant result of Mr. Ober’s collection and investigation of the avifauna of the Lesser Antilles is embodied in the statement that each one of these several little islands constituting that group has one or more species peculiar to itself alone. Mr. W. H. Dall has contributed several papers to the Proceedings, de- scribing new forms of mollusks, both recent and belonging to the Ter- tiary formation, nearly all of which are from the western coast of the United States, several being particularly interesting. One of these ferms was brought up on a sounding. line by Capt. Geo. E. Belknap, of the U.58.5. Tuscarora, on his celebrated sounding expedition from Japan to California via the Aleutian Islands, in 1874. This mollusk, a species of Chiton, came from a depth of 6,066 feet below the surface, a much greater depth than that in which any other species of the genus has yet been known to exist. Many of the other shells and fossils described were due to the exertions of Mr. Henry Hemphill, of California, whose ability as a collector stands unrivalled, and who kindly presented those objects, which he believed to be new, to the National Museum. Small but interesting collections of shells from “ Kitchen Middens,” on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica, were also identified by Mr. Dall. These species, collected by Drs. Flint and Bransford, are still found liv- ing in adjacent waters, and are now used for food by the natives. Mr. Dall also contributed a paper on the Limpets and Chitons of the Alaskan region, with descriptions of genera and species believed to be new. This was illustrated by five plates, representing chiefly the teeth of these animals, worked out by microscopical investigations of his own. Some forty-two forms were figured, only three or four having previously been known. The paper contains a review of the general classification of the Chitonida, based on the researches of P. P. Carpenter and the author, together with a summary of the known facts in regard to the anatomy and development of these animals, some of which are here stated for the first time. A number of genera and subgenera, proposed by Dr. Carpenter in his unpublished monograph of the Chitonide, to- gether with others heretofore only partially characterized, are here fully described for the first time. Mr. R. Ridgway has contributed the following: (1) On a new humming-bird (Atthis ellioti) from Guatemala (pp. 8-10).— Certain constant differences, previously overlooked by authors, between specimens of Atthis heloisw (Less. & Delattr.) from Mexico and the birds from Guatemala referred to that species are pointed out and illus- trated by outline figures. The Guatemalan bird is characterized as a new species, and named in honor of Mr. Daniel Giraud Elliot, the well known ornithologist, and a special authority on this family of birds. 36 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. (2) A review of the American species of the genus Scops Savigny (pp. 84- 117).—This article is an elaborate monograph of the American Scops owls (species allied to the common sereech-owl of the United States), embracing the full synonymy and descriptions of the known species, two of which, S. brasilianus cassini, from HKastern Mexico, and S. cooperi, from Costa Rica, are new to science. The owls of this genus have been particularly perplexing to ornithologists on account of remarkable vari- ations of plumage, some species being “dichromatic,” while all vary to an unusual degree, according to locality, the amount of individual vari- ation also being extraordinary. The present paper is an attempt, based upon ample material contained chiefly in the National Museum, to clear away the confusion which has hitherto existed in regard to the relation- ships and nomenclature of certain forms. (3) Notes on the ornithology of Southern Texas, being a list of birds ob- served in the vicinity of Fort Brown, Texas, from February, 1876, to June, 1878. By James C. Merrill, Assistant Surgeon, U. S. Army (pp. 118- 173).—The critical remarks and synonymy relating to the species noticed in this article were prepared by Mr. Ridgway, although in sev- eral instances, through an oversight of his own, his initials do not appear in connection with his portion of the work. The species thus treated by Mr. Ridgway, are: Thryomanes bewicki leucogaster (p. 121), Vireosylvia flavo-viridis (p. 125), Molothrus eneus (pp. 130-131), Sturnella magna neglecta (p. 134), Myiarchus erythrocereus cooperi (pp. 138-141), Nyctidromus albicollis (pp. 142-145), Amazilia fuscicaudata (pp. 147-148), A. yucatanensis (pp. 148-149), Buteo albicaudatus (pp. 154-156), dichmop- tila albifrons (p. 158), and Parra gymnostoma (pp. 166-168). Mr. Ridgway is also responsible for the nomenclature adopted in the catalogue. (4) Descriptions of several new species and geographical races of birds contained in the collection of the United States National Museum (pp. 247- 252).—The new forms described in this article are the following: Ihod- inocichla rosea schistacea, from Mazatlan, Western Mexico; Hmbernagra rufivirgata crassirostris, from Eastern Mexico, and the /. r. verticalis, from Yucatan ; Lowigilla violacea bahamensis, from the Bahamas; and Anas aberti, from Mazatlan. A description is appended (p. 253) of the adult female of Anas wyvilliana, Sclater, a recently discovered Sandwich Island duck, the female of which was previously unknown. (5) Description of two new species of birds from Costa Rica, and notes on other rare species from that country (pp. 252-255).—The new species here described are Thryophilus zeledoni and Pseudocolaptes lacrencii. The others noticed are the very rare Carpodectes nitidus, the young male of which is here for the first time described, and the “ Zonotrichia”, vulecani, of Boueard, which is referred to the genus Junco, as the most southern form of that genus, of which the common snowbird (J. hye- malis) is the representative in Eastern North America. The Costa Rican bird inhabits the almost alpine summit of the voleano of Irazu. (6) A partial list of the birds of Central California. By L. Belding, of , REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. ot Stockton. Edited by R. Ridgway (pp. 388-449). Mr. Ridgway is to be credited merely with the editing of this paper and the nomenclature adopted. The list is the most complete catalogue extant of Central Cal- ifornian birds, being based upon the observations of Mr. Belding, made during a residence of about twenty years in the State, and includes 22 species, which, with very few exceptions, are represented in the collection of the National Museum by specimens (upwards of 600 in number) sent by Mr. Belding. (7) Descriptions of new species and races of American birds, including a synopsis of the genus Tyrannus, Cuvier (pp. 466-486).—The new species here described are Tyrannus luggeri, from Demerara and Cayenne; LTichenops perspicillatus andinus, from Western South America (Chili to Colombia); Dacnis pulcherrima aureinucha, from Ecuador; Parus rufes- cens neglectus, from the coast of California. Smithsonian Annual Report.—The report of the Institution for the year 1878 was presented to Congress on the 8th of February, 1879, and 10,590 copies were ordered to be printed, 1,000 being for the use of the Senate, 3,000 for that of the House of Representatives, and 6,500 for the Smithsonian Institution. For almost the first time in the history of the Institution, this report has failed to make its appearance, and to be distributed before the close of the following year. Under ordinary circumstances it should have been printed by the Ist of July, but the year has come to an end, and not more than half the number of pages have been set up. This is due to the fact that the extra session of Congress held in March last found . the Public Printer without any special appropriation to meet the cost of printing; and instead of going on with the work ordered at the previous session, he was obliged to postpone it. Work was, however, resumed upon the report late in the autumn, and it will probably be finished in the course of a few months. It is earnestly to be hoped that a similar delay will not oceur again. The same cause has prevented the printing of the Henry.Memorial volume authorized by Congress last winter, but the work on this will soon be begun. Reports of the United States Fish Comnission.—A series of publications which may be considered as in some respects connected with the work of the Institution, not only in the personnel, but in the subjects of natu- ral history discussed and in the resulting contributions to our knowledge, may properly be here noticed. The present Secretary being at the head of the United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries, and the work accomplished by this agency in increasing and diffusing scientific as well as practical information being quite within the objects and prov- ince of the Institution, much of the material would legitimately form a portion of the Smithsonian Contributions or Miscellaneous Collections. These reports are, however, published by the government, and are dis- tributed by Congress. ¢ 38 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. ANTHROPOLOGY. It is well known to the Board that the natural history of primitive man, especially in North America, has always been a special object of the attention of the Smithsonian Institution. The first volume of its series of publications consisted of a work by Messrs. Squier and Davis, entitled “The ancient monuments of the Mississippi Valley,” which, appearing in 1848, gave a stimulus to archeological research in America, and added greatly in exciting that high degree of interest in the sub- ject, which now pervades the whole country. The work, although thirty years old, is still a standard publication, and greatly sought after. It had been in contemplation to reprint this work, to meet the great de- mand; but the destruction of all the wood-cuts by the disastrous fire of 1865 involved so great a cost in their reproduction that nothing has yet been done in the matter. ; For the purpose of a more definite inquiry into the subject of mounds, earth-works, and other remains of early man in America, a large edition has been distributed, within a few years past, of a circular prepared at the request of the Smithsonian Institution by Prof. O. T. Mason, and a great many returns have been received, containing more or less valu- able information on the subject in question. Some of these responses will appear in the reports of the Institution. The entire material is in Professor Mason’s hands for elaboration and the preparation of part of a new and systematic account of the whole subject, taking the memoir of Squier and Davis as a basis. In view of the fact that some of the most interesting localities of archeological remains in the United States are now being systematically explored and the “finds” removed by foreign governments, it is very desirable that Congress should make the necessary appropriation to en- able this work to be done for the benefit of the National Museum. The remains of prehistoric man, as well as illustrations of the life and man- ners of living savage races, have of late years been considered the most interesting objects of exhibition in all civilized nations, and especially within the last twenty or thirty years, and the greatest efforts are now made everywhere not only to complete the material for each country itself, but to obtain supplementary matter from elsewhere; indeed, so greatly are these aboriginal objects valued in many countries that posi- tive laws prohibiting their exportation are in vogue, as in Denmark, Mexico, &c. The English, German, and French Governments have of late years been particularly active in archeological research in America, Central and South America being until recently the chief field of inves- tigation. Within a short time, however, the French Government, through its agents, has been diligently oceupied in collecting prehistoric remains along the coast of California, and is about extending its work into New Mexico and Arizona, Oregon and Alaska, and many tons ot the choicest objects have already been removed to Paris. Whatever the feelings of regret on the part of Americans at seeing the removal of REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 39 articles of such value from our country, and which can never be re- placed, there is no redress in the way of prohibiting their collection and its exportation. We may, however, prevent it in the future by our pre-occupying the ground. It is, therefore, to be hoped that Congress will make suitable appropriations for the purpose in question. Ten or twenty thousand dollars expended annually would enable us in a man- ner to defy foreign competition. In the sundry civil appropriation bill of March 3, 1879, the following item was included: “ For completing and preparing for publication the contributions to North American ethnology, under the Smithsonian Institution, twenty thousand dollars: Provided, That all the archives, records, and mate- rials relating to the Indians of North America, collected by the geo- graphical and geological survey of the Rocky Mountain region, shall be turned over to the Smithsonian Institution, that the work may be com- pleted and prepared for publication under its direction: Provided, That it shall meet the approval of the Secretary of the Interior and of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.” Under the authority of this enactment, Major Powell sent out a party to make a renewed examination of the pueblo villages of New Mexico, tor the purpose of obtaining more accurate information for publication in the final report, as authorized. Accordingly, Mr. James Stevenson was placed by Major Powell at the head of an expedition, and was ac- companied by Mr. Frank H. Cushing, one of the assistants in charge of the ethnological department of the National Museum. With Santa Fé as a Starting-point, they explored several localities in that vicinity and elsewhere, and succeeded in obtaining a large collection of everything illustrating the manners and customs of the pueblo towns. ‘The collec- tions made have all been shipped by the Quartermaster’s Department, under the order already referred to, and are expected to arrive in a few weeks. ‘The whole mass occupies nearly one hundred boxes. The operations of Messrs. Stevenson and Cushing have been much facilitated by means of letters furnished by the Secretary of War and ‘Generals Sherman and Meigs to the officers of the military posts.* Gen- eral Hatch took a special interest in the subject, and issued a circular calling attention to the mission of the party, and inviting cooperation *WAR DEPARTMENT, QUARTERMASTER-GENERAL’S OFFICE, Washington, D, C., June 19, 1879. Sir: You are respectfully informed that your communication of the 12th instant, re- questing that a circular be issued authorizing the Quartermaster’s Departinent to receive from parties living at or near military posts and to forward to Washington any articles intended for the National Museum, has been referred by the Secretary of War to this oftice for report, and this day returned with the following remarks: “The Quartermaster’s Department, under existing orders, transports to the National Museum the collections of United States surveys and exploring expeditions, organized under the War Department. “The law of March 3, 1879 (Forty-fifth Congress, third session, chap. 182), makes 40 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. from all quarters. The effect of this was seen in the ready assistance rendered, and in the numerous contributions by both the military and civil residents of the district. The material result of this expedition will perhaps be thrown in the shade by the information obtained by Mr, Cushing in regard to the manners and customs of the Indians. Secur- ing their confidence to a greater degree than any preceding traveller, his presence has been permitted at the performance of their most sacred rites; and the publication of his report by Major Powell may be looked for as promising to be of intense interest. A very important addition made during the year to the ethnological department of the National Museum is the collection of Indian por- traits and scenes painted by Mr. George Catlin, and presented by Mrs. Harrison, widow of Thomas Harrison, of Philadelphia. There have been two of the so-called Catlin collections. The first is that which was exhibited by Mr. Catlin many years ago, in the United States, and afterwards taken to Europe and shown in the principal capitals. It made Mr. Catlin’s reputation as an artist and ethnologist, and furnished the material for his great work on the North American Indians. Several years ago, Mr. Harrison, being in Belgium, found Mr. Catlin there very much embarrassed financially, and in danger of having his entire gallery sold for a trifle. He advanced the money to relieve Mr. Catlin’s embarrassment, and took the collection as security, with the understanding that at any time within a certain period of years it could be redeemed. This was out of Mr. Catlin’s power, and the collection was transferred to Philadelphia, where it was stored for many years, and, as stated, has just been presented by Mrs. Harrison. After parting with his first gallery, Mr. Catlin traveled extensively in Western North America and through South America, and obtained many additional sketches of much interest. This second collection was brought some years ago by him to Washington in the hope of seiling it to the government, and was exhibited in the upper hall of the Smith- tions. “Tt, under the laws and orders relating to the Centennial Exhibition, transported to Philadelphia various and extensive collections for that exhibition; many, if not most, of which were finally brought to Washington, for deposit in the National Museum. ‘TJ recommend that the request of the director of the National Museum and Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution be granted.” Very respectfully, your obedient servant, M. C. Meras, Quartermaster-General, Brevet Major-General, U. S. A. Prof. Spencer F. Barren, Secretary Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. War DEPARTMENT, Washington, D. C., June 21, 1879. Sm: Replying to your letter of the 12th instant, in which you request that the Quartermaster’s Department be authorized to receive from parties living at or near REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Al sonian Building (then otherwise unoccupied), under the care of Mr. Cat- lin himself. He, however, died before anything was accomplished, | and the pictures were packed up and stored in the Smithsonian base- ment until 1876, when the heirs had them transferred, for the purpose of exhibition at the Centennial. They are still displayed in Philadel- phia as a part of the collections of the permanent exhibition. Among particularly noteworthy contributions to the Museum during the year is a series of specimens of North African pottery, furnished by Mr. George Maw, of England, to whom the National Museum is indebted for the donation of his display of ceramic wares made at Philadelphia and which is now in the permanent exhibition building. The National Museum of Mexico has furnished a cast of the calendar stone of the city of Mexico, and the originals of many rare and remark- able articles. A collection of Brazilian pottery by Mr. Steere has already been men- tioned, as also a fine collection of New Mexican objects by Mr. Metealfe. An extremely interesting collection of prehistoric articles of France and other localities in Europe was presented by Mr. Gaston L. Feuardent, of New York. The great archeological knowledge of this gentleman ren- ders this collection particularly valuable in the authentic indication of the character of the different pieces. Under the general head of “ Explorations” will be found mentioned a considerable number of researches, having in view the collecting of mnilitary posts, and to forward to Washington, by the usual military channels, any ar- ticles intended for the National Museum, I have the honor to inform you that instruc- tions have been given in accordance with your wishes. Very respectfully, G. W. McCRARY, Secretary of War. Prof. SPENCER F. Barrp, Secretary Smithsonian Institution. [General Orders No. 65. ] HEADQUARTERS OF THE ARMY, ADJUTANT GENERAL'S OFFICE, Washington, July 1, 1879. By direction of the Secretary of War, the following is published: The Quartermaster’s Department is authorized to receive from parties living at or near military posts any articles intended for the National Museum, and forward them to Washington, under the regulations governing transportation of military property, and on the same forms of bills of lading. The packages to be marked, ‘“‘ National Mu_ seum, care Depot Quartermaster, Washington, D. C.,” and settlement to be made by the Quartermaster’s Department. By command of GENERAL SHERMAN: : E. D. TOWNSEND, Adjutant General, HEADQUARTERS District OF NEw MEXICO, Santa Fé, N. M., September 5, 1879. * To all officers of the Army serving in the district of New Mexico : The following letter is published for your information : As Mr. James Stevenson may find it impossible to visit all posts of the district, offi- 42 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. archeological and anthropological material, and the list of donations gives an account of those of less moment. The most important explora- tions are those of Major Powell and Mr. E. W. Nelson. Considering the subject geographically, we may refer, for Alaska, to the labors of Messrs. Nelson and Turner; for New Mexico, to those of Messrs. Metealfe, Stevenson, and Cushing. From the interior of the United States the archological collections have been very many, and will be found detailed in the list of donations. From Mexico the most important material has been furnished by the National Museum of Mexico and by Professor Dugés. From the former have been received a very excellent model of the famous calendar-stone, and numerous articles of obsidian, stone, pottery, &c. Professor Dugeés has contributed a diminutive human face carved in iron pyrites, with small opals for eyes. The collections of Professor Steere, from Brazil, have already been referred to. From Europe we have a very interest- ing collection of prehistoric remains, especially from France, presented by Mr. Gaston L. Feuardent; and pottery from Persia, Morocco, and other countries, by Mr. George Maw, of London. Casts of Indian heads.—Reference was made in the report for 1877 to a Series of casts, made by Mr. Clark Mills, at the joint expense of the Smith- sonian Institution and the Peabody Museum at Cambridge, of the faces of sixty-five Indians held as prisoners of war at Saint Augustine, in Florida, these representing quite a number of different tribes and fur- nishing a very rare opportunity of securing life-like reproductions of the Indian physiognomy. ‘The Indians, as arule, are averse to such an opera- tion, and but few such casts are extant in any anthropological museum. The few series distributed of duplicates of these representations have been much appreciated. After the discharge of the Saint Augustine prisoners, or their trans- cers serving therein are solicited to contribute any Indian relics, specimens of natural history, curiosities, &c., that may be obtainable in their neighborhood, and address them to Mr. Stevenson, care of chief quartermaster, district of New Mexico, sending the same by any government transportation leaving their posts for Santa Fé. Epwarp Harcu, Colonel Ninth Cavalry, Commanding. ‘(SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, JPashington, July 7, 1879. “Mr. James Stevenson, the bearer of this letter, has been instructed by the Smith- sonian Institution to visit New Mexico, Arizona, and other portions of the Southwest for the purpose of prosecuting investigations in ethnology and natural history. “TY therefore commend him to the kind attention of officers of the United States Army, civilian officers of the United States Government, correspondents of the Smith- sonian Institution, and the friends of science generally. All aid rendered him in his work or contributions of specimens through him to the National Museum of the United States, will be duly acknowledged by the Smithsonian Institution. ‘* Mr. Stevenson is authorized to make use of all facilities granted to the Smithsonian Institution by railroad companies and the War Department in the transportation of collections made or otherwise obtained by him. “SPENCER F. BAIRD, ‘Secretary Smithsonian Institution.” REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 43 fer to other stations, Capt. R. H. Pratt, United States Infantry, who had them in command, and who had become greatly interested in all meas- ures looking towards the education of the Indians, was authorized by the government to bring a number of young Indians of both sexes to the school for colored youth so successfully conducted by General Armstrong at Hampton, Va. This having been accompiished, an opportunity was furnished of extending the series of casts, and Mr. Clark Mills again volunteered his services to do the work, simply for his expenses. Cap- tain Pratt accordingly made the arrangements for its execution. This second series makes the entire number of representations of Indians in the museum about one hundred. These casts are valuable to us, both as anthropologie representations in themselves and as furnishing the means of producing lay figures in great number and variety to display the many sets of Indian clothing and equipment now forming part of the general collection. In this connection it may be mentioned that Captain Pratt has more recently established a special school for the education of Indian youth, of both sexes, at Carlisle, Pa., using the government barracks for its ac- commodation. Here he expects to bring together between three and four hundred individuals and has every assurance of a successful experi- ment. EXPLORATIONS. Among the operations of the Smithsonian Institution, especially fos- tered from the beginning by my predecessor, and looked upon by him as one of its most important functions, is that of exploration in little-known regions of North America. It was his policy not to use the funds of the Institution in purchasing collections already made, but rather, by means of occasiona! grants of money in small sums, either to fit out small parties starting from Washington, or to assist correspondents of the Institution, wherever they might be resident, in making researches in their own vicinity. These labors generally included more than one branch of sci- ence, and in their aggregate have tended very largely to give the Na- tional Museum its remarkable number of type specimens. Thus grants of money were made, of various sums, from $5 to $250, very rarely ex- ceeding the latter amount in any one year to any one agent. The results of the explorations condensed in whole or in part by the Smithsopvian Institution, in 1879, have not been inferior in importance to those of any previous year; in fact they have seldom been exceeded; re- sulting not only in bringing together many new facts in natural history and ethnology, but also in adding large collections to those already in hand. The prospect of having a new building capacious enough to ac- commodate whatever may be received in this direction was an encour- agement to utilize opportunities of obtaining objects, from which we were formerly deterred by want of space. Among the more important explorations made under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution in 1879, may be mentioned that of Mr. B. W. 44 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Nelson in Northwestern Alaska. As explained in previous reports, Mr. Nelson was nominated by the Smithsonian Institution to General Myex as a Signal observer at Saint Michael’s, a station on Norton Sound, south of Behring Strait—a district of very great interest in both an ethnologi- eal and natural-history point of view; and although numerous collec- tions had previously been received from that region, as made by Messrs. Dall, Kennicott, Pease, Bannister, and Turner, there was still enough unaccomplished to make it important that the work should be con- tinued. The institution was fortunate in being able to secure the aid of Mr. Nelson, as being a most excellent naturalist and particularly well acquainted with the vertebrate animals of North America. Mr. Nelson proceeded to his station at Saint Michael’s, and has re- mained there ever since, of course devoting the principal portion of his time to his duties as signal observer, and, it is understood, to the satis- faction of his superiors, while his leisure has been employed in making observations and collections of natural history. Previous reports have noted the additions already made by him. The collection of 1879 is especially important in an ethnological point of view; not less than three thousand specimens of Indian and Esquimaux work in the way of earv- ings, implements, clothing, domestic and household utensils, games, &e., have been received. These filled fourteen large boxes, the remainder of the collection consisting chiefly of birds, eggs, and fishes. The total number of pieces furnished by Mr. Nelson amounts to 2,935. Mr. Nelson is preparing an elaborate report on the natural history and ethnology of Northwestern Alaska for publication after his return. The labors of Mr. Lucien M. Turner in the Aleutian Islands have also been prosecuted during the year, and have furnished, as heretofore, a large amount of interesting material for the National Museum. Mr. Turner, as mentioned in previous reports, like Mr. Nelson, is one of the observers of the United States Signal Service, and has under his charge a number of temporary stations along the entire extent of the Aleutian Islands. The supervision of these stations makes it necessary for him to go from point to point as an opportunity is furnished, thus allowing a chance to study the natural history and ethnology of a widely-extended region. The greater part of the season of 1879 was passed at Sitka, his principal station, however, being Unalaska. Among the collections sent down by him, besides some very finely- prepared specimens of birds (among them species of great rarity), was a series of very elaborate and delicate carvings in bone made by the Aleutian Islanders. Capt. L. A. Beardslee, of the Navy, who for several years had been detailed by the Navy Department to take charge of the steamers fur- nished to the United States Fish Commission, especially the “Blue Light” and the “Speedwell,” was sent out during the early part of the year in command of the sloop-of-war Jamestown to look after the interest of the citizens of the United States in Alaskan waters. With REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 45 Sitka as his headquarters he was enabled to exercise a supervision over the Indians of the adjacent parts of the country. The experience which Captain Beardslee acquired during his service with the Fish Commission, in making observations on the natural and physical conditions of the water, prepared him more fully for his re- searches in this new field, and the Institution gladly accepted his offer of service and supplied him with necessary apparatus. No specimens have so far been received from Captain Beardslee, but a consignment is expected in the early part of 1880. An extensive exploration of the islands and waters of the North Pacific, indeed even through Behring Strait, was made during the last summer by the “Richard Rush,” Captain Bailey, commander. Before starting, her surgeon, Dr. White, of the Marine Hospital Serv- ice, offered his services to the Institution in making such collections as might be designated; and as a trained naturalist, experienced in re- search, having prosecuted his studies in Edinburgh under the direction of Sir Wyville Thompson and others, his proposition was gladly ae- cepted. Many collections of much interest were made by Dr. White and duly received by the Smithsonian Institution. They consist for the most part of embryonic or foetal seals, porpoises, &c., various fishes, and many marine invertebrates. Skins and skeletons of several spe- cies of seals were also included. The “Jeannette.,—Much interest was excited during the past year by the announcement that the “Pandora,” an English vessel, which had already been engaged in Arctic research in the hands of Capt. Allen Young was to be employed in a similar service, entirely at the expense of Mr. James Gordon Bennett, of New York, as the “Jeannette,” under the command of Lieutenant De Long, an officer of the United States Navy, who had already had a Northern experience in the Green- land Seas while in search of the “ Pelaris.”. The “ Jeannette” was taken by Lieutenant De Long to San Francisco, by way of Cape Horn; her commander returning overland to the East, and spending some time in Washington in obtaining his outfit and instructions. The Smithsonian Institution was requested by Mr. Bennett to nominate a competent naturalist for the expedition, and selected Mr. Raymond L. Newcombe, of Salem, Mass., who joined the steamer in San Francisco, and with her left for the North. Letters received, both from him and Captain De Long, and written at Saint Michael’s, Alaska, show that a large amount of work has been accomplished in the way of natural history researei ; and it is hoped that the results of the expedition will be commensurate with the expectations of all interested. At the last advices from the ‘“‘ Jeannette” she was seen by a whaling captain in the vicinity of Wran- gel Land, this being her main objective point. Professor Jordan, who has been detailed by Mr. Goode to work up the fisheries of the Pacific coast of the United States, reported at the Smithsonian Institution in Washington, in December, 1879, and there 46 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. received the necessary instructions for his work. At the latest advices he had reached San Diego and commenced his investigations of the fisheries, with the promise of exhaustive results there and at other points on the coast. He is provided by the National Museum with the necessary apparatus for making collections on a liberal scale, to serve as illustrations of the fishery statistics. The collecting and exhibition of what may be considered vouchers of his labors are very necessary, since the names of our Eastern species are largely applied to Western forms in every respect different from them; and without the means of examination and comparison much confusion would result. Thus, what is called cod in San Francisco has no relation to the cod of the Eastern coast, belonging to an entirely different group. : Among the explorations of the year, and especially rich in ethno- logical results, is that prosecuted by Mr. 8. T. Walker, on the west coast of Florida. With this gentlemen the Institution has been in com- munication for several years, and has received from him many valuable archeological objects. During the past year he has been engaged in a systematic survey of the mounds in the vicinity of Clear Water, Fla., and has found evidence to show that at the time of their construction white men were in the vicinity, from whom were obtained numerous articles of ornament, &c. Conspicuous among these are gold and silver beads, portions of bronze fittings of gun locks, Venetian beads, frag- ments of Spanish pottery, Wc. From all the indications, it is possible that these were obtained from some of the early Spanish invaders, or other whites, at no distant period from the time of De Soto’s conquest. Many collections of reptiles, living and in alcohol, fishes, mammals, and birds have also been furnished by Mr. Walker. Mr. James W. Milner, the. Assistant Fish Commissioner of the United States, was obliged by ill health to spend the winter of 1878-79 in Florida, making his home at Homosassa, on the west coast. Here, although greatly enfeebled by disease which in a great measure crippled his efforts, he obtained, with the help of those about him, very valuable collections of prehistoric remains, birds, fishes, and other natural-history objects. Mexico.—Mr. Silas Stearns, formerly of Pensacola, and for several years a valued correspondent of the Smithsonian Institution, in the early part of last summer was detailed by Mr. Goode to collect the statistics of fish and the fisheries on the Gulf of Mexico in the interest of the fish- eries branch of the census. For this purpose he chartered a small sloop for use in prosecuting his work. From time to time, without interfering with his regular duty, he has succeeded in securing numerous objects of natural history for the National Museum, among them quite a number of fish, some of these, probably, new to science. Mr. Robert Ridgway, curator of ornithology in the National Museum, accompanied by a friend, Mr. H. W. Henshaw, made an expedition to REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. AT Cobb’s Island, off the Eastern Shore of Virginia, during the past sum- mer, for the purpose of collecting skins of the adult and young water birds abounding in that vicinity. Although rather late in their under- taking (July 29) they were quite successful, obtaining a number of in- teresting species during their stay of ten days. For several years past Mr. F. A. Ober has been engaged, under the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, in making observations and collections in natural history and archeology in the West India Islands ; this group, strange as it may appear, furnishing almost a virgin field of research. In the course of his labors, beginning in 1877, Mr. Ober visited a number of the islands and collected many specimens; of these the birds have already been worked up, fully catalogued, and described by Mr. Lawrence in the proceedings of the National Museum. No less than twenty new species of birds have been added to science, and a great deal of information obtained in regard to their geographical distribu- tion. The National Museum is now in possession of what is believed to be the most complete collection of West Indian birds extant; a very important corollary to its North and Central American series. The other collections made by Mr. Ober were mainly of archeological objects and reptiles. Mr. Ober has lately published an interesting account of his travels, entitled ‘‘ Camps in the Caribees.” Prof. J.B. Steere, of the University of Michigan, at Ann-Arbor, who has an excellent record as an explorer in China, Formosa, and else- where, invited the Smithsonian Institution to a co-operation in a pro- posed exploration of the Amazon River during the past summer. He was accordingly provided with certain apparatus and material for col- lecting, and made excellent use of his opportunities. Since his return he has contributed to the National Museum a collection of the ancient pottery from the island of Maranon, and other localities in the Amazon River, thus filling a very serious gap in our archeological museum. During Professor Steere’s previous explorations in the East, the Smith- sonian Institution was the consignee of his collections, and rendered much service in securing their safe and inexpensive transmission to America. Dr. Charles J. Hering, of Paramaribo, Surinam, still maintains his interest in the Smithsonian Institution, by sending to it collections in natural history and archeology. Several parcels have been forwarded by him during the past year, the contents of which will be mentioned under his name in the list of acquisitions. Dr. Otto Finsch, the eminent. ornithologist and naturalist, and for many years director of the Natural History Museum at Bremen, in Germany, after completing his recent explorations in Siberia, under- took to visit the islands of the Pacific Ocean, partly in the interest of the Berlin Museum, partly at the expense of the Humboldt Exploration Fund, and partly at his own. 48 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Having offered his services to the United States Fish Commission in any way connected with his labors, he was requested to bring over a consignment of German carp, a fish which promises to be of great value in American pisciculture. This was done by him, and he delivered to the United States carp ponds, in Washington, a number of these fishes in a healthy condition, which, it is hoped, will, in a few years, be the progenitors of a large number of that species of fish. In order to enable Dr. Finsch to carry on his polynesian researches to better advantage and at less-expense to himself, free passes and reduced passage tickets for himself and party were obtained from several ef the transcontinental railroad companies. The Smithsonian Institution pro- vided Dr. Finsch with a partial outfit for marine exploration, including a supply of alcohol for the preservation of reptiles and fishes. Dr. Finsch proceeded first to the Sandwich Islands, and then to the Fijis, and at the latest advices he had reached one of the groups of the Marshall Islands. EXCHANGES. As was explained in the report for 1878, the system of international exchanges organized by the Smithsonian Institution nearly thirty years ago has long been considered one of its most important functions, and no greater obstruction to the intercourse between the scientific institu- tions of the Old World and New can be imagined than that of an inter- ruption of this work. As already stated, an organization intended pri- marily to aid in the prompt transmission of the publications of the Insti- tution to its correspondents, at home and abroad, was extended so as to include the corresponding exchanges of other institutions; this has now resulted in furnishing by far the most extensive system of exchanges in existence, the benefits of which are experienced and appreciated all over the world. The foreign agencies employed in the Smithsonian exchanges are of three classes. First. Individuals or firms, some of them salaried by the Institution and devoting more or less of their time to its work. Second. Learned societies or universities, which do on a small scale in their respective countries what the Smithsonian Institution does on a larger scale for the world in general. Third. Special government bureaus of international exchange, organ- ized for the purpose. It is quite probable that the number of this class, now restricted to four, namely, the Commission Belge des échanges internationaux, the Commission Frangaise des échanges internationaux, the Bureau central scientifique of Haarlem, and the Bundes Canzlei for Switzerland, will be increased until, possibly, in time, the greater part of the ser vice in Europe in connection with the Smithsonian Institution, may be performed by them. This will, of course, constitute a very de- sirable aid to the Smithsonian Institution and to the second class men- tioned, especially as to the expenses of the work. REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. AS The operations of the Commission Francaise des échanges interna- tionaux, inaugurated in 1878, have constantly improved in extent and efficiency through 1879, a large number of boxes having been exchanged between it and the Smithsonian Institution to the entire satisfaction of both parties. Numerous applications have been made by the Freneh bureau to the Smithsonian Institution for special works, public or private, required by the governmental bureaus, especially for the national library, the ministry of public instruction, etc. On receipt of these applications circulars were sent to various parties interested, and a large number of acceptable returns promptly received and duly forwarded by the Insti- tution. On the other hand applications by the Institution in behalf of American bodies have been satisfactorily answered. This feature of the system of international exchanges is one of great importance. In addition to the official applications fer special publications of the United States, made through the system of international exchanges, one was presented by the French minister to the Smithsonian Institution for the reports of the United States Fish Commission, those of the sev- eral State fish commissions, and any other-documents serving to illustrate the steps taken for the propagation and utilization of fishes in the United States. This request was in behalf of the Senate of France, which recently appointed a commission to investigate the relations between citizens and the State in respect to the rights and conditions of fishing in both fresh and salt waters. A circular was accordingly addressed to the parties indicated, and quite a complete series of doc- uments was obtained and transmitted to Mousicur Outrey, the minister. He has acknowledged with thanks the receipt of the package, and given assurance of his appreciation of the courtesy. It has already been explained that the Smithsonian Institution not only serves as a medium of exchange to institutions and individuals in the United States, but also to these of Canada, Central America, Mexico, the West Indies, and Sonth America. An extra amount of labor has been imposed upon the Institution, during the past year, owing, in large part, to the interruption of operations in 1878, caused by the death of Professor Henry. The accumulated material of that year has, how- ever, all been disposed of, together with the receipts of 1879; the aggre- gate being shown in the accompanying schedule. It is quite likely that operations in this line during 1880 will, be but little behind those of 1879, as, for years, there has been a steady increase in the bulk of the ex- changes; and this is not likely to be interrupted. In the preceding report reference was made to the adoption of a rule, under authority granted by the Board of Regents, by which packages received from the government bureaus were charged a uniform rate of five cents per pound for packing, boxing, and shipping to destination. This has been carried into effect, but has only secured the return of about a hundred dollars, evidently not a sufficient sum to affeet ma. terially the expense of the exchange system—a very onerous burden S. Mis. 544 50 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. upon the funds of the Institution, and greatly affecting its operations. Formerly, when the cost of the exchanges amounted to only two or three thousand dollars a year, the publications of the Institution were of much greater extent than they are now; and it is to be hoped that some provision may be made by which the expenses of exchange may be materially lessened, and the former very desirable prominence of the publication department be restored. It is a question whether the assistance of Congress might not be invoked to make an appropriation to bear at least a part of the cost. Ifa few thousand dollars were fur- nished by the Government, it would be of very material aid and tend greatly to relieve the Institution of a burden which is fast becoming oppressive. One special argument in favor of such Congressional action is found in the fact that, while this system of exchanges benefits equally all the libraries and societies of the country, the benefit of the returns inuring to the Smithsonian Institution is experienced directly by Congress; the expenditures for both publications and exchanges being actually in the interest of the Congressional Library, in which all the Smithsonian books are now deposited. It may safely be said that if the amount of money used in carrying on the exchanges was expended directly in the purchase of books for the Library of Congress, it would not produce the same yield, in view of the fact that these re- turns to the Smithsonian Institution consist largely of the publications of societies interested in the prosecution of theoretical and applied science, which, while embracing the earliest announcement of important discov- eries, are for the most part not on sale, and only to be obtained by a system of exchange. As in previous years, the following transportation companies have favored the Institution by a remission of charges upon its packages, and thus enabled it to carry on its system of international exchanges with a fr action of the expense which would otherwise have been required. Anchor Steamship Company. New York and Brazil Steamship Company. Atlas Steamship Company. New York and Mexico Steamship Company. Companie Générale Transatlantique. North German Lloyd Steamship Company. Cunard Steamship Company. Pacific Mail Steamship Company. Hamburg American Packet Company. Pacific Steam Navigation Company. Inman Steamship Company. Panama Railroad Company. Merchants’ Line of Steamers. White Cross Line of Antwerp. Netherland-American Steam Navigation Company. The special thanks of the Institution are again tendered to the above- mentioned companies for their enlightened liberality. In addition to this, through the mediation of Mr. Isaac Hinckley, president of the Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore Railroad Company, the four roads forming the connection between New York and Washington, namely, the Pennsylvania Railroad, the Philadelphia, Wil- mington and Baltimore, the Baltimore and Potomac, and Baltimore and Ohio, have agreed to areduction to one-half of the usual charges on first- class freight. The saving from this concession, although not quite REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 51 equal to that of free freights by the ocean steamers, is a matter of very great importance, and is deserving of special acknowledgment. Messrs. Murray, Ferris & Co., of 62 South street, New York, have granted free freight to the Bahamas. Statistics of exchanges sent during the last ten years. 1870. 1871. 1872 1873. 1874. 1875. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. Number of boxes. . 121 108 179 196 131 208 323 397 309 311 Bulk in cubic feet 1, 189 772 954 1, 476 933 1, 508 2, 261 2,779 2,160 Qa, MUG asa cone 31, 383 | 28,950 | 26, 850 | 44, 2u6 | 27,990 | 45, 300 | 80, 750 | 99, 250 | 69, 220 69, 975 The following table exhibits the number of foreign establishments with which the Institution is at present in correspondence, or, in other words, to which it sends publications and from which it receives others in return: Foreign institutions in correspondence with the Smithsonian Institution. AU GOn as eas sacs Sates eee ceceisees Geil diapers seas sims are sare iore eo ajete 34 ANieexerani lave) IRA) NWO Ae beaooeoss cosoe Iga ie) Wye eeacoosores Ob nTeeEe caRabac 198 Australia and Tasmania....-..---- AW || ARVN oo pee bad beacleccoseselceegue 5 ANP) SNe WA fosoane ca Scoaponooe IE | WHithosemcananees. bes meocadmecosos 5 IBeloiumyt ss S525 e252) ake es ce 1H QE Mtb eriaiee psa se ee ere see 1 IBYOLRINWIG). Geet oe ete a ae eee fe eMart See ses a oa eto neers crierevere 4 Bra7beeetee ee pony eeee cn coche ecisis.c UL PME ORC Os rape este erate sete ae.- tats 18 BTUs NOAM ORICA 52.212 ee aste je ete QO eNews Zealamal soles sen a elope 16 BriiishvGiutanaeeseee esse a. e se = 3} | INGAWERVeooesesb00s6 s6ecna bb EDoocc 25 Cape Colonies and St. Helena ..--- || RARE ScccKboboodocdosopaaasesc 1 CentralpAmeriGass-c- 4: 62 ace acclee PAT Wedei eb Wa Het ee Betne Oteia tena Gis ROS ED Oe 4 CIMA aOR SR ERS Seer ae rere S|) Philp pineiislandses-c- -.c- 1 tel 3 @hinmaperreen. shee eee eee tee ae @ || 1onMe es o-oo 550 H560Sbo000C 3D @olombiagMeee, . wach s-eesel- sees 3 Russia : hep es tad oobi aes eae LO iD) CTIMARKe es eee eae os ostec case 29 | Sandw ich Isl: ands. - EA eae 2 Duvschs Guiana seas ts ee eae Ie SSpaimesasas-= Pe Ae Ae oe 25 I} CUAG ORF ae Ss. Sie seers ease = le Siwedente 44. 4:2 4e. aes cet cee eets 22 EY Covi bier Sete hese ose), SIS was born in Philadelphia on the 31st of July, 1829, received his educa- REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 65 tion in the public schools of that city, graduated at the Jefferson Medi- cal College in 1851, and devoted himself with zeal and energy to the practice of his profession. He was professor of climatology and physi- ology at the Franklin Institute for eight years, and during this period lectured frequently on physiological and ethnological subjects before various associations in our prominent cities. In 1857 he accepted the chair of institutes of medicine in the Phila- delphia College of Medicine; and was, after a few years, transferred to the Pennsylvania College. His lectures on physiology attracted much at- tention, as no sustained systematic attempt to teach physiology experi- mentally had been made before in either of the four medical schools then existing in Philadelphia. In 1868 he was elected to the Jefferson Medi- cal College to succeed the late Prof. Robley Dunglison, on the recom- mendation of the highést medical authorities in this country and Hu- rope. He was an active member of the leading scientific societies ; con- tributed numerous and valuable papers to medical and other journals. He arranged and classified the extensive collection of human crania in the Academy of Natural Sciences, and prepared a systematic catalogue of the collection. He also devoted much time to physiological and ethno- logical researches, and in all his relations in life was eminent for purity of character, clearness and vigor of intellect, and ardor alike in the pur- suit of knowledge and imparting instruction to others. He died in Philadelphia on the 9th of November, 1879. NATIONAL MUSEUM. The act of Congress of 1846, establishing the Smithsonian Institution, placed under its charge, in proportion as suitable arrangements could be made for their reception, all objects of natural history, mineralogy, and geology, antiquities, &c., belonging to the United States. At the time of the passage of the act the government collections consisted es- sentially of the objects gathered by the celebrated exploring expedition of Capt. Charles Wilkes, which even to the present time has been by far the most extensive and exhaustive enterprise of its kind conducted by any government. Its results would have been very much larger but for the loss of one of the vessels, the ‘‘ Peacock,” off the mouth of the Columbia River. In this were contained an immense number of articles from the islands of the Pacific Ocean and from the coast of Oregon and California. The objects brought back to Washington were placed in charge of the Commissioner of Patents, and an appropriation was made regularly by Congress for their maintenance and superintendence. In 1856 the completion of the central part of the Smithsonian build- ing and the need by the Patent Office of the space in its building occupied by the collections of the Wilkes’ expedition, brought about an arrangement S. Mis. 54-———5 66 REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. between the Committee on Patents in the House of Representatives and the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, by which the latter agreed to accept the custody of the collections, on condition that the necessary appropriations for their maintenance in the Smithsonian building should be continued by Congress, to include also the expense of the construc- tion of cases and other requirements. This was carried into effect, and in 1857 the government collections were transferred ; since which time they have been in the custody of the Institution. Prior to that date, however, large numbers of government and other specimens had been received and cared for at the Smithsonian Institution, but not displayed. These, with the Wilkes’ collection and a few others received with them, may be considered as marking the beginning of the National Museum. The institution now points with great satisfaction to the progress that has been accomplished in about twenty-two years, at the end of which time one of the largest and best appointed collections of natural history and ethnology extant has been developed. INCREASE OF THE MUSEUM. Coming now to the consideration of the condition and history of the National Museum for the year 1879, and beginning with its increase, the general nature of the additions to the Museum during the year will be readily gathered by reference to the alphabetical list of donations and the memoranda in regard to explorations. It may be noted that the donations in 1879 very greatly exceeded those of any previous year, amounting to 1,173 separate entries, while those of 1878 were 1,075. A large portion of the number consists of contributions made by the fishing vessels of Gloucester, Mass., as referred to more par- ticularly under the head of operations of the United States Fish Com- mission. The additions to the Museum are derived from four princi- pal sources, viz: 1. Government exploring and surveying parties. 2. Explorations and researches of the Smithsonian Institution. 3. Miscel- laneous contributions. 4. By exchanges of specimens. A fifth element of increase in most museums is by purchase. This, however, amounts to very little in the case of the National Museum, and is for the most part confined to an occasional specimen of archeology needed to fill a gap. As the Institution has not been hitherto prepared to undertake the gathering of universal collections, but has confined its efforts more par- ticularly to the representation of the animal and mineral kingdom of the New World, there has been less opportunity to increase its display by exchanges, while its own collections from government expeditions and by contributions of its correspondents covered the greater part of what is absolutely desired. The opportunity of extensive exchanges is still open, however, and may possibly be resorted to hereafter. Among the more important collaborators in the way of exchanges may be mentioned the educational authorities of Japan, who have placed the National Museum under direct obligations by the transmission REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 67 of well-arranged and preserved collections of the natural history of that country. The most important of these is a series of the fishes, partly preserved in alcohol and partly dried. These came in excellent condi- tion and has been accurately identified by Japanese naturalists attached tothe Museum. Already over two hundred species have been furnished, constituting an extremely valuable means of investigating the fishes of . the North Pacific coast. Their particular importance is in their relation- ship in illustration of the ichthyology of the waters of the western coast of the United States. These specimens were furnished by the Mombusho or Educational Museum of Tokio, which has also supplied a large series of minerals and rocks of the country. A very valuable collection of the fishes of Norway was presented to the Institution by the University of Christiania, as prepared by Profes- sor Esimark, at the request of Mr. Robert Collett, a correspondent of the Institution. These are particularly acceptable as furnishing the means of comparison with the many species obtained from the off-shore fishing- grounds by American fishermen. From the National Museum of the City of Mexico some very interest- ing articles have been received in exchange, principally of an archo- logical character. An important exchange of birds with the American Museum of Natu- ral History in New York will be found mentioned further on. The additions to the museum from the operations of government parties, or those fitted out in whole or in part by the Smithsonian Insti- tution, will be found ina brief mention under the head of Explorations, The details, as also those of the miscellaneous contributions, are given in the alphabetical list of donors and their donations. Mammals.—The collections of mammals sent by Mr. Turner and Mr. Nelson, from Alaska, and by Lieutenant Wheeler, of the Engineers, from Colorado, &c., are most important. Birds.—Of birds, an extremely valuable donation of 295 species and 318 specimens was made by the American Museum of Natural History in New York; these being for the most part either specimens not rep- resented in the National Museum or in better condition than any it had been able to procure. 2, 167 ITO Sees saw acee eee 2715 eile 42,014 223 304 | 27,940 Hepiiloss 4.05 5se ee 2,356 3, 840 210 318 | 2,566 NISHES 251 -:5.5-:2 Saas 6, 145 9, 651 298 25 | 6,443 Nests and eggs of ind S+2 ee Sle eee 7, 906 19, 350 328 D161, |) 85234 MMSE CUS 21-252 scene 4,308 9,741 230 350 | 4,538 Crustaceans .......- || Esty 2, 664 10 Del O97, Slelllishsytos o(ooasione: 90, 548 197, 347 154 481 | 90,702 Radiates-... 2-5-2. 593 UE8BY IBcpgeesallbeeococaaoad 593 Other marine in- vertebrates .....--| 1,892 5, 225 15 LSM ls 907 Plants and packages OfjiseedS:s.5< 203252 | 29, 943 51, 984 499 877 | 30, 442 IW OsSIIS ie oso eaeee 4,391 LO SUB ees eee eae ae 4390 Minerals and rocks..| 9,105 16, 869 901 4,538 | 10, 006 Ethnological speci- MINES Meet seca io Ose 5, 268 226 226 | 3,849 Diatomaceous earths (packages) ....---- 874 1, 628 300 300 | 1,174 Mota se cece \193, 195 383, 592 | 3,440 8, 966 196, 635 the end of 379, Specimens. 1, 924 4, 822 42, 318 4,158 9, 976 20, 511 10, 091 2, 689 197, 828 793 5, 240 52, 861 10,518 21, 407 5, 494 1, 925 392, 558 17 78 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTIONS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM IN 1879. Adney, W. H. G. Specimens of shells and fossils ; from Virginia. Alasku Commercial Company, San Francisco, Cal. Two heads of sea- lion (Rosmarus obesus); from Nushagak, Alaska. Alden, Capt. Oscar W., and crew of schooner Andrew Leighton. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Aldernethy, George. Samples of coal; from Washington Territory. Allen, OC. A. Two specimens Anser rossii (purchased) ; from California. Allen, George IK. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Com- mission. ) Anderson, Capt. Charles, and crew of schooner Alice G. Wonson, Gloucester, Mass. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Anderson, John. Insect; from Texas. Anderson, W. W. Small collection of stone implements; from Sumter County, South Carolina. Andrews, Miss Fannie. Box of stone implements and minerals; from Georgia. Ardendall, Edward, schooner Sea Foam. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Aspinwall, Dr. F. EL. Specimens of arrow-heads; from New York and Ohio. Atkins, Charles G. Specimen of togue (Cristivomer namaycush) ; from Grand Lake Stream, Maine. Augir, Viola. Two mounted specimens of birds; from Illinois. Baird, G. W., P. A. Engineer, U.S. N. Specimens of Meduse ; taken at Ville Franche, France. Baird, Prof. 8S. F. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Com- mission.) Babcock, A. I. Specimens of birds (Cyanura cristata and Siulia sialis), and red squirrel (Sciwrus hudsonius); from Massachusetts. Baden, George P. Living milk-snake (Ophibolus doliatus); from Wash- ington, D. C. Baker, J.D. Specimen of insect; from Perry County, Pennsylvania. Barker, H. I. Wiving specimens of glass-snake (Opheosaurus ventralis), turtles (Pseudemys scabra), and amphiumas (Amphiuma means); from South Carolina. Barringer, A. L. Wiving snakes (Bascanion constrictor, Ophibolus rhom- bomaculatus and Storeria dekayi) and terrapins (Cistudo elausa) ; from North Carolina. Bates, W. H. H. Specimens of minerals ; from Maine. Bauermeister, Rev. William. Box of minerals; from Indiana. Beach, H. Box of stone implements, pottery, &c., from Mlinois and Wisconsin. APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. to Beal, William. Two living bull-snakes (Pityophis melanoleucus); from Tennessee. Bean, Barton A. Unfinished dulled stone implements; from Pennsyl- vania. Bean, Dr. T. H. Box of Indian implements and terrapin(Cistudo clausa) ; trom Pennsylvania. Beauchamp, Rev. William M. A collection of shells; from Western New York. Belding, L. Five boxes of birds-skins, eggs, and dried plants; from Cali- fornia. Belknap, Tieut. 0., U. S. N. Samples of the woods of Japan and the Philippine Islands. Bell, Charles W. Specimen of iron-pyrites ; from Texas. Benner, F. M. Box of stone relics ; from Ohio. Bennett, Henry k. Fragments of pottery; from near Cape Henlopen, Delaware. Bennett, J. C. Specimens of Indian stone implements; from Ohio. Benton, John H. A living alligator (Alligator mississippiensis ; from Florida. Bessels, Dr. Emil. Alcoholic specimens of Amphioxus; from the Eastern shore of Maryland. Bigelow, Otis M. Cast of Indian bird-shaped pipe; from New York. Bissel, E. H. Specimens of insects; from North Carolina. Blackford, H. G., Fulton Fish Market, New York. A large and varied collection of fishes, brought into the New York fish-market, among which are Cryptacanthodes, Centropomus, Sargus Holbrookii, Pagrus vulgaris, Salmo solar, Onchorhynchus quinnat, Coregonus sp., Pomato- mus saltatrix, Scomber scombrus, &c. Bland, Thomas. Specimen of abnormal egg of chicken ; from Jamaiea, LORS Bloomfield, James C. Pharyngeal teeth of Haploidonotus grunniens. Boardman, George A. Two birds-skins, nests, and eggs; from Maine. Bomar, Thomas H. Specimen of calcite; from South Carolina. Boars, H. Case fishery apparatus; from Norway. Bonbright, Stephen L. Three skins of birds ; from Iowa. Booth, A. Specimens of California salmon (O. Quinnat). Booth, M. A. Small package of recent diatoms; from Massachusetts. Booth, Lieut. S. M., U. S. N. Suit of armor worn by the natives of the Kingsmill group of Pacific Islands. Bowers, W. W. Sample of meat prepared by the Chinese from the abalone ([aliotis). Boyd, Miss EF. 8S. Haman cranium; from the Hawaiian Islands. Boyd, Dr. 8. B. Double-headed snake ; from Tennessee. Boyle, Dr. David, Elora Museum, Ontario. Beads found in cavern on Grand River, Ontario; and slate tablet (lent). Brace, Lewis J. K. A box of general natural history collections ; from Nassau, New Providence. 80 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Brackett, Col. A. G., U.S. A. A specimen of the black-footed ferret (Putorius nigripes) ; from Montana. Bracking, Alfred. Specimen of mineral; from North Carolina. Brady, Henry B. Microscopic mountings of Carboniferous foraminifera; from Neweastle-on-Tyne, England. Brantley, W.S. Living specimen of ground rattle (Caudisona miliaris) ; from Georgia. Bregazzi, Miss Marie. Living bat (Scotophiius fuseus); from Washing- ton, D. C. Brewer, Dr. T. M. Box of birds’ skins. Brewster, William. Nest and four eggs of brown creeper; from Massa- chusetts. Brown, James, Schooner David A. Osier. (See Washington, D.C., United States Fish Commission.) Brown, Dr. J. J. Sar of alcoholic reptiles; from the West Indies. Brown, Seavy & Co, Boston, Mass. Specimens of mackerel (Scomber scombrus) and viscera of same. Brownell, W. A. A collection of minerals. Bruner, J. Human mummy, encased; from Cuzco, Peru. Budd, James. Specimen of moth (Enyo lugubris); from North Carolina. Bunnell, P. D. Specimen of mineral; from Washington Territory. Burbage, John. Skin of weasel (Putorius erminea), pupa-state of tobac- co-worm, living snakes (Heterodon platyrhinus and Hutenia sirtalis), and mineral concretion; from Missouri. Burford, H. Specimen of tarantula; from Georgia. Burnham, EB. K. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commis- sion.) Burr, Rk. T., A. A. Surgeon, U. 8. A. Small box of pottery, and alco- holic specimens of fishes, reptiles, &c.; from Arizona. Cairns, William. Stone-gouge; from Westchester County, New York. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard Botanical Gardens, Prof. C. S. Sargent, in charge. Hight species of living water-plants. Campbell, Capt. David, and crew of schooner Admiral. (See Washing- ton, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Campbell, D. H. Specimen of insect; from Illinois. Campbell, Kent. Cocoons of insects ; from Ohio. Capehart, Dr. W. R. Specimens of rock-fish, shad, alewives, and a jar of herring-roe; from Albemarle Sound. Capps, OC. Henry. Specimens of minerals; from Calvert County, Ala- bama. Carlin, W. M. A collection of fishes; from Wyoming. Carr, J. C. Fragments of fossils; from Tennessee. Carr, H. H. Specimens of shed skin of snake and rattle of rattlesnake; from Texas and Wyoming. Carter, C. Shirley. Two specimens in alcohol of Ancistrodon contortria ; from Virginia. APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 81 Castleman, D. J. Specimen of insect; from Alabama. Cavanaugh, Capt. John, and crew of schooner Alfred Walen. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Chapin, Dr. EF. M. Small box of fragmentary mound-pottery; from Scott County, Georgia. Chesley, Edward. Wooden model of the shad. Chester, Capt. H. C. Specimen of flying-fish (Dactylopterus volitans) ; from Noank, Conn. Choate, Warren. Specimen of ore; from Leadville, Colo. Christiania, Norway, Museum of, through Professors Collett and Esmark. Seventy-one species of Norwegian fishes. Church, D. Ff. Specimens of menhaden and menhaden-spawn; from Narragansett Bay. Clark, E. T. Specimens of fishes and worms; from Gloucester, Mass., Harbor. Cleneay, Thomas. Collection of Indian stone axes, pestles, hammers, scrapers, &e.; from Ohio. Collins, Capt. David E., and crew of schooner Gussie Blairsdell. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Collins, Capt. John, and crew of schooner Albert H. Harding. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Collins, Capt. J. W., schooner Marion. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Copley, C. J., Stapleton, S. I., L. I. Specimens of fishes, Notemigonus chrysoleucus, Argyreiosus capellaris, Catostomus commersonii. Cook, Richard EL. Specimens of mineral; from Clay County, Alabama. Cooper, W. A. Box of birds, nests, and eggs, and a few shells; from California. Cornwall, A. B. Bear’s tooth. Corey, Warren H. Specimens of two water-beetles from Minnesota. Corson, Joseph K., A. A. Surgeon, U. S. A. .Two living turtles; from California. Coues, Dr. Elliott. Type specimens of Dendroica kirtlandi; and two specimens of Budytes taivanus, from Formosa; eggs of Perisoreus can- adensis, from Vermont. Covert, A. B. Specimens of albino mouse, Hesperomys leucopus, from Michigan. Crane, H. L. Specimens of stone relies; from Florida. Crawford, S. W. Box of bird-skins from Iceland. Critchett, Capt. John F., and crew of schooner Commonwealth. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Crooks, Nathaniel, schooner Helen M. Dennis. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Cunningham, Capt. Augustus, schooner Geo. A. Upton. (See Washing- ton, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Curzon, Capt., schooner Mist. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) S. Mis. 54-6 82 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Curtis, Capt. George H., and crew of schooner Conductor. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Cushing, F. H. Medicine war-dress of ‘“ Moon Plume,” a Cheyenne chief (purchased), and box of Indian relics; from mound near Saint Louis, Mo. Dall, W. H. Skull and horns of deer (Cervus aristotelis); from the highlands of India. Davis, A. J., through Thomas Donaldson. Specimens of silver and gold bullion from the Lexington Mine Butte, Montana. Davis, Henry. Specimens of birds’ nests, and eggs, fossils, minerals, and Indian relics ; from Iowa. Davis, Hon. Horace. Pair of Chinese shoes; from California. Davis, W. ZH. Fourteen living turtles (Pseudemys scabra); from North Carolina. Dawson, Prof. J. W., Montreal, Canada. Specimen of Eozoon canadense. Dempsey, Capt. William. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Derry, C. W. Specimens of silver ore; from Leadville, Colo. De Tarr, D. N. Skin of neck and heads of double-headed calf. Dickinson, E. Box of birds’ nests from Massachusetts. Diggs, Meredith, Washington, D. C. Prepared skeleton of fish, Lutjanus blackfordit. Dodd, Andrew W. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Com- mission.) Dolliver, Capt. Peter, and crew, of schooner Grace L. Fears. (See Wash- ton, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Dolph, John M. Specimens of fish parasites. Dosch, Samuel B. Specimens of minerals; from District of Columbia. Douglass, Albert. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commis- sion.) ‘ Douglass, W. Grooved stone axe; from Fauquier County, Virginia. Dowell, John. Specimen of shad (Alosa sapidissima); from the Poto- mac River. Downman, Rk. H. A fresh specimen of blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatrix) and living snakes (Ophibolus getulus, Spiloties erebennus) and turtles (Chelydra serpentina); from Virginia. Driggs, J. W. Collection of birds’ skins (purchased) and skeleton of Tan- talus loculatos ; from Florida. Dybovoski, W., Russia. Box of shells (purchased); Baikal Sea. Dufer, B. W. Insect from Arkansas. Dunny, Lathrop, through Thomas Donaldson. Specimens of silver ore; from the Alice Mine, Butte, Montana. Dugés, Prof. Alfredo. Box of birds, insects, antiquities, shells, &c. ; from Mexico. Dunhan, James G. Skins of dog-fish; from Provincetown, Mass. Dupré, D. A. Specimens of minerals ; from Virginia. APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 83 Dyer, Captain. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commis- sion.) Earle, J. W. Box of Indian stone relics, pottery, &c.; from South Carolina. Earll, R. HE. Photographs of pogie steamers and living specimen of Amblystoma punctatum ; from Maine. Edwards, Vinal N. Eighteen boxes of general marine collections; from Wood’s Holl, Mass. Edmunds, Hon. J. E., Washington, D.C. Three birds, two linnets, one woodpecker. Edmunds, Hon. J. M., city postmaster, Washington, D. C. Wings of mal- lard duck. Egan, W. C. Box invertebrate fossils; from Niagara Group, Illinois. Eldridge, Woodbury, through W. Oakes. Vertebra of whale; from Ips- wich Bay. Emanuel, J. M., P. A. Engineer, U. S. N. Specimen of insect; from James River, Virginia. Ernst, A. Dr. Box of pottery and stone implements; from Venezuela. Evans, 8S. B. Three fossils; from Iowa. Feuardent, Gaston I. A collection of pottery and implements of the Archeolithic, Neolithic, Lacustrine, and Bronze ages. Ferguson, T. B. Specimens of fish (Prionotus, Tetrodon, Achirus, &c.), from the Rappahannock River; box of fishes, from Crisfield, Md. Ferguson, 8S. Specimen of Diemictylus miniatus. Ferguson, S. W. Living snapping-turtle (Chelonura temminehkii); from the Mississippi River. Fickel, Isaac H, Arrow-head chip. Finsch, Dr. Otto. Three human skulls, and tooth of Rhinoceros tichorhi- nus ; from Western Siberia. Flaherty, Michael. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Com- mission.) . Forbes, Capt. Maurice, schooner Eastern Light. (See Washington, D.C., United States Fish Commission.) Fowles, Frank, schooner Young Sultan, of Wiscasset. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Fowles, Capt. M. V., and crew of schooner Young Sultan. (See Washing- ton, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) French, John H., McMinnville, Tenn. Specimen carved stone tube. Friele, Prof. H. Small collection of shells collected by the Norwegian Deep-Sea Expedition, in the North Atlantic Ocean. Friel, Joseph. Box of Indian relics from Kentucky. Friend, George. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commis- sion.) Friend, Lemuel, through Capt. J. W. Collins. ‘See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) 84 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Galbraith, Frank G. Two boxes of Indian implements and water-worn pebble, from Eastern Pennsylvania; sculptured rock, from the Susque- hanna River. Garman, S. W., from Prof. A. Agassiz. Living turtle ( Testudo tabulata) ; from Trinidad. Gartley, A. M. Specimens of minerals ; from Pennsyivania. Gatke, H. Collection of birds’ skins; from Heligoland, Germany. Gatschet, Prof. Albert S. Seven arrow-heads from Rhode Island. Gecks, A., Hospital Steward, U.S. A. Specimens of fragmentary pottery, and copper disk found in skull taken from mound near Fort Sisseton, Dak. Gere, J. EH. Specimens of copper and stone implements, minerals, hor- net’s nest, &c.; from Wisconsin. Gerend, John. Insect; from Wisconsin. Getschell, Capt. John, Q., schooner Otis P. Lord. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Gibbs, George J. A collection of birds’ eggs, and seeds of Corda trex, sponge, and specimen of gypsum; from Turk’s Island, West Indies. Gill, Capt. Russell G., schooner Maud Gertrude. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Gilpatrick, Capt. Briggs, and crew of schooner Herbert M. Rogers. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Gilpatrick, Capt. Gilman, schooner Seth Stockbridge. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Gilpin, Dr. Bernard. Jar of alcoholic specimens of Jnsectivora ; from Nova Scotia. Glidden, Albert. Hornet’s nest; from Damariscotta. Goldsmith, J. B. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commis- sion.) Goldsmith, S. Living specimens of garter-snake (Hutenia sirtalis); from Maryland. Goode, Prof. G. Brown. Specimens of fish (Cynoscion, Lagodon rhom- boides, Orthopristis fulvomaculatus), from Norfolk, Va.; and spinning wheel and appurtenance of the eighteenth century. Goode, F. C. Can of alcoholic specimens of fishes, reptiles, &c.; from Florida. Goodwin, Capt. Thomas, and crew of schooner Howard. (See Washing- ton, D. C., United States Fish Commission. Goodwyn, T. Gray. Eggs of the thrush, blue-bird, and swallow; from West Virginia. Gore, J. H. Skull of rabbit with prolongated teeth. Gorham, Rk. P. Pharyngeal bone of drum-fish. Gorman, Capt. John, axd crew, of schooner Geo. S. Boutwell. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Gorringe, Lieutenant Commander, U.S. N. Piece of water-pipe and slab; from the ruins of ancient Troy. APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 85 Gorton, C. Specimens of soapstone mask and box of Indian relies (lent). Goti, Addison. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commis- sion.) Gourville, Capt. John, and crew of schooner Rebecca Bartlett. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Goward, G. An article of apparel, lava-lava, worn by the natives of the Samoan Islands. Graham, Dr. A. H. A Spanish spear and living specimens of scorpion and centipede; from Bagdad, Tex. Graves, A. Three jars of fishes, some new to science; from Georgia. Green, Fred. C. Specimens of chain and honey-comb coral; from the Mississippi River. Green, Dr. J. B. Living specimen of garter-snake (Hutenia sirtalis) ; from Fairfax County, Virginia. Green, W. N. Box of minerals from Virginia. Greenleaf, Capt. Nathaniel, and crew of schooner Grace L. Fears. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Greenleaf, Capt. Thomas I’., and crew of schooner Chester I. Lawrence. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Greenwood, Captain, and crew of schooner Sultana. (See Washington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Gretan, Capt. John. Very large specimen of lump-fish (Cyclopterus lum- pus); from Kettle Island, Massachusetts. Gunter, Hon. T. M. Specimen of ore. Habirsham, F. Microscopic slides of diatoms put up by Prof. P. T. Cleve and J. D. Muller, of Upsala, Sweden. Habersham, Wm. Neyle. Photograph of a Histiophorus gladius ; taken off Florida. Hamilton, A. M. Specimens of minerals ; from Virginia. Hamilton, Hugh. Water beetle; from Pennsylvania. Hamlin, F. M. Three boxes of general natural history collections ; from Bermuda. Hamlin, Capt. Peter, and crew of schooner Andrew Leighton. (See Wash- ington, D. C., United States Fish Commission.) Hanna, G. B., through Mrs. N. S. Lincoln. Specimen of mounted owl; from North Carolina. Hanson, James, schooner Sarah P. Ayer. Specimens of tree-coral, Para- gorgia, with barnacles attached. Harrell, Alexander, through Hon. R.W. Townshend. Box of minerals and a stone ax; from Clay County, Illinois. Harrison, Joseph, estate of. A large collection of paintings, by Catlin, of North American Indians. ; Harrison, M. EF. Box of Indian stone implements, fossils, &c.; from Missouri. Harsha, W. W. Specimens of slag ; from Tlinois. Hartfield, John M.A living turtle; from North Carolina. 86 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Hartman, Dr. W. D. LECT pes ee eR raps ae id ae i a Be oP Peer ert ton doeseod oct mbe SHIR aoe 13 ING EU SSE Senne Ree enone San tetas aan ee a aa ae tie a ete ge IE Se ee esate 7 1 8 IS RT Eh ee era een i eae ee a SoS ore ae ee A A Oe Conor coro cenoator 3 1 4 TEC) ait FT le ee a eM oe, SS ya ees U eee nO ae te Ee ae ey eae SE Ce ae 3 1 4 CES OS GaSe a Ia ae ee meer ai I RS a See SEPA Ootoonoon oee LO) |teeeee 10 nS) SERED es Gee SS Ee, ed Cay ee eee A ee a eee ee ee 3 1 4 SUE See I pe | ee La ee ae ae eee ee et 7 1 8 Celine Er (6 eS a le ei a eS a pt an el Se ad A a ot as Ph el 7 1 8 PRICY cia cscn ee = cine aaa eo inneee nce iseisiesele Saceee ee bein sae ele eecam es aaes ual 1 2 RECA PITULATION MTGE CE pan COREE EB OOM DS EMGET O75 DD DE. CO SOLO CE ERR O CE REE Ero en Oa sate eee 32 9 41 BABI DM sok te eee: ope 6 mw re eae Naa ceteris chee ae SOE tn brctia onidias au aeeS 2 1 3 PAnstraliaasl $220: ii 5.23 ee eee fa tis Ba oe Ste os Rae ee oa rere aise ce Melos 8 6 14 BS UITO DO tre ee eee cine ee ee Re EE a ey odspcicierc eee 209 44 253 EO Gauls etettere sala = co eet ene arate ee a ech onc eS CR EA soa ain aja fate’ alcieteiesore 251 60 3ll * The list of Smifhsonian exchanges for Canada is contained in the report on domestic exchanges. Note.—Number of boxes, 311; bulk in cubic feet, 2,177; weight in pounds, 69,975; containing 14,659 miscellaneous packages, of which 25 contained specimens of natural history. 108 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. PACKAGES RECEIVED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION FROM EUROPE ETC., FOR DISTRIBUTION IN AMERICA. 1879. | 1879. ALABAMA. | District oF COLUMBIA—Continued. Tuscaloosa: _ | Washington—Continued. Alabama University ....-...-.-..-.---....-- AG COrporsuionvokCluyeeso- se] eee ase ese se ee ree F 1 Geological Survey of Alabama.......--..-- 2Z'|| Education, Bureau of .-..--..----..--------- | 24 | Engineer Burcu j) || ebtlospphicaliSocietysese sss rere seer 3 State Librar NSE Ro ERED SOS eB See SEES: eee I ; aaa | Provost-Marshal-General -..---..----------- 1 San Francisco : | 40 eA\cademiy, Of Selon CES eae eeee eee ee neEeee ne: 105 || elena! i OS a 1 California Historical Society .........-.-..-- 1 || Chater erian Business College ---------------- 6 Mercantile Library Association ..........- 1 || State Department. ..---.--.----------------- 4 3 5 5) || PoabishiCSsburean Of o-ceeese ences ae 20 (CEOlOsicaliSocictyeeeceee rene eee een 2 || ae seca tai OR 63 Geological Survey of California. -----.....-- | | ea geon-Ci neral’s Office --.-.---------2----- 3 Saar aiaa Treasury Dees sonesaeacoerseso tee see 11 SAS SNA Pe OF War Department - Bens SodoS dU eS aamoneeoos = Society of Natural History...............--. 5 | Washington Sentinal con; bec ste eons ma i COLORADO. FLORIDA. Denver : ey ep Tallahassee : Agricultural Society----------...--.----.-.. 1 || Academy of Tallahassee .....-.------------- 1 Governoniof Colorado messes aeeeee tees eee 2 Verritorialwialbrarye- =e eece ee cece ees 2 GEORGIA. Golden: | Savannah : Schoolon Mineste-e- eee a eee eee Se 2 || Historical Society of Georgia ...--....-.---- 4 Atlanta: CONNECTICUT. Cityghibranyeeess cco see ee res ee ee eae 1 Hartford : LAY Board ot A griculture Bo eee eect netaine 1 ILLINOIS. Connecticut Society of Natural History. ---- 1 | Carbondale : State Agricultural Society ...........-....-. 1 || Southern Illinois Normal University......-. 1 Young Men’ sdiistitites0 oss unten ae 1 |] Chicago : Middletown : Academy of Science) 22. 4------ eee seen see 108 Wiesloyani Collec eye ereme-= = eeert een neaee= 2 || American Electrical Society --...-----:----- 1 New Haven: eAlstronomicall Society. sees ssss see sen aceee 8 American Journal of Arts and Sciences..--.| 72 || Board of Trade ........._-..-.-.-----+------ 1 American Oriental Society ....2........... 39° || Dearborn!Observatory ~-----+---5-5s--e bese | 2 Connecticut Academy of Sciences ......-..-. 164|| ree Dibrany: ) 502225855: ote sseine nee 4 Sheffield Scientific School.............--.--- 2)|| Museum of Natural History <---.-------<-2- 3 ait Gein or Aoricultiine 222 seeeee ee ene e ee 2 MODSSLVERLOLY) sono. o0 anos ae toes Vaneeaeeee a HS) OC QUIC ES 0 Se ates co oacusosSosanorbaac ATs MED bea brary sess on tae eee eee eee Yale College Observatory. -----.:..2%-2:.-2- 1 || Society of Natural History---.----2--------- 2 | MOPVELS Ty. tei A) * 2 898 oe ene kee eee emtoree 1 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. | State Microscopical Society. ...-..------.-- - Galesburg : Georgetown : Academy Of MUSIC, sean -5 ae eal | i Georgetown College *--- =: -.-2-.-2-..--. me - 6") Gomibard! University. .-- =. Me so. en wee 8 Georgetown College Observatory .........-- 2 || Moro: Washington : | American Pomological Society....-...-...--- 5 Agricultural Department -................. 119 || Normal: r American Medical Association...-........-- 37 |, State Natural History Society ....-.-..----- 15 : y y Army. Medical#Museumiis.c. ooecccwssescen =e 6 || Rock Island: ‘Botanic !\Gardénescss-. seer eee eae ee cea 1|| “Augustana College. 22.0. ssceee es - saceseen a eee 2 Columbian University °-- 222.222 .2....--- 2 |i State Board of Agriculture........--.------- 1 Construction, Bureau of (222.2122 52260122222 Da Statedhibrary =e sea eens a neceeeee 1 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 109 | 1879 1879. = } INDIANA. MASSACHUSETTS. Greencastle: Amherst : PAR bOryaOMLMCLSLUY ional ace eiele's [ame alale ome iain 1 ae Gnormic ‘al Observatory He cleticistse fete etesins i Indianapolis : Nolleteuaibranyeee eres sete cecil icteisias PNCAdEeIN Vs OMSCLON CO) sana s-maemecineiime fee all Massachusetts Agricultural College.-..---.- 1 (@eclscicallSocietyns seems sane See eene mee 1 Boston: Geological Survey of Indiana .--..--.------- Gi PAcricultumaliSocietyess.----e seer =< - === il Indiana Historical Society .--..--.---------- 2) American Academy of Arts and Sciences ...| 228 Pubinedsibranye nee 22 eee leat lam al 1 || American Gy naecologic al Society..---.----- 2 Richmond : | American Statistical Association. .....-.-..-. 1 Richmond Scientifie Association ......-..--. Te Artevinnsenniesss seer cen atce = eeeis eS eROROD 1 Boston Medical and Surgical Association - -- 1 IOWA. BostoniOpservatotiye ssc eae ei asia laa 1 Davenport: 3oston Society of Natural. HTGSTORY Aces) atelier 314 r, ; Boston Wmiversitivssseccenseset ea cees vaenise ae i Academy of Natural Sciences. -...---------- 100)! Bowditch Teibrakyeeseee edie eee 2 Se EIS : | Commonwealth of Massachusetts ...-..----- 2 Norwegian Lutheran College......---------- IW (aerate ree joys Gane = Cityelnilbrannye ssa eres acest Slats elefatara tar 1 Gon poe of toe si 4 | Library of Boston Hospital .-..-...----- 2 hey cece ti : The eal Si peor ee anger ae 5 || Massachusetts Historical Society....------ 3 Riis Lib oor pO CeUYinss sas aan sae 1 || Massachusetts Horticultural Society --..--. 1 eyes wy aE Ee Ts a ce Lee Se Y 1 || achusetts Institute of Technology ..-.-- 2 . ae Poser stt3 Ae a ater th © eed OE KA | ichusetts State Board of Agriculture.. 3 UE - || Massachusetts State Board of Charities. ..-.. 1 sh, eS OB SE IGOR NOAH EEE cco es ‘ || Massachusetts State Board of Health ....--- 6 Stat Hist Uys ene » ||: Massachusetts State Library .....---....--- 13 ane Uni SS hee ened beac as Came 17 | Medical and Surgical Journal. ....--..-.. 14 SOMES LOIS SPN Seen SSCS SBS COC Sr oe | New England Historical and Genealogical Sere SOCLOb yaaa see lee eee see erate aia atetnycreta ovate sierra 3 ESAUNS INS IZ OVE al Og comteo eek ooaNooase adoSHDeKeSDS 48 Leavenworth : Sanitary Comimissrony ssa settee cielelee laters 1 Kansas Academy: of Music:----:----5------- I MiSphanienoye UAC eHUEHO.: bses ledasescopneseeeooDS 1 Kansas State Academy of Science ....-.--.-- 1 || Worcester County Horticultural Society... al Topeka : Cambridge : I Oe’ urvew - i ¢ ee aad ey of Kentucky. --...---.--- wall Setenlnotiby Mipissitilu ss toe seadign skibanocebbnoos 15 SEER a COR 7 Jamaica Plain: ide ety 3 alc || LF Petr ica Sock ty of Kentucky ------------- A | BUSSE ENS GUL ONG nace seeteemelcca cee ate 9 Desens Ma a, oa pele ceaten Ue Logan Pemale College .-----..--.-.......-.. 1 | ut hate Dear T via ae ae L : = Literary and Philosophical Society. ---.--.--- 1 LOUISIANA, : ; : ’ Penekese Island : Baton Rouge: AM Cersonr och OOle ea y.ccmsnte noes: ay ersisloctatse 1 SLE) MONA CHIEN Ma pane cdo scepedsoodobeccdod 3 Salem : New Orleans: || American Association for the Advancement New Orleans Academy of Science. ....-.----- SO lea OlpSClOn CC sean apc. See inne ees eames 58 Statewlbibrarygeaecses ccc ae oscar sisters e's Aol PB SSexe INS tUGUGe eee sarees eiseaia laraiat a insta eyel 111 eR CADOGyeA Cad Cmiye see alent memat ee cteisecis 131 MAINE Wellesley : Ty » va] >, Vs G4 oo oO Augusta: Wellesley College......----.-------+-------- 1 Commissioner of Fisheries ..........---.-+-- 2 | erasers TARE GUO AG DD INGE) Cocco ue cane te 5 || American Antiquarian Society.---.--------- 13 : US aoe ce neg er Sea nc rs eas sup techn olocicallnstituucsseeeeeemeeemaeee er 1 Brunswick : Bowdoin Collepewccw. n= onc scenes cteoees 4 ACTOR Lewiston: j { | aoe Natural History Society. ----- 1 | Ann Arbor : nes High School and Academy.-.....------------ || Goes epee eau of Michigan ..-....-.---. ae Porta : Unis ( eae vf VITO rane eee ean ar tern h 9 Portland Society of Natural History .--..--. 42 || C Sina Cie Cabin rae pase slt pe hy Saco: ey es eee aa eae save VIOMICMIN GUL TELCO! => - cetrenioeinetios emacs en stee 1 i Michigan Library Association ..-...-------- 6 Waterville: \| mites ae a eet oye . || Geological Survey of Michigan ............. 1 BOM YODA CTS Cy a 6 i State Aecricultural Society een ae tone ws 15 mince | Lansing : be eho || State Agricultural Society.........-..------ 1 Annapolis : 0 State Board of Health .........---+-.-2.-0-- 29 Ue Ohne COC TC) ncaa setae lari aL | Sheine). | Cilio Bs ee eeneacedernd seoedoumenee 2 United States Naval Academy......- ...-... 1 Baltimore : MINNESOTA. American Journal of Mathematics......---. 2 PNCACCIOVTOL SCLC CES Herren eer isetaisetie ai: 8 | Minneapolis : Historical Society of Maryland Bete foicia2 ein 4 || Minnesota Academy of Sciences.......-.-.. 18 Johns Hopkins University ..............-- 22 | Saint Paul: Mercantilosbtbrary).sssscsceee oe erie me. oe J || Academy of Natural Sciences............... 3 Penbodymimstitute. seesn sees een snes LSP Guamberion 'C OmMeCECC. 2225 - ecetiewie aetna 1 Superintendent Public Instruction.......... 1 || Minnesota Historical Society............--.. 8 EO APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 1879. | 1879. MISSOURL New York—Continued. Columbia: New York City—Continued: Geological Survey of Missouri. .-.---------- 3 || American Society of Civil Engineers ---.---. 4 WNUVETSib ye OLevOSSOUNl= = 9-5-5) >= ieee LO, PA Stor LA DraLYy cc ccc cece ale see wists S secieacreaiatcte 50 Jefferson: Columbial College se. estes este essence eee ee 9 Geological Survey of Missouri-------------- 8) || BCooperiU Mion 22 s0-- sc osea a =e ee ee ea L Governomotelissourieeee ste -eeeeseeeee eee 2 || Engineering and Mining Journal .--...----- 14 Historical Society of Missouri.--------.---- it | MElistorical sOci¢tyser a -er eer eeeee=r eee ee ee 4 State Board of Agriculture ..-...--...-.---- 4 || Insurance Department. .--...-..----------=- 1 Kansas City: Wenoxelnibramy) © sansee ence sect ee ae ees 5 Western Review of Science and Industry -- 1 || Mannfacturer oar Baildeneae pence cere 9 Rolla: Modi caluSocletyaer aston se see eee ae eee eeee 1 Missouri School of Mines .....-------.------ 1 || Mercantile Library Association..........-.- 2 Saint Louis: Meteorological Observatory. -.--------------- 3 Academy of Sciences. .---<.---.----<-------- 169 || Metropolitan Museum of Art.........-..--- 19 Mercantile Juibrary ss... == eat al 3 || Museum of Natural History -..---...--..... 16 Polytechnic Department of the Washington New York Academy of Medicine ........---. 3 Winiwensiiyeeeec ee eee eee aieiale ree raraie 1 || New York Medical Journal..-..- Seca deaiae 1 nbc) SCheolwkibraryee reese pee 2 || New York Statistical Society -..----.---..-- iL University. --..----------------------------- P|) BC e SOUS Uh) “Sos cocSbb apodgeoaboncosodc i Numismatic and Archeological Society. ---. 6 NEW HAMPSHIRE. IPTISONEASSOCIAMON geese ee seen see erie 2 Concorde Public Senos! S0ClC bY sen eneae meee eee a New Hampshire Historical Society .----.--. 4 Sale; Rae Ariori Gain, [eis 3c se ome a ca ea ug New Hampshire State Lunatic Asylum..--. 1 Sohoe 1 t Mine Lot, PP RAOEG ce i Be ; Hanover Shelby afi Civil leet ncoratoss iia: neue ri X - LOA of) fA EPI RAO IIIT I IOI OOO i pau cet a re Tone Tae ae g University of New, York ----.--.------ 2. 4 Deon cern a mae eae ee Cr are United States Sanitary Commission. .------. 3 a , Poughkeepsie : SENSES NG Vassar Hemale College.-----.--..-5....-.--. 3 Burlin gton: Syracuse : Geological Survey of New Jersey .-..------ il |i) (Ohobiyeresti ny ceseGo see ossmeqoSacoss sascconso* 2 Hoboken: Troy: Stevens Institute of Technology. -....-..--. 8 || Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.......----- 3 Mount Holly: West Point: Burlington County Lyceum of SON and United States Military Academy.....-.----. 3 Natural SClONCCS eres teeta er se eect 1 Jewark : < . Historical Society of New Jersey. ----- etwas 1 Soe eae New Brunswick: Raleigh : Geological Survey of New Jersey. ---------- An States Gl bra ea eee ise eee 1 Rutger’s Scientific School .-.....-..-.--.--- 1 Princeton : = OHIO College of New Jersey.--------------------- 22 Alciviminviins Green School of Science ----.-----.----.---- 1 Anthropological Society -..--.-.-.-.--------- 1 : Cincinnati: SEARS American Medical College ---...-----2-=---- 1 Albany: Historical and Philosophical Societiy------ -- 1 PAU bammplms tun be ese met setae letter 16} }]) Wilkes ep saynd yO yh yh ae se ceoeneoecossoogaonc 1 Adirondack Survey Office....-...----------- HUW COUSIN? 5 once comseeendhod sooadeaacansae 39 Wadley Observatory: sesessess--esee eee eee 1S} |(PPabliethibrarys sc. acces eeeen a= eee 3 GovermmorioreN ew, on Cie eet amen eee een aet 1 || Society of Natural History -.----. siceseceesa 11 New York Literary Society..-......--..-... i) -ZoolocicaliSociety =-----+e--ee= eee eae 1 New York Medical Society -----------...--- 1 Cleveland : New York Museum of Natural History. .--. 7 || Academy of Natural Sciences .......---.--. 9 New York State Agricultural Society .-.--. 44 ||| Kirtland Society... <0... = s2-ceen---e meee 5 New York State Cabinet of Natural History. il, ||] GRACIA -concoeSancnognSoosensoc SeaaeS- 1 Regents of New York University....-....-.- 5 Columbus : Statesibraryeese: sees eases eae see ane 58 || Geological Survey of Ohio.........---...--. 5 Brooklyn : Horticulturalsocietyesesssces= eee ease 1 Broolynlibraryse--- ee soeeee eee eee eee 1 || State Agricultural Society.......-..-..--... 22 Long Island Historical Society.--...---..--. 1 || State Board of Agriculture .........---..... 26 Buffalo: hate Mu PLaAR nee see same soca eteanlae= = armies 5 Bunalopeistonieall Society: s-----\c-== === 1 Delaware : Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences..-..-.--. 99 || Ohio, Wesleyan University.........-.......-- 2 ODSGRUMOb Vee eee een eee ceeeer 1 Gambier : Olinton : IkenyonCollones--sees=see=e eee sees aaa neae 1 Hamilton College Observatory ..-.-..------. 4 Tihaca: PENNSYLVANIA. Cornell Umiversityie-.s--c seem eee eee 10 |; iach es New York City: Allegheny : Academy Of) SClONGCS-- === ceer er. senoeene 1425 Obsemuston yi, sss sisc pete cios =a See eee uf American A oTiGOLUUIIS hte ie ees 1 || Socicty of Natural Sciences of West Penn- American Chemical Society-.--.-.-----..... 10 SV EVAMM = 1s Joc eee ee eee eee seme 1 FAMerican) © DEMIS tesa see eee meee sae ae Hf Bethlehem: American Ethnological Society ...---.------ 6)|| PackeriUmiversityies sa. sees eee = =r 6 American Geographical Society .-.----.---- 89 Carlisle: Amorican) Instittees= se. s-— aa seen 30 || Carlisle Society of Literature......-.--.---. 1 American Institute of Architects....-...... 7 |i Easton: American Journal of Microscopy ....-.----- 1 |! Institute of Mining Engincers..---..---.--. 8 FARMCRICAM IN ato Tals tess ale ee ean ae 1 |} Germantown: American Public Health Association ....... 2! Germantown Literary Association .....---- 1 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY PENNSYLVANIA—Continued. Harrisburg: Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania. - Slate AcriculturaliSociety------------- == Shittrey IDRC Aes oo conee nconbDeacoSRneaded Lewisburg : (Ohta tine eOe co cosocobeHoad Goose SdeosRoAnaS Media: Delaware County Institute of Science.-..--. } Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences .--.--.2...... American Entomological Society .-.-..----. American Journal of Conchology..--.------ AMericaneN aboralists sess sae aes ele eeta American Philosophical Society ------------ Board of) Public!Charities 2--+------<-- <=: iboardiomelrad Greece eee aacee eases a iBoardiorsbublic Mducation s--2-----s+- =. GentralbbashSchoolicssss- 22 -- sae e s-e Branidhinwins Wuatereanaseane se cesses ene == Ide halighbe dik@ubweet ly S555 soca soososoon combdEde EI SLOLIGAll SOCIE bye aisle etaiaate eatatoe alela iHorhiculourall society eecsceeecee testes nee ee: lig penny (Caries 3 ioc SoS eso ooo scoouussabae Library of Pennsyly ania Mospitalieesses ee. Medical and Chirurgical Journal...--..-.--- WedicallSociebys--\---<22 =~: sense ee aeee eo Medicale Rim este are(-cecmeae ee eeeeneteieiseiae Numismatic and Archxological Society Sead Observatory of Girard College ......----..-. Pharmaceutical Society. +-22-ss--e-see se Royal Bavarian C onsulate . Society for Alley jating the XZiseries of Pub- lic Prisons University of Pennsy Weal United States Mint Wagener Free Institute Zoological Society RHODE ISLAND. Newport: Society of Science Providence: AM ericansNaluralist) csr steeaeescaecinee sees IBNOW DAU MUCLS tye. eee anaes sere Rhode Island Historical Society SOUTH CAROLINA. Charleston : Charleston Medical Journal and Review. - Charleston Museum of Natural History - Collegeloty Charlestonssses eee eee ee eee Elliot Soc iety of Natural History.......--.. MibTaLyasocleh ye sont eee eee eee wee South Carolina C ollege Librar 3; South Carolina Historical Socie UN oe SRAae aoe South Carolina Medical Association .....-.-- Columbia: NIOALO MIDE AL Yi ers aati ers aero ene sine ee eetcteetee ae TENNESSEE Knoxville: Tennessee Philomatesian Soviety -........-. Lebanon : Cumberland University. 2-ac6-s-2-0-4- --<2<5 Nashville: Historical Society of Tennessee...........-- Shlveeailbranye- sac cmsccne teeta er eens oe TEXAS. Chapel Till: Soulé University...............- SSCA ABAE VERMONT. Burlington : UMIVersitysOh WV OLMONt asens sheen eee eee e Castleton: Orleans County Society of Natural Sciences. Montpelier : intesmabranyee. Uc ciseeeee eon eee ne oeeaee PEt 1879. 1879. | VIRGINIA. a Charlottesville : 1 || University of Virginia .........----.-2------ 10 2 |) Hampton: || Hampton Normal Institute .......-.-.-..--. 1 1 Lexington : || School of Civil Engineers .-.. ----- Seacogners 1 14 |! New Market: Polytechnic Institute ecicceeeiea = o--= niai° 1 276 |! Richmond : 56 || State Library .....-..----.2---6.------------ 3 3 | 12 | 187 | WISCONSIN 1|| Beloit : < || Geological Survey of Wisconsin ...-....-..-. 2 3 || Galesville : as Gales villenUmuversitiyges sateen otra steers i! ae || Inmanville : 9) ||| Scandinavian Society -.-...--.--.----------- 4 17 | Madison: By || Acade MAY AISNE Sq 5s ooenaonacosopcoseS 83 24 || College of Arts, University of Wisconsin. - - 1 1s | Pastoricali Society... tease ce beeen ame Woe 8 || State Agricultural Society .--..--+.-..-.---- 44 : | HAST cee aq Soonsobandessosessas 1 12 | University of WiscorisinGseees te eee 2 ZI Milwaukee: e | Natunhistorischer Vierein- = <<. -- <1/-1<1\-1-/l1=1= 18 28 || Neenah: 1 || Wisconsin Scandinavian Library........---- 4 at 1 2 || BRITISH AMERICA. i 9) Duhut, Canada : 25 || Scandinavian Citv Library..-------....-.... 1 || Fredericton, New Brunswick : | Legislative ibrarye (ies Soap Cee ean 1 || Mibrary, of Kings College: --22---.- 5. 2-5. 1 1 || University of New Brunswick .....-..-.-.--. 1 | Guelph, Canada: yg |, Ontario School ofAXoticnltorescsscsciecias see 1 9 |! Halifax, Nova Scotia: 4 | Department OP Manestessaes see sesaececeeeee 1 | Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Sciences . 19 | Hamilton, Canada: | Scientific Association ...........--2...2-e-- 4 \| Kingston. Canada: 1 || Queen's College Observatory...--....-...--- i 1 || Montreal, Canada : It CanadianeNaburalist -c sececete cies slemniecie= = 3 16 || Entomological Society of Canada..-....-.--. 1 2 | Geological Survey oMC@anadarescsereccsess- 20 ie} Eas foniCaleSOCleLyeeeee ema cme ie aciees\aqy== a 3 2 |i erislative JuoLbnaryess ceseesaceeee eee i 2 || L’ Union Médicale de Canada.--..--....-.--- 1 WeNic Gall Collier @n=sen ma esnin ee cera] -aanecaae 3 1 | Medical Association of Canada..........---- 2 ii MedicalRecordieessnsns ase mesee naan senor ee 1 | Medical and Surgical Journal_.....-......-. al | Natural History Society .-..-- wousdebcdoobse 18 j | Numismatic and Antiquarian Society...--.. 1 i| Observatory <=. =-----: Bonoe 2 1 | Société ad’ Agriculture du ‘Bas, Canada... -.-- il I Ottawa, Canada : T i| Department OlpApriculturel ss asceseceie seen 1 9 || Library of the House of Commons .......--. al | MibranyOMeaATMaAmMenth seceh eriees cece 3 || Literary and Scientific Society. .-...-.....--- 3 Ht SnnrevoOrGeneralleenn seeass cect ccm cere eo aiee 1 | Quebee, Canada : 2 | Bibhothéque de la Province de Quebec ...-. 1 i) Geographical Society 2--./--02-2----.-sc<0- 2 || Historical Society : nobudasése- sdunas 1 | Histor vy and Natural History Society .......- it lWkavallilmiyersivyeasens sce acoso ceeeee. 2 1 | Literary and Historical Society .....--..---- 14 || Literary and Horticultural Society.......--. 1 50 || Literary and Philosophical Society....-.--- 1 i Naturalist Canadien’. --°.<- 52-2 52-s.--cs--- 9 2.11 Observatory ........... ganangodécedcadé Sosee 1 L132 APPENDIX TO THE REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Boirish AMERIcA—Continued. Toronto, Canada: Canadian Entomologist ............----.--.- Canadiana nstitule-kesece= coe seo aes Conadiammounialaass: secses cos smse- Soeeeeeee Canadian Journal of Medical Science ....... @anadian Wan cet ssc... asiec 52-2 tone ae Department of Marine and Fisheries.-...-.-. PNTOMOLO PICA SOC Eby, -seoneaceiete eae ae Truit Growers’ Association .....-..-.------ Houseiof Aissembly 52-1. a:=. cen ccinn cee eee ee eee | Gerard) Doctor. << -:<=.5-4- sos) teenie 1, 084 24 ° Sane see eres cas oe ee ees 300 00 Wa DOR che selene i 3 oS eee ts 431 45 ————— $3, 899 02 B. Rubble-stone work : vt Db le-StOMGi re seteyanaoteit sie iver oe 3, 394 36 WEMeN bie sa ceas eee ems n6 2 cise 1, 000 00 NOE 0 LBS eka ely Seca eee een ee 295 00 WO ses So endee teehee eet sc aG 2,321 28 7,010 64 Brick-work: eds DMCS eotiet ese seclteacecesc = OleOle ot Butane bluMevDricks\..050 NO OASUOO aWOrers -s sts tee ee 400 05 4,589 60 —— $12,958 96 Plastering, poles, ropes, and Jumber..........2...-5.-..- 591 35 Painting: Materiales 275. ic Setcorewe ee taveee opoha a . 213 60 Tabor cccwte ose eee ameter nee 216 75 430 35 Plumbing, sewerage, and drainage....................-. 1,586 96 Carpenters’ work, lumber, and hardware: Wind ow-frames <.5 ene oe eee areetet- fe ls 1,480 75 Miscellaneous lumber < cye ae cei eon te ere aaie's otto 1, 206 55 B.—Printing, advertising, and photographie copies for circulation aniong, bidders. 2 aenise- oo serene 1,377 14 C.—Platform scales, tools, models, and sheds ......-. 1,036 71 D.—Clerical services and watchmen......-.....---.- 1,571 00 E..—Stationery, office-furniture, telegraph attachment and service, traveling expenses and other inci- dentalls:. «a sate keepers AEE Me eats Sis cee 970 94 Total expenditures to January 1, 1880.....--........... $143, 146 38 Amount appropriated by Congress..............-.-----; 250, 009 60 Balance to credit of the building under date of January 1, DS BO sree ox. Bis cheiercters SS ee ee erred ets reer 106. 853 62 The materials for the completion of the building are mostly engaged under existing contracts, and represent a lia- OU Lover Glee 2 cca ais, Pe es, ho ee ee OS: 58, 853 62 Hence, balance remaining for labor of finishing and for com- pletine. the required. material’ o>. joe eee $48, 000 00 This balance is sufficient to justify the expectation that the building will be completed within the appropriation, ready for receiving the heat- ing apparatus and glass cases. REPORT OF THE ARCHITECTS. CONTRACTS. 139 The contracts entered into and their present condition are enumerated in the adjoining table: Contracts and accepted proposals entered into and in force during the progress of the work. Date of contract. 1879. Apr. 14... <. Apr. Apr. 23 - Apr. 2 Apr. Apr. Apr. Apr. Apr. Apr 30) 25: May 10) ..-- SO Berean Sly? So. ales 12). duly 22.... Wee9 see 1820. Rate. Specified | Present Description of work. Name of contractor. Saivl (cai nn, Sandie ccceeeesessnese: John Mailler==-s--2ccsee 73 cents percubic) Pesce. ce. -/ In force yard. Gneiss rubble stone... .| Jos. A. Blundon.......-. $1.69 ayo: cCubich |psesceeeeee Completo. yard. || (Enea tie co oaenacnosesas Glecsony apembertas-.| secccc ses sec ase $129 20 Do. Dp. CeO ERD See eee oce |yeooncanods Omsensnecieen|) Lot (Cents sper Cul-n|scseaee aoe Do. bie yard. -| Concrete foundations : ILRI Oso coodae ccdocs| Eécasshonae Ole ccsccscees 30 Cents) per! CU- }220ce. sec. Do. bic yard. Rubble-stone masonry : Wabouaescests oho | lessee eaes dOmecsessie=t $1315) POL) CUDIC) | Pose sclee ese Do. yard. -| Concrete stone: Materialaaceeclsia sot | matinee ee (Wee ooosesaar S169 per CUDICH Wean-aecees Do. yard. Cut.stone work ....-... RothwellierLloydeasese|sesseee esac eeee 7,446 21 Materialtandilaborss|Pacecncesecosenececconee: 75 cents per linear |........-..|Complete. foot for addi- tional window- ® sills. 45 cents addition- al per square foot for bond- stones. DLAMO) S22 scfecsiesisssictei- Carson & Son, of River- | 63 cents per bar- |...---..--. In force. ton, Vt. rel of 2U0 Ibs. Comont' 222 sce5 Of agate 20. foe. etl ete Peele eee eee One sing, cameo; head ofa Meoreaac ee ae eee eae Two small boxes, one of tortoise shell, the other of amber. - - One cold Ting se eee eee Sefer erratatear ee jscenieee One small silver pick case........ ES Se s isoae Seale Sera A*clasp of coldswith Wait. s ese se2 eee ees ee ee Rhee ee A clasp with diamonds: -..-- .-----. =>... 25... SPelsctete a ene A pin with hair and diamonds..-.-. Ste eta Sale age heen pcicne PASCAMICO Ps fo ei neqyoae ele aes ee ete ete eee ee ee ee Al ring “with ‘diamonds % 22) 22-2 +... 2, See Set ce po Sere eee Sixteen shirts, nineteen cravats, forty-four pocket handker- chiefs, thirteen pairs of stockings, three nightcaps, two pair of drawers, two pair of sheets, three pillow-cases, seven waistcoats, two flannel waistcoats, six pair pantaloons, two cloth pantaloons, three coats, one nightgown, one dressing coat, two pair braces, four pair gloves............ Beye penton One telescopet 22. a seem oes A ahs etal cla tey Ieiiia?e aiel o-pet eee Many small articles... . . BER AIR DEE N e e) Yd y A Rete A An Two pasteboard boxes containing medals, coins, stones, &e. One parcel containing papers relative to the Grand Canal*_.. Several parcels of papers and five books.......-...-.--.--..- 112 Napoleons in gold and 34 francs 60 centimes, in the hands’ oF Messrs? Gibbs COcetcccnee sees oe tect cee ee ee Cash in hands of Messrs. Gibbs & Co ............ Senate eee One parcel, thirteen certificates Spanish stock, Paris, 4th September, 1822, 350 piastres rente @Espagne, par value, franes 24,097 50, valued at.....-.-.. Promissory note for 295 franes, dated Ist June, 1824, due by Alexis Silenne . oos'27/ Ate Sn ee eee eran eee cae oa earn Bond for 20,000 franes, dated 8th July, 1828, due by Sailly SmacourOf 'Pari8i ccs doce ds oe Soe ee eee ee eee : Bill for 2,000 franes, dated 8th October, 1822, drawn by Mr. Nallly, accepted by Mr. Smithson 2263 220 .2 2200 cee Bank-note for £100, No. 14419, 19th December, 1827, in the hands of Messrs. Gibbs & @o.....-...... ive: Saeteee Parcel containing accounts and letters from Messrs. Drum- ee ee ees eeete we -- 3,780 00 295 00 20, 000 00 2,000 00 2,500 00 branches to the Severn, to Oxford, &c. It was proposed by Mr. Wedgwood, and was the second one made in England. JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. L57 Very few of these articles were transferred to Mr. Rush, the agent of the United States Government, who received the bequest. His enumer- ation of the personal effects of Smithson is as follows: “A large trunk; a box containing sundry specimens of minerals; a beass instrament ; a box of minerals; a box of chemical glasses; a packet of minerals; a glass vinegar-cruet; a stone mortar; a pair of silver-plated candlesticks and branches ; a pair of silver-plated candlesticks without branches; a hone, in a mahogany case; a plated-wire flower-basket ; a plated coffee-pot; a small plated coffee-pot; a pair of wine-coolers; a pair of small candlesticks; two pair salt-cellars ; a bread-basket; two pair vegetable dishes and covers; a large round waiter; a large oval waiter; two small oval waiters ; two plate-warmers; a reading shade ; a gun; a mahogany cabinet; two portraits in oval frames; a china tea- Service, consisting of twelve cups and saucers; six coffee-cups; a tea- pot; a slop-basin; a sugar-basin and lid; two plates; a milk-jug; a tea- canister; two dishes; a landscape in a gilt frame; a Derby-spar vase; a China tub; apiece of fluor-spar; a pairof glass candlesticks ; a marble bust; sundry books and pamphlets; two large boxes filled with speci- mens of minerals and manuscript treatises, apparently in the testator’s handwriting, on various philosophical subjects, particularly chemistry and mineralogy. Eight cases and one trunk filled with the like.” With reference to a gun, pieces of china, and articles of a miscella- neous nature belonging to Smithson, Mr. Rush was informed by bis at- torneys that they were taken in possession by his nephew, Henry James Hungerford. Mr. Rush, in one of his dispatches to the State Department (July 14, 1838), says: ‘*The boxes and trunk are to go on shipboard to-day. Be- fore knowing anything of their contents, I thought proper to have them opened and examined in the presence of our consul and two other per- sons. A large portion of the contents proved to be unimportant; never- theless, all will be delivered over on my arrival as I received them, ex- cept to have them better packed for a sea voyage, and so as to prevent further injury to that which time and bad packing have already done to them.” These articles remained in the New York custom house from the 29th of August, 1858, until June, 1841, when, at the earnest solicitation of the National Institute of Washington, they were sent to the latter city. The trunk contained manuscripts and clothing, the latter consisting of the following articles, according to a list found among the papers of the National Institute: “1 net shirt, 4 sheets, 11 napkins, 5 light vests, 1 bag, 4 roundabouts, 5 light pants and short breeches, 1 bib, 3 drawers, 3 pair garters, 2 light coats, 1 cloth overcoat, 1 cloth military coat, 1 cloth hunting coat, 1 cloth cloak, 1 cloth surtout, 1 cloth pair of pants, 2 cloth vests, 4 pair stockings, 1 chapeau.” The clothing was nearly ruined by moths, and was presented to an 158 JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. orphan asylum. An examination of the effects was made by a committee of the National Institute, who made the following report as to part of them: ‘ A cabinet, consisting of a choice and beautiful collection of minerals, comprising probably eight or ten thousand specimens. These, though generally small, are exceedingly perfect, and constitute a very complete geological and mineralogical series, embracing the finest varie- ties of crystallization, rendered more valuable by accompanying figures and descriptions by Mr. Smithson, and in his own handwriting. The cab- inet also contains a valuable suite of meteoric stones, which appear to be specimens of most of the meteorites which had fallen in Europe during several centuries.” Mr. Francis Markoe, jr., himself an expert mineralogist, in a letter to the American Philosophical Society, 4th August, 1841, says “that among the valuable things contained in the Smithson boxes were found a superb collection, and very large, of precious stones and exquisite erys- tallized minerals, forming, as far as I can judge, decidedly the richest and rarest collection in this country.” A medallion was found among his effects to which were attached the words ‘‘my likeness,” written in Smithson’s own hand. From this has been engraved the portrait published by the Institution, the great seal rdered by the first Board of Regents, and the vignette which appears on all the Smithsonian publications. The original steel-plate portrait, engraved by J. W. Paradise, of New York, in 1847, was destroyed by fire, but it was finely reproduced for the Institution by Charles Burt, of New York, in 1879. A full-length portrait (about one-fourth size) in oil, of Smithson, rep- resenting him in the costume of an Oxford student, was purchased by the Institution in 1850, for thirty guineas, from the widow of John Fitall, a former servant, to whom Smithson granted an annuity in his will. Still later, in 1878, the Institution purchased from Mr. George Henry De la Batut, of France, a beautiful miniature in oil, on ivory, painted by Johns, on the 11th of May, 1816, at Aix-la-Chapelle. The effects of Smithson were exhibited in the Patent Office building, Washington, until 1858, when they were transferred to the Smithsonian Institute, where they were unfortunately destroyed by fire on the 24th of January, 1865, with the exception of his books, a very few manu- script notes on minerals, and an oil painting of a landscape. A list of these books now in the Institution will be found in the appendix.* The following articles are enumerated as the contents of case 23 in Alfred Hunter’s “ Popular Catalogue of the Extraordinary Curiosities in the National Institute, arranged in the building belonging to the Patent Office,” 1855: “Silver plate with coat of arms of the Northumberland family ; chemical apparatus, test-cups, &c; thermometer, snuff-box, portrait of *See Appendix—Note 8. a JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. 15a Smithson’s father, scales, umbrella-case, and riding-whip, sword-belt and plume, silver spoons and butter-knife, ornamented spools for winding gold wire, copper plate with his name engraved on it ; minerals of Smith- son, a very superb collection, though small; silver candlestick ; an ele- gant service of silver, containing a great many pieces. These are all very much discolored by sulphurous gas. A marble head of Saint Ce- cilia, by Thorwaldsen, presented to Mr. Smithson at Copenhagen by Dr. Brandis, physician to the King of Denmark. A fine old original painting by Bergham, cattle piece, peasants, &c.; an old building in the distance. Its subject is rustic and familiar life. The treatment is chaste and mellow. The depth of the foreground is really surprising, and appears to be produced without an effort ; the background is trans- parent and aerial; the middle distance sober and clear; the atmosphere and vapors pellucid and tremulous; the quiet and docile animals, the groups of peasantry, and the strongholds of power are equal to any other great effort of the celebrated Bergham. Many specimens of pet- rified wood. Notice several beautiful specimens of marble, which it would be difficult to distinguish from a fine landscape painting. Glass model of the great Russian diamond, valued at about 600,000 pounds sterling.” In an “Account of the Smithsonian Institution, &c.,” by Wm. J. Rhees, published in Washington in 1859, the following statement is made: “In the room used by the ‘ Regents’ and the ‘ Establishment’ as a hall for their meetings, are now deposited the personal effects of James Smithson. Here may be seen his. trunks, umbrella, walking-cane, sword, plume, riding-whip; a set of silver-plate; a miniature chemical laboratory, which he used when travelling; thermometers, snuff-box, scales, candle- sticks, &c. Hanging in this room is an original painting by Bergham, a rural scene, the property of Smithson, a marble head of St. Cecilia, by Thorwalsden, &c.” The will of Smithson was prepared by him on the 25d October, 1826, while residing in Bentinck street, Cavendish Square, London, three years before his death, showing that it was made with deliberation and con- firmed by mature reflection. Its provisions are in some respects so re- markable that they have been attributed to a mere whim or eccentricity of character; but knowledge of the man as a scientific investigator, accustomed to the use of precise language, fond of the most minute de- tails, and yet of broad and comprehensive views, precludes this infer- ence. An interesting circumstance has come to light from a recent care- ful examination of the books in Smithson’s library. A volume has been found entitled “ Plain advice to the public, to facilitate the making of their own wills, with forms of wills, simple and elaborate, containing almost every description of bequest, especially the various modes of set- tling property for the sole use and benefit of married women for their lives, with powers of appointment to them by deed or will; tables of the stamp duties on probates and letters of administration; special rules 160 JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. and tables regarding the wills and letters of administration of petty officers, seamen, and marines, and a chapter of useful hints to persons about to make their own wills; the whole illustrated with explanatory notes and remarks, being an intelligible and complete, though summary, explanation of the law of wills and testaments.” By the author of ‘Plain instructions to executors and administrators.’” London, 1826, Svo., 94 pages. It is noticeable that this book was published in the same year in which Smithson made his will, and that it was carefully studied is evident from his marginal notes, and the fact that he adopted its phraseology in providing an annuity to his faithful servant. His words were not only chosen to accord with the forms of law, but with strict regard to the meaning and scope of the language used. ‘The will, moreover, is in the testator’s own handwriting. It is an interesting subject of speculation to consider the motives which actuated Smithson in bequeathing his fortune to the United States of America to found an institution in the city of Washington. He is not known to have had a single correspondent in America, and in none of his papers is found any reference to it or to its distin- guished men.* It has been alleged that he was more friendly to mon- archical than to republican institutions, but there appears to be no foun- dation for this opinion. It is more probable that, living at a time when all Europe was convulsed with war, when the energies of nations, the thoughts of rulers, and the lives of millions were devoted to efforts for conquest or to perpetuate despotism, he turned to the free American tepublic, where he could discern the germs of rising grandeur, the ele- ments of enduring prosperity, and the aspirations of coming generations. He undoubtedly felt that in the United States there would be wider scope for the promotion of knowledge, and that in this new country there would always be free thought and indefinite progress. By selecting the nation itself as the depository of his trust he paid the highest com- pliment to its intelligence and integrity, and testified his confidence in republican institutions and his faith in their perpetuity. The period in which Smithson lived was not less marked by the gloom occasioned by long-protracted and almost universal war, and the extent and rapidity of its social changes, than by the luster of its brilliant discoveries in science and its useful inventions in the arts. The leaders of contending nations, who had long absorbed the atten- tion of Europe by their struggles for dominion, were at last forced to relinquish some of their honors to the great philosophers whose achieve- ments then illuminated the page of history, and which have not since been surpassed. It was pre-eminently a period of activity of thought, *There are only two books in Smithson’s library containing references to the United — States. Extracts from these relative to the city of Washington are given in the Ap-— pendix, Note 9. JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. 161 of fertility of invention and of original research. Pure abstract science had many illustrious votaries, and the practical application of its traths gave to the world many of the great inventions by means of which civiliza- tion has made such immense and rapid progress. Not only were individual efiorts for the welfare of humanity made, but a spirit of association was developed and numevous organizations formed, having for their object the promotion of science, education, and philanthropy. The few existing societies also became inspired with new life and vigor. The ‘Royal Society of London” entered upon its most brilliant epoch and became the fountain and center of intellectual progress. “The Royal Institution of Great Britain,” chiefly indebted for its origin to an American, was founded in 1800, “for diffusing the knowledge and facilitating the general introduction of useful mechanical inventions and improvements and for teaching by courses of philosoph- ical lectures and experiments the application of science to the common purposes of life.” A glance at the names of a few of the great organi- zations instituted in different parts of the world at the close of the last and beginning of the present century will show the remarkable scien- tific activity of that pericd and the direction of thought towards the establishment of permanent institutions : 1782. Royal Irish Academy. 1812. Royal Academy of Sciences 1784. Royal Asiatic Society. of Berlin (reorganized). 1788. Linnean Society. 1816. The French Academy of Sci- 1788. Société Philomatique. ences (reorganized). 1795. Société Philotechnique. 1818. Academy of Natural Sciences, 1799. Academy of Sciences, Lisbon. Philadelphia. 1800. Royal Institution of Great 1819. Philosophical Society, Cam- Britain. bridge. 1805. Société Anthropologique, 1820. Royal Astronomical Society. Paris. 1821. Société Imperiale de Géogra- 1807. Geclogical Society of London. phie, Paris. 1808. Royal Institute of the Low 1822. Société Asiatique, Paris. Countries. 1825. Société Royale des Antiquai- 1812. Literary and Philosophical res du Nord, Copenhagen. Society, Liverpool. 1826. Zodlogival Society, London. The remarkable advances made in science at this epoch were thus alluded to by Arago in his eulogy cn Thomas Young: “In a short space of time the Academy has lost from the list of its members, Herschel, whose bold ideas on the structure of the universe have acquired every year more of probability; Piazzi, who, on the first day of the present century, presented our solar system with a new planet; Watt, who, if not the inventor of the steam-engine, was at least the creator of so many admirable contrivances by the aid of which the little instrument of Papin has become the most ingenious, the most useful, the most powerful means of applying industry ; Volta, who has been immor- S. Mis. 54 11 162 JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. talized by his electric pile; Davy, equally celebrated for the decomposi- tion of the alkalies, and for the invaluable safety-lamp of the miner; Wol- laston, whom the English called “the Pope,” because he never proved fallible in any of his numerous experiments or of his subtle theoretical speculations ; Jenner, lastly, whose discovery I have no need to extol in the presence of pier of families.” Cuvier also made the following imposing Peimeeaeee of the scientific achievements of this era in his eulogy on Haiiy: “The laws of a geometry, as concise as comprehensive, extended over the entire heavens; the boundaries of the universe enlarged and its spaces peopled with unknown stars; the courses of celestial bodies deter- mined more rigorously than ever, both in time and space; the earth weighed as in a balance; man soaring to the clouds or traversing the seas without the aid of winds; the intricate mysteries of chemistry re- ferred to certain clear and Sale facts; the list of natural existences increased tenfold in every species, and lew relations irrevocably fixed by a survey as well of their interna as external structure; the history of the earth, even in ages the most remote, explored by means of its own si eT and shown to be not less wonderful in fact than it might have appeared to the wildest faney: such is the grand and unparalleled spectacle which it has been our privilege to contemplate.” While scientific thought and discovery were thus being advanced, attention was directed to the great ignorance of the masses. The idea of universal diffusion of knowledge had been unknown in England, and many of the upper classes of society cherished and avowed a deeply rooted dislike to the education of the poor, as “tending to discontent and an overthrow of that orderly subordination without which society vannot exist.” The principle was held by many, and considered indis- putable, that “the ignorance of the people was necessary to their obe- dience to law.” * The period, however, was one in which revolution was commencing in all directions. Many of the old landmarks of thought, opinion, and fact were in process of removal and new ones were rapidly becoming estab- lished. The progress and results of mechanical invention were pro- ducing great social changes. Lord Broughaim’s “ Treatise on Popular Education,” first published in January, 1825, had reached its twentieth edition in the following year. His vigorous, eloquent, and practical appeals to his countrymen were exciting universal attention, and through his efforts the first of the useful and popular Mechanics’ Institutes was established, the University of London was founded, and book clubs, read- ing societies, and scientific lectures were organized. At the opening of the session of Parliament in 1828, he proclaimed that it was unconstitutional that almost the whole patronage of the State should be placed in the hands of a military premier. The con- eluding passage of his speech ran through the country, and dwelt for- * Lord Cockburn. JAMES SMITHSON AND HIS BEQUEST. 163 ever in men’s minds in its axiomatic power. ‘There had been periods when the country heard with dismay that the soldier was abroad. That is not the case now. Let the soldier be ever so much abroad, in the present age he could do nothing. There is another person abroad—a less important person, in the eyes of some an insignificant person, whose labours have tended to produce this state of things—the schoolmaster is abroad.”* Lord Brougham had declared that “to instruct the people in the rudi- ments of philosophy would of itself be an object sufficiently brilliant to allure the noblest ambition. To promote these ends and to obtain for the great body of his fellow-creatures that high improvement which both their understanding and their morals fitted them to receive,” he urged upon the consideration of the men of wealth of Britain. ‘Such a one, however averse by taste or habit to the turmoil of publi¢ affairs, or the more ordinary strifes of the world, may in all quiet and inno- cence enjoy the noblest gratification of which the most aspiring nature is susceptible; he may influence by his single exertions the cha: acter and the fortunes of a whole generation, and thus wield a power to be envied even by vulgar ainbition, for the extent of its dominion; to be cherished by virtue itself, for the unalloyed blessings it bestows.” He pressed the subject on the attention “of all men of enlightened views, who value the real improvement of their fellow-creatures and the best interests of their country.” He appealed to public-spirited individuals to promote the dif- fusion of knowledge and the cultivation of intellectual pursuits by devot- ing some of their means to these objects, and showed how much money had been misapplied by benevolent persons in sustaining certain charita- ble institutions which only tended to increase the number of the poor and dependent classes. The ‘“ Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge” was established in April, 1825, and at onee entered upon a career alike brilliant and suc- cessful. ‘Its publications,” says the Edinburgh Review, ¢ “ undoubtedly form by far the most important of the contributions from men of science and letters to the instruction and improvement of mankind.” “Its efforts were to be extended until knowledge had become as plentiful and as universally diffused as the air we breathe.” It cannot be doubted that Mr. Smithson became impressed with the prevailing and new spirit of his age, and, recognizing as a man of science the inestimable value of knowledge and the importance of its universal diffusion, wrote the words of his will bequeathing his whole fortune ‘for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men.” . : Sa Sass SSS I eee, i os: —a. Fic. 49.—Stone axe of Mozambique. 942 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. quainted with metal, retain old habits, and among them the use of stone implements, in ceremonial uses perhaps, rather than in the business of life. That stone should linger after the advent of metal is not surprising when we reflect that the stone battle-axe was used by many of the Anglo-Saxons at Hastings, and some of the Germans were armed with it at so late a period as the ‘‘ Thirty Years’ War.” Fig. 50 shows one of the articles generally catalogued SS as a “spade-like implement.” It was possibly an axe SS adapted to pass through the handle and be secured by a lashing of sinew or raw-hide. Fig. 51 shows five ancient implements obtained in Fic. 50.—Stone axe. various parts of the United States, from mounds and elsewhere; a, b, and d are from Louisiana; eis from Iowa; ¢ not noted. The three last examples are double- headed ceremonial axes, and do not materially differ from examples in the figure following, excepting in not being perforated for the handle. q The frequency of the omission in- / dicates that the two methods of mounting were simultaneously em- ployed. war SO ee This brings us tothe fourth class— perforated axes, which are consid- ered by Sir John Lubbock as prob- ably characteristic of the early me- tallic period in Europe. ® It was long thought that the per- foration of the axe-head did not occur until the implement came to bemade of metal. It istruethatthe labor of boring in stone without the aid of metal and the weakening of so frangible a material might ex- clude that mode of mounting; but it must be recollected that time is of no moment to a savage, never hay- ing read Solomon or Dr. Watts, and Fic. 51.—Aaes from Indian mounds, éc. not taking lessons from insects— which are simply a nuisance and point no moral in Africa. The examples of perforated stone axes at’ Philadelphia (Fig. 52) were from various parts of the United States, and were shown in the Na- 78 Lubbock’s Introduction to Nilson’s ‘Stone Age,” xxix. —— SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 243 tional Museum in the Government Building. They are ancient and are generally supposed to be of a ceremonial character. It was either net noted or was not observed where a was from; b, d, and g were from Wis- consin; ¢ from New Jersey; e from Connecticut; h from Pennsylvania. So the practice of making the perforated bipennis in stone was widely spread. It may be mentioned that the hole in h, Fig. 52, is only rudi- mentary. A fine selection of per- forated axe-heads from Denmark is in the Peabody Museum, Cam- TT Ray [eee J Fic. 52.—Double-bitted perforated axes. bridge, and a great many more at St. Germain, France, and in the mn- -seumof Geneva, Switzerland. This object is called a “banner stone” in ' Abbott’s article on the Stone Age in New Jersey”; compare also Nil- son’s “ Stone Age.” The bipennis, or double-bitted axe, was the weapon of the female war- ‘riors of Scythian race known as Amazons. It was also known in As- syria. Its antiquity may also be assumed from its being the sacrificial axe of the Roman priesthood: Dolabra pontificalis. The old scena or sacena of the Latins had two cutting edges, large and small, the former securis ; the latter dolabra. It may have been copied from the agricul- tural axe dolabra, which was something like our mattock, with an axe edge and a pick on the respective ends of the head, and was used in cutting wood and clearing land of bushes and grubs. The dolabella was the small axe or bill hook. The sacrificial malleus was a round ball per- forated for a handle, and it also seems to indicate the long-sustained -use of very primitive forms of weapons and implements for ceremonial! purposes. Many copper battle-axes were recovered by Schliemann from a depth of 28 feet in the ruins of Hissarlik. *! ee ar, (ah MWsinitheduian Bepery 1c76C "Se. ®0Nilson, Pl. viii, Fig. 173 and p. 71. 81“ Troy and its Remains.” 244 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. We have now reached the second division of axes, those of metal. In this section we ean searcely preserve the quadripartite subdivisions of the stone group. The collection, however, furnished good specimens of crude workmanship in two classes of axes— those which are lashed to a seat on a handle and those which per- forate the handle. The examples of those which are lashed to a , Seat on the handle are, singularly enough, tools in which iron blades obtained from the whites have been attached to handles in the manner previously adopted with stone tools. Fig. 53 shows two adzes of the Anderson River Eskimo, the handles of which have been ingeniously fashioned to fit the hand. The blades are both made of hatchet heads, in one case (a) the eye is made use of in lashing the handle to the iron; in the other case (b) the eyé has been ground away, and it is secured to the handle by thongs in the manner of a stone celt. The tools indicate both the in- veterate habit of mounting and also the preference for the adze method of using. The Greenlander’s adze (Fig. 54), shown in the Dan- ish department of the Main Building, is made of a common 23-inch chisel strapped by a seal-skin thong to a beech wood handle about a : foot long. Fig. 55 is asmall hand le adze or chisel with a bone handle. ~ ta) ——~ The blade was originally a hatchet —— = of which the eye has been split and -—— @& piece removed. The handle shows an imitation of a saw-han- dle. It is from the Haidah In- dians of Bella-Bella, British Columbia. The Javan axes” are mounted in different ways; two kinds, known respectively as petel and wadung, are chisel-shaped tools lashed to stocks whose natural growth as a fork facilitates that method; another, called ® Rafiles “Java,” 4to, i, 174, Figs. 1, 2, 4. Fic. 53.—Hskimo adzes. Fic. 54.—Greenlanders’ adze. Fic. 55.—Indian adze, Haidahs, British Columbia. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 245 sang luk, has an eye for the helve in the manner next in order to be con- sidered. The Javan battle-axe (kudi tranchang), formerly a principal weapon of Java, * is not now much used, and is suprisingly like a freakish weapon used by the natives of Central Africa. The Japanese axe is a compromise, its bent tang being held by a ring which slips on the handle. ‘ Africa furnishes us with the greatest variety of the axes which per- forate the han- dle. Begin- ning at the south, we find the Kafirs® in possession of an axe, but Fic. 56.— Japanese their principal ae weapon is the assegat, a javelin made by their native blacksmiths. With the keerie or short club, shield, and assegais, a Zulu considers himself well furnished. The Bechuana axe, Fig. 57, is a steel bit simply fastened by a tang in the enlarged wooden head. The term Bechuana may be used generally to include a number of tribes, embracing the Makololo,” who are among the most accomplished workers in metal on the continent. The smaller axes in Fig. 57 are other patterns, made by the Bechuanas; and Fig. 58 is a still more fanciful one, shown in the Portuguese Colonies De- partment of the Agricultural Building. The head is of steel and the handle is in part wrapped with fine wire. The blade is peculiar in form and ornamenta- tion, and has what we should consider arather insecure attachment to the helve. Fig. 59 is another axe of Angola, shown in the same col- lection; it has a curious = curved blade and a long “FIG. 59.—Aze of Angola. tang inserted in the usual African method into the wooden handle. | The elephant axe of the Banyai,” of the Zambesi, was also snown in ® Rafiles “Java,” Ato, itp Pl. opp. p. 296, Fig. Fn * Siebold’s ‘‘ Nippon,” vi, Pl. 6; also ii, Pl. 5 bis., Figs. 14,9, 15, 16, 13; also ii, Pl. 11, 13. * Casalis’ ‘‘ Basutos,” 132. % Baines’ ‘‘South Africa,” 467. 87 Wood i, p. 404. Fic. 57.—Bechuana axes, South Africa. TRE Sx Fic. 58.—Battle-axe, Angola, Africa. 946 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION, the group of Angola and Mozambique weapons, Fig. 60. It has a very long tang projecting entirely through the handle, and secured thereto by raw-hide lashing. One end has an axe-blade and the other a spear point. The handle is made by cutting off a limb of a convenient length, and also a small piece of the trunk at the insertion of the branch. A hole for the tang is then bored through the knotty wood, where the limb isas it were rooted into the body of the tree. The han- dle is then dressed to shape. The blade is sometimes three feet in length, and is carried over the shoulder. Itis used in ham-string- ing the elephant. The hunters go in pairs, one carrying the axe while the other goes before the animal to distract his attention. The axeman comes up behind stealthily and severs one ham-string of the animal at a single blow. One form of the elephant axe was noticed to have a eurved handle and a stay-lashing at a point six inches distant from the socket. | The Banyai of the Zambesi have also a convertible axe and adze. The knob of the handle has two slits at right angles, so that the tang of the blade may be optionally inserted either to bring the edge in line with the sweep of the tool, as with the axe, or transversely, as with the adze. Curiously enough the Water Dyaks, of Borneo, have a chipping tool of the same kind used in boat-building.* It has an iron blade, wooden HTTINUTZZAWW Fic. 60.—Elephant ace of the Banyai, Zambesi, Africa. head, and ratan (Malay rétan) lashing. The blade has a square tang, - and by taking it out of the socket, turning it one-quarter round, and in- serting it again the blade is changed, in reference to the handle, from an axe to an adze, or vice versa. Fic. 61.—Azes of Egypt, India, Mexico, and Yucatan. The Djibba axe has two pointed prongs projecting lengthwise from the head to make it efficient in thrusting. The Monbuttoo axe,” follow- ing the universal African type, has its tang inserted through the thick end of a knobbed club. "8 Wood, vol. ii, p. 453. _ ® Schweinfurth’s “Atrica,” vol. ii, p. 112. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 247 Fig. 61 shows that this system of inserting the blade in the handle has been practiced in far distant times and places. a b are ancient forms of Egyptian bronze axes.% c¢ dare ancient axes from the Sachi tope” at Bhilsa, in Central India. eis an axe shown on a Mexican monument. The obsidian or copper blade is inserted in the handle. f and g show the instrument known as mahquahuitl, a double-headed axe with obsidian Fic. 62.—Aze of the Philippines. flakes inserted in wooden handles. h shows a copper axe of Yucatan, the plate being inserted in a slitted handle. The battle-axe was the weapon of the Peru- vian soldiery. Nu- merous Trojan battle- gy axes of copper were found by Dr. Schlie- mann at Hissarlik.®* The axe of the Phil- ippines was shown in the Spanish Building. It has a_ peculiarly shaped head and along ferrule. The hand-stop on the helve was the only instance of the kind in the exhibition. Itis a sort of rudimentary guard, like a partial hilt on the two-handed helve. (Fig. 62.) The jungle hook of the Singhalese (wal-dakat) and a chopping axe (proa)* are used for clearing brush and cutting trees. Even the poor Veddahs of the interior forests “have a little ax, which they stick in by their sides, to cut honey out of hollow trees.”* Fig. 63 is a Dakotah Indian war-club (casse-téte) ornamented with carving and armed with a leaf-shaped steel point. The peasant of Brit- tany carries a knobbed stick resembling the Kafir knob-keerie. (Fig. 1.) %” Kitto, vol. i, p. 507 ; “Duleth,” Denis % Cunningham’s ‘ Bhilsa Tope,” pl. xv, Figs. 8, 9. #2 Prescott’s “ Conquest of Peru,” vol. i, p. 72. % Schliemann’s ‘‘ Troy and its Remains,” pp. 330, 331. %4 Knox’s ‘‘Ceylon,” pp. 273-4. % I bid., p. 61. Fic. 63.—Casse-téte, Dakotah. 248 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. It is called a casse-téte by the French of the neighboring departments, but pen-bas by the Bretons.® See also the marble knob for a stick, found by Dr. Schliemann at Uium.” The same form is shown by Catlin to have been very common among the Blackfeet and other Indian tribes on the headwaters of the Missouri. An axe of Terradel Fuego, shown by Nilson, has a blade of iron inserted in the African man- ner in a wooden Fic. 64.—Halberds, India and Norwey. stock which has been dressed by flint tools. Desor also shows hatchets of diorite, serpentine, and quartzite in sockets of buck- horn, which were mounted in a wooden handle by a lateral hole oa aig = in the side Z MS Sara! of the club. Fic. 65.— Norwegian seat In another axes. seivg| case the stone was inserted nea endwise in a horn socket which was pierced for the handle. In another case the stone in a horn handle had the position formerly Fic. 66.—Iron tomahawk, Dakotah. occupied by the brow antler. Fig. 64 shows three forms of halberds, light axes on long handles: cis from Norway and belongs to the class with a tang driven into the handle; «b are Sowrah battle-axes from India, and belong to the last class of our list—the handle inserted through an eye in the head. To this also belong the Norwegian axes (Fig. 65) and the Arickaree iron tomahawk (lig. 66). Sa = Fo wa oe PAD OS SSS Se Se zt Ses ts SS ¥ % VISES SALATS. SSS > Scere Se Les ores m3 Agora has LAYS Res pass PARLS 252 ae te, IlI.— KNIVES AND SWORDs. The knife in its primitive form is a sharp flake of stone or obsidian, a sliver of bamboo or wood, ora shell with a sharpened edge. When the point is the specially engaged portion the weapon is a dagger. Many other crude materials furnish the hand-to-hand cutting or piercing weapons, such as the pointed horns of animals, the tail of the sting-ray, % Trollope’s ‘‘Summer Tour in Brittany,” London, 1840, Pls. opp. pp. 125, 220, 296. “7 Schliemann’s ‘‘ Troy and its Remains,” p. 265. % “¢ Stone Age,” Pl. vii, Fig. 155. ® Desor. transl, in Smithsonian Report, 1865, pp. 360, 361, Figs. 17, 18, 19. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 249 shark’s teeth tied upon a staff, and sharpened bones. When the dispo- sition exists a weapon will be found somewhere, and the most curious are those where the choice of material is but small and metal is inacces- sible. Metal once obtained, the variety of weapons decreases, and knives, daggers, and swords assume a somewhat uniform character. The persistent ceremonial use of stones for knives, after the use of metal had been fully established for the ordinary affairs of life, is notice- able in many old records and in the observation of late travelers. We may mention the stone knives used by the Egyptians, Ethiopians, and Hebrews in circumcision,’ by the Egyptians inembalming,'™ in obtaining the balm of Gilead,'” in the human sacrifices of Mexico, in the gashing of the flesh of fanatics,’ and in inducing the cicatrized wounds which form the ornaments or tribal marks of some savages. To these may be added the gashing of the flesh by the New Zealanders in their mourning, and the stone fleams used by the North American In- dians for bleeding. Museums have crude stone spalls and well-fashioned knives of stone in variety, but we can only appeal for illustrations to the collection in Philadelphia. In the upper and stone periods of the hill of Hissarlik in Asia Fic. 67.—Obsidian nucleus and flakes, Mexico. Minor, Schliemann found numerous flint knives." Some have edges 92 like ordinary knives; others are serrated. At a depth of 25 feet he found double-edged knives of obsidian, sharp as razors. Flint flakes and nuclei from the stone age of Scandinavia, and flint knives from Green- land and New Zealand made of spalls, and others of chipped flint, are shown by Nil- Fic. 68—Obsidian knife, California. gon) and by Dr. Abbott, of New Jersey.’ Obsidian was a favorite material where obtainable. It was used in Mexico in the manufacture of sacrificial flake-knives, arrow-points, &c.'°7 The flakes were split off by the skillfully applied pressure of a T-shaped wooden implement. The nucleus and flakes (Fig. 67) were shown in the National Museum and are from Mexico. The same collection in the Government Building had the obsidian knife (Fig. 68). This has a 100 Hixodus, iv, 25; Joshua, v, 2. / 101 Herodotus, ii, 86; Diodorus Siculus, i, 91; Kitto, i, 81. Buel rAbbanye, > say ty Ie 103 Thid., xxxv, 46; xi, 109. Compare also Pliny, xix, 57; xxiii, 81; xxiv, 6, 62. 101“ Troy and its Remains,” p. 79. 105 «Stone Age,” p. 76 and Pl. ii; Figs. 24, 23, and PI. iii, v. 106 Smithsonian Report, 1875, p. 300. 107 Torquemada. 950 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. wooden handle which shows the marks of a similar cutting instrument, and is therefore a veritable specimen of the stone age. The Yellowsteae Park has/lately been stated to possess hills of obsid- ian of different colors, which have afforded for ages the material for the arrow-heads of the Indian tribes in the vicinity. The flint knives of the Indians of the California peninsula are men- tioned by Baegert.'” As far away as the Admiralty Islands of the Papuan group we find ob- sidian used for knives, razors, and spear-points.’” The natives tie the spear-heads to the shaft with plaited string coated with gum. The knife used by the New Caledonians for carving the human body is called nbouet, and is a flat serpentine stone oval in form and seven inches in length. Holes are bored in it, by which it is fastened to a wooden handle. The New Caledonians eat their slain enemies, the women, who are the cooks, following the army and dragging the bodies off the field to prepare them for the supper of their returning husbands and broth- ers. The palms being considered as tid-bits, are the perquisites of the priests. Lach part belongs to certain persons, and the carving is regu- lated by rules. ‘The body is opened by the nbouwet and the intestines re- moved with a fork made of two human arm bones sharply pointed and lashed together. The women cooks prefer to truss the bodies in sitting posture, bake them whole, and serve them in war costume. Many collections show knives of flakes of silex mounted in wooden and horn backs, and serrated knives or saws made by the insertion of flakes of obsidian, flint, or shark’s teeth in a grooved wooden back. Some are mentioned later when referring to spears. Such are found in Cali- fornia, Sweden, the Philippines, Australia, and elsewhere. The knife’ dabba of the Victorian blacks consists of quartz fragments attached to a wooden handle with gum. Passing to knives of wood, we find none which would make impres- Sive illustrations; in the South Sea islands wood has been the prin- cipal material; until lately stone was unknown in some islands, and metal in almost all. The Fijian knife for cutting up bakolo (long pig), as the edible human body is called, was a sharp sliver of bamboo."? The Ajitas of the Philippines and New Guineans also use the bamboo sliver." The Sandwich Islanders have a battledore-shaped piece of wood" like the merai of the Maories, but armed on the edge with shark’s teeth. It was formerly employed in cutting up the bodies of warriors who fell in battle, or of persons sacrificed. The Mundurueus of the Amazon use a 10S'Translation in Smithsonian Report, 1863, p. 363. 109 Wood, vol. ii, p. 302. 40 Desor, transl. in Smithsonian Report, 1865, p. 360. 11 Smith’s ‘ Aborigines of Victoria.” 42 Smythe’s ‘Ten Months in Fiji,” p. 85. 3 Wood, vol. ii, p. 242. 14 Jbhid., vol. ii, p. 435. ————— SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 251 bamboo knife in decapitating their enemies to prepare the heads as tro- phies. The gentle savages are, however, not oblivious of the value of metal when they have an opportunity to see it. Francis Sparrow, whom Raleigh left to explore the country of the Orinoco, received eight beau- tiful young women for a red-handled knife—value in England at that time equal to one cent. The Australian dagger is a stick pointed at both ends, grasped by the midlength, and struck right and left."° SEL SE Fic. 69.—G@reenlanders’ bone knives. In the extreme northern countries no material is so ready to hand as bone. The harpoons, knives, and many other domestic implements of the Eskimo are of bone. Fig. 69 shows the fish and blubber knives of the Kajak natives of Greenland. They were shown in the Danish collection in the Main Building. ais made of the bone of a whale, and is 18 inches long; b is of wood, and is 10 inches long. Fig. 70 shows two other bone implements of the Kajaks, a bone knife used in skinning the seal, and a fish scoop. The knife is 14 inches long and two and a half inches wide; the bone spoon is four inches long and two wide. Fic. 70.—Bone implements of Greenland. Some of the bone knives of the Laplanders are very elaborate, espe- cially those used in preparing skins. 16 Smith’s ‘‘ Aborigines of Victoria,” vol. i, p. 302. 252 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION: The Eskimo in winter live in dome-shaped houses, called igloos, built of blocks of ice or snow. These blocks are voussoir shaped, so that they make a safe and symmetrical vaulted structure. They are hewn from the bank or field of solidified snow with large knives like Fig. 71, made of the bones of whales. Several of these knives were shown in the National ROS Museum and in the Greenland department Fi. 71.—Eskimo bone snow-knife. of the Danish collection. Two men, one to cut blocks and one to lay them, will erect a house in twohours. Just above the door a large plate of fresh-water ice is built in so as to illu- minate the interior. Inside is a raised bench of snow, on which are laid sprigs and such scanty vegetation as the summer affords, to support the seal-skins which form the bed and bench. The dwellings are sometimes as much as 16 feet in diameter and 8 feet in height. The inevitable lamp is a stone dish with a wick of moss supported in it, and a quan- tity of oil fed from blubber piled upon it. This lamp is at once the warming and cooking stove, the light, the means of drying the clothes and melting thé snow for drink, for the whole family occupying the igloo. Above the lamp is the cooking-pot, which also does duty in con- taining snow to be melted for drinking water. Above the ccoking-pot (and by this time we are pretty near the roof) is a net spread to hold wet fur clothes, in order that they may be dried; after which they are chewed to make them supple. Poniards and pike-heads of bones of deer and urus are described by Desor."® One or two other instances of animal material used in knives and daggers may be mentioned before we reach the metallic. The double dagger of the East Indies has two sharpened antelope horns joined at their bases ; or it is a single straight two-ended blade of steel, a circular guard protecting the handle of the weapon, which is intended to strike right and left in a crowd. The Sandwich Islanders use daggers ( pahia) of wood, held in the middle and having a point at each end. The large mussel shell is the knife of the Fuegian; the original edge is knocked off and the solid portion made sharp by grinding upon a stone. The dagger of the Pelew Islanders is the tail bone of the sting-ray, and it is carried in a sheath formed of a joint of bamboo. The Tahitian dag- ger has the tail of the sting-ray as a point; it comes off in the wound and works deeper and deeper. Fic. 72.—Indian knife of native copper. This brings us to metal, of which we first consider copper. The copper knife, Fig. 72, was taken from an Indian mound. It does _ — 16 Desor. Translation in Smithsonian Report, 1865, p- 358. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION, 253 not appear that any of the North American Indians who had access to copper worked it by smelting; but they treated it as malleable stone and shaped it by hammering. The Greenland Eskimo make knives from the copper obtained from Coppermine River, from flint, from walrus ivory, or from such pieces of iron as they may obtain by barter or may pick up from whalers or explorers. Fig. 73 shows a number of copper implements—knives, a spear, and SSSSss ASS SSS SS SS ss SSS SS SSS = Ss Ss Ss cs Ss <=s Ss SS SSS SS Ww ass —aN SK > ‘NNANNANAREA II wSs > SWAARARABBRAS SSS SSS — Fic. 73.—Native copper implements, Wisconsin. a hook; these are Indian remains from Wisconsin, the metal having doubtless been obtained from the Lake Superior copper distriet in earlier times. They, together with many other copper tools, were exhib- ited by the Wisconsin Historical Society in the Mineral Annex of the Main Building. We cannot pretend to distinguish carefully between the weapon and the domestic implement. A knife is a knife whether for the throat of an enemy or of a deer. ip LL URE Fic. 74.—Copper weapon and steel dagger, British Oolumbia. Fig. 74 shows a knife-like club a of native copper, a hereditary posses- sion in the family of a Haidah chief in British Columbia. Beneath it 254 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. is shown a double-ended dagger (>), bound with copper, and obtained from the Kutchin Indians of Northwest British America. Such daggers are forged by the Indians from old files obtained from sawmills near the settlements. “They are in general use among the northern and north- western ‘tribes. Copper seems to have been the earliest metal to be fashioned into tools, and its alloy, bronze, the first efficient tool material. Molds of mica schist for casting copper weapons and ornaments were found by Dr. Schliemann in the hill of Hissarfik.'” There are also many such specimens in museums. The modern supposition that the ancients had a method of tempering copper as we do steel—or with analogous effects at least—is a myth. The metal acted upon was the alloy, bronze, and the range of effects is far inferior to the capacity of steel. The Assyrians wore a profusion of daggers, two or more in the same sheath."* The handles were elaborate, wade of ivory, inlaid, set with precious stones, carved the shape of heads of animals, etc. One of copper was found by Layard at Nimroud. The Assyrians, like the Persians, probably used them as knives. Copper knives were found by Schliemann’® in the lowest stratum of the excavations at Hissarlik; one of them was gilt. Also a number of copper daggers at a depth of 28 feet. Egyptian knives were of bronze and of copper.” A comparison of the forms of knives of the ancients and moderns shows that what may be termed the ‘“leaf-shape” has been very general. Itis true that the variety of shapes of leaves is so great that the term may be held indeseript- ive; it suits the case, however. Fig. 75 shows, in the upper row, a number of Roman knives of the classical period, and in the lower row a number of African knives of the present day. ais the secespita, a sacrificial knife with an iron blade and an ivory handle ornamented with gold and silver; bis the pugio or two-edged dagger worn by the officers of the army and by persons of rank; cis the culter coquinarius, or cook’s knife; d, the cultrarius, for cutting the throat of the sacrificial victim; e, the ¢. venatorius, or huntsman’s knife; /, the falx vinitoria, or vinedresser’s knife; g, the fale arboraria, for pruning and hedge-trimming. The swords of the bronze age, dug up from the lacustrine village FiG.75.—Ancient Roman and modern African knives. "7 Schliemann’s “ Troy and its Remains,” p. 139, us ‘‘ Nineveh,” vol. ii, p. 264. ue “Troy and its Remains,” 150; pp. 332, 333. 120 Wilkinson. Kitto, vol. i, p. 372.. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 255 sites, are many of them like some of the figures, in the upper especially. See Desor,’” where they are shown, some with grooved blades and as much as 59 centimeters in length; also bronze poniards and knives with tongs and sockets.” The lower row shows ht j k, knives of the Fans of Western Africa. These are sometimes as much as three feet in length and seven inches in width; they are kept very sharp in a sheath of wood, which isin two halves, and is bound together with strips of raw-hide covered with snake or human skin. JU is an Unyoro knife of iron, the handle bound with copper wire.’ m n are two two-edged daggers of the Niam-niams.” The dagger is worn in a sheath of skin attached to the girdle. The lances knives, and daggers have blood-grooves, differing in this respect from the Bonjo or Dyoor weapons. Both of the last-mentioned tribes have two-handled knives. The Bonjo knife” is used by the women in peeling tubers and slicing gourds and cucumbers; it has an oval shape, and is sharp on both sides, like the Unyoro knife J, Fig. 75. The Dyoor knife’ is spindle-shaped, and is used for similar purposes. Dr. Schliemann found, in his excavations at Troy, a dagger of steel four inches long. The blade, which is double-edged and in the form of an arrow, is 1.6 inches long, and in a perfect state of preservation, which Dr. Schliemann attributes to the antiseptic power of the red wood ashes, mixed with charcoal, in which he found it em- bedded, in the large mansion close to the gate, 28 feet below the surface. The Balonda dagger from the Zambesi is shown in Fig. 76, and has a remarkable resem- blance to a and 1, Fig. 75, which are respectively Romanand Gaboon. This dagger is 24 inches long, and the handle is partly wrapped with raw-hide. The handle is by no means acon- kit venient one, but no doubt the owner felt well ts 4 ‘ Aa eSaeas . ri HH bad bes Hs st satisfied with its ornamental appearance as it protruded from the scabbard. Fig. 77 is an Angola dagger, with an iron blade and wooden handle. It looks much more like business than its fellow. Fig. 78 shows an Angola dagger, with a Fic. 76.—Dagger : of Balonda, Af. Strangely-shaped scabbard of sheet copper. ra. Fic. 77.—Angola It has a copper-covered wooden handle and a Dagger. steel blade. The broad base of the sheath is probably indicative of its 4t'Translation in Smithsonian Report, 1865, p. 374. 12 [hid., pp. 374, 371~72. 1 Baker’s “Ismailia,” plate opposite p. 135. ™4Schweinfurth’s “ Africa,” vol. ii, pp. 10, 27. ™ Tbid , vol.i, p. 281. 26 Wood, vol. i, p. 503. 956 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. nationality, the same feature not having been noticed elsewhere. Its purpose is notapparent. The sheath of the kris has a considerable lateral enlargement at the upper end, but that weapon has a corresponding guard. It will be referred to presently, among swords. The collection of savage arms from the Portuguese colonies of Augola and Mozam- bique, exhibited in the Agricultural Build- ing, was not excelled in its kind in the whole Exhibition. With many additions, it was again exhibited in Paris in 1878. Some of the articles therein shown were from the Banyai of the Zambesi, the Be- chuanas, and tribes with which the parties crossing between the western and eastern coasts of the continent come in contact. Passing south and west to Natal, a very warlike people, the Zulus and Basuto Ka- firs, are encountered. The articles from this people were shown in the Cape of Good #4 Hope collection, and are noticed among clubs and spears; they do not use the bow and arrow. The assegai is the principal knife of the Kafir.” It is of semi-steel of soft temper, and will bend and keep its shape, which is taken advantage of by the natives in making bowls, spoons, and pipes. He prefers it to the steel of the white man, which breaks. The Bechu- anas make the best knives in that region, and barter them to other tribes. The blade has a long lanceolate shape, with two edges, and the weapon is worn suspended from the neck.’* The handle, of ivory or wood, is carefully carved, frequently represent- jng an animal, ahyenaor giraffe, for instance. The wooden Sheath is made of two pieces of wood, hollowed out and bound together with sinews. The same is used among some tribes of Kafirs. The carving tool of the Bechuanas is more like a chisel; a blade like a thumb-nail in the end of a handle. The Japanese knives are numerous and peculiar.” Fig. 79 is a leaf-shaped dagger or scalping-knife, of iron, with a bone handle, such as is used by the Blackfeet and PY. Black ping Sioux. C. Carver, in his “Travels,” says that theleaf-shaped *™v« dagger, made in his time of bone, was peculiar to the Nadowessioux, or that family later known as the Da-ko-tahs or Sioux. There is one class of weapons for grappling at close quarters, which may be mentioned here, as it was shown in the exhibit from British India. The baymak is a five-clawed weapon hidden in the hand, having loops through which the first and fourth fingers are passed. When the 18 Wood, vol. i, p. 103. 138 Casalis’ ‘Basutos,” p. 136. 129Siebold’s ‘‘ Nippon,” vii, plate 19, Figs. 3, 4, 5, 6. Fic. 78.—Angola dagger. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 257 hand is opened, the steel claws, like those of a lion, are exposed, and are intended to rip the naked belly of the adversary. The term baymak is understvod to include several forms of weapons, such as brass knuckles and spikes which are carried in the hand. The Samoans have a somewhat similar weapon—a glove made of coir, and having on the inside several rows of shark’s teeth, set hooking so that they retain anything which is grasped. Like the baymak, it is intended to rip the abdomen of an enemy. To guard themselves against this weapon the Samoans use a heavy and wide belt of coir, reaching from the arm-pits to the hips. This belt was the nearest to the nature of clothing of anything in the islands; a number of cords of sinnet are strained on two parallet sticks about 36 inches apart; the sinnet weft is then worked in over and under alternate threads.’ The bague de mort, seen by Stendhal in Rome,” is like the East Indian baymak in the mode of hiding it in the hand, but it has only two claws, which are of steel, very sharp and like those of lions. The piece to which the claws are rooted is held in the hand by rings, through which pass the second and third fingers, beneath which the claws are hidden, nothing appearing but the rings. Poison is placed in grooves channeled in the claws, like the poison groove in the fang of a rattle- snake. Stendhal says: ‘‘Dans une foule, au bal par example, on saississait avec une apparence de galanterie la main nue de la femme dont on voulait se venger; en la serrant et retirant le bras, on la déchirait profondément, et, en méme temps, on lassait tomber la bague de mort. Comment, dans une foule, trouver le coupable ?” The Djibba tribe of the Upper Nile wear bracelets for cutting and ‘tearing, the edge being protected by leathern sheaths when the weapon is not required for duty. Some of them have double jagged edges and others a single sharp edge. The Nuehr carry on the wrist an iron ring with projecting blades. The Roman boxing gauntlet, cestus, was a much less sanguinary affair, being merely armed with lead or with bosses. We pass from knives to swords; which is but to an implement of a larger kind. The sword proper is a weapon, but the machete of the Spaniard, the corn and cane knives of the plantation and farm, are domestic implements of similar character, but with less ornamental fur- nishing. Where vegetation is as large as that of the corn or sugar-cane, a sword-like implement is necessary in gathering it,and the same large knife is used in tropical countries in cutting away the vines and creepers which obstruct the narrow passes through the woods." Ot the cruder materials, stone and wood, used in swords, the Exbibi- tion furnished but few examples. Some of the clubs already considered — — 130 Wood, vol. ii, p. 354. 1s0a *¢ Promenades dans Rome,” vol. i, p. 267. 131 Rafile’s ‘‘ Java,” 4to, p. 113. 3 IY S. Mis. 54 958 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXIIBITION, had sharpened edges and approximated the sword character. The New Zealand stone sword, Fig. 80, can hardly be classed under any other head,‘as it has a handle, a back, and an edge, and is ad- apted to deliver a cutting blow. The swords of the Pelew Islanders are of wood inlaid with pieces of shell.'? The Kingsmill Islanders have wooden swords, armed on their edges with sharks’ teeth lashed with sinnet braided from the fiber of the cocoa-nut. The wooden blade has grooved ridges to receive the teeth, cor- responding holes being made in the ridges and teeth through which the braided cord is repeatedly passed to fasten the teeth in this artificial alve- olar ridge. The swords are single or double edged, and have guards similarly armed with teeth, so that no part of the weapon except the handle can be touched withimpunity. The spears are similarly armed, like some which were shown from the Philippine Islands. A tile, see iases PSS %, ett" oe ead SSA Fria so good and cheap. The swords are known as ken 3 and katten. Some of the old Japanese swords have (: f neg 145 (4 blood lines. The Norwegian two-handed sword of some centu- ries since was shown in the collection from that country inthe Main Building. It has a whole length of 54 feet and a hilt 15 inches in length. It has two hand-holds on the hilt and one above the hilt, proba- bly to hold it when used as a pike. IV.—SPEARS. nf =. Roe SOON tenors SOS BOD (I 3 The spear is found among most savage nations and Bi was the knightly weapon in Europe until the intro- eh duction of fire-arms. It, however, continued in use Eee PIES tre among the Poles, Russians, Turks, and Tartars, and yas introduced into the armies of Prussia by Fred- erick the Great; the Austrians followed, calling the troops Uhlans, and lances are now found in most of A— ere SS as SSS SS AiSts’s —————— = OI - % eee TS, SER LSS ry OF Eee mare ix suffering and generally death. = ¢, BN oH a One Fijian spear is made of a wood which bursts when moist, so that it is with diffi- culty extracted. The differ- d. i ent islands, such as the Tonga, Fic. 92.—Spears of the Philippines. Herveys, Fiji, and the New Hebrides have distinguishable varieties of spears. 46 “ Philippines,” p. 210. 47 Wood, vol. ii, p. 434. “8 Williams “Fiji,” pp. 44-5. 266 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. The Australian spears are of various qualities and shapes: a sharp- ened stick (nandum) with notches for barbs; a spear with a separate head of hard miall wood deeply cut with barbs, and fastened to a reed (phragmetes communis) shaft; one with a basalt or quartzite head lashed to the shaft with sinews from the tail of the kangaroo,’ with long projecting barbs on each side, curiously formed from hard wood,’ a single bone lashed to the head and projecting laterally and back- wardly from the point so as to form a barb; the mongile, a head armed with sharp basalt or quartzite flakes set with pid-jer-ong gum; one with a head piece of bone which is lashed to the shaft so that its respective ends form point and barb; !™ lastly, leisters with from two to four barbed points,’ and from 6 to 15 feet long. The flower stalk of the grass-tree furnishes the spear-shaft, which is 9 or 10 feet long. Fig. 93 shows two South Australian spears, one with a double set of inserted barbs made of obsidian or quartz, and a kangaroo spear with a wooden head 30 inches long, and asingle row of barbs; the shaft is 8 feet long. Fig. 94 shows two fish-spears, one with two prongs and the other with three. The prongs of hard and tough gum- tree wood are tapered towards each end, pointed, and barbed ; their butt- ends are then inserted in notches on the end of the shaft and held in po- sition by black-boy gum, while the prongs are spread apart by wedges driven between them. The prongs are then lashed with sinews. The Australian has a blade on the end of his spear to act as a paddle as he stands in his dug-out canoe and watches the water or quietly moves from place to place. The night is Fic. 93.—Australian the favorite time for fish-spearing, a Fic. 94.—Australian wooden wooden spears. fire being made on a bed of wet sand ane ae (age and stones in the bottom of the canoe. The natives also carry torches of inflammable bark; this mode of fishing is common in North America and in Scotland, called ‘burning the water” in the former, and ‘ leis- tering” in the latter. ‘ No 49 R, Brough Smith, ‘‘ Aborigines of Victoria,” vol. i, p. 304, Fig. 71-74. 150 Tbid., vol. i, p. 305, Figs. 75, 76. 161 Thid., vol. i, p. 308, Fig. 85. 182 Thid., vol. i, Figs. pp. 69, 70, and i, 308, Fig. 84. 168 Thid., vol. i, p. 304, Fig. 68, andi, 336, Fig. 141. ‘4 Thid., vol. i, p. 306, Fig. 77, 78. 155 Thid., vol. i, p. 306, Figs. 79, 80, p. 337, Fig. 144 et al. See also Pl. iv, and pp. 33-5 Nilson’s ‘‘ Stone Age.” SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 267 The large spear of the Australian, not to be thrown but used as a pike, is as much as 13 feet in length, the head of hard wood, the shaft of lighter wood, and as large as the wrist. The Australians also use a forked spear, bobo, to secure eels and snakes alive.’ The turtle har- poon, like the hippopotamus harpoon of Africa, has a head detachable from the shaft. To the head is attached a rope, on the other end of which isabuoy. The harpoon for the dugong has a bone head 4 inches long and covered with barbs. It becomes detached from the shaft after strik- ing; the cord attached to the spear-head has no float, but is secured on board the canoe. The simplest form of fish-spear is a long sharp stick used in gigging fish in water-holes.’” The spears in the New Zealand department were all of wood. Some were simply pointed poles of hard wood; others had carved heads with pyramidal points. The spear is not a favorite weapon of the Maoris; in fact is said to have been laid aside. The heads of the spears are understood to be a conven- tional representation of the human tongue thrust out. That shown in Fig. 95 is destitute of ornament; Fig. 96, called by the natives taiaha kwra, has suspended tufts of dyed hair. The styles of ornamentation peculiar to New Zealand, New Guinea, and Fiji are re- ferred to by R. Brough Smith." The harpoon of the Ancaman Islander is Shot from a bow, and has a detachable head with a connected cord, which is held by the archer. _ The spears already considered are made of wood, although the use of the tail of the sting-ray by the Fijians and of bone and ob- sidian by the Australians have been incident- ally mentioned. Materiais in great variety have been used for the heads or barbs of spears. Stone spear-heads were shown in the South Australian department. They were obtained Fic. 95.—Maori from the northern part of the island near yyg 96 draorispear wooden spear. Melville's Island. They are genuine speci- = *##aha kwra. mens of the stone age, which does not represent a specific time but a grade of civilization. Consideration must also be had to the absence of metals in some localities. The stone spear-heads are chipped to shape and lashed to reed shafts with sinews, or with fiber obtained from roots. The reeds are 6 feet long and the heads from 4 to 6 inches. The spears of the Solomon Islanders are tipped with sharp flints; those of the Admiralty Islanders are of obsidian lashed to the shaft and coated 166 Aborigines of Victoria, vol. i, p. 307, Fig. 82. 167 Tbid., vol. i, p. 307, Fig. 81. 1557Tbid., VOl. 1, pp. 296, 297. 69 Monat ‘‘Andaman,” p. 326. 968 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. with gum. The Mexican spears were pointed with obsidian. The ob- sidian spear-heads of the Papuans excited the surprise of Schouten, an early navigator in those seas; he remarks that they had “long staves with very long, sharp things at the ends thereof, which, as we thought, were finnes of black fishes.” The aborigines of the Canaries, a race of Af- rican origin, when first discovered, used hatchets, knives, lancets, and spear-heads of obsidian, and axes of green jasper. The lances found in the upper strata dur- ing the excavations at Hissarlik'' were of a very hard black or green stone. The spear of the Northern American Indian was for- merly of stone or flint, but is now of steel.’ We may refer in a single group to Fic. 97.—Stone spear-heads, South Aus- tOSe Spears which are tipped with animal AIEEE. material, bone, horn, shell, shark’s teeth, claws of beasts and birds (such as of the kangaroo, cassowary, or emu), and the tail of the sting-ray. In the times of Her- odotus and Strabo, African spears were headed with the sharpened horns of antelopes,'® and the practice still ob- tains. '* The Canary Isl- anders, when discovered, in the fourteenth century, had spears and ‘digging-sticks tipped with horns." Fic. 99.— Wooden Fig. 98shows fisl-spear. Ma- Fic. 98.—Bone spear-heads and hook, Greenland. twow Ka j ik vale ae 2 z} oS tite tl ttitdla WA wae a QL ZA lineage Warnes UV 7 AR v27 VSS SA spear-heads and a hook of bone, exhibited in the Greenland section of the Danish department. The upper one is cut down so as to leave barbs. The next beneath it has an iron tip riveted to the bone. The lower ex- ample is a bone hook about 2 inches across. Barbed harpoons of bone, from a Scanian bog, Sweden, from a cave in Perigord, and from Terra del Fuego, are shown in Nilson’s “Stone Age.” 1% 160 Purchas, vol.i, p. 95. 16“ Schliemann’s Troy, &c.,” p. 79. 2 Dr. Abbott in Smithsonian Report, 1875, pp. 269, 274. 163 Herod., vii, 69-71. Strabo, xvi, 4, 9, 11. 164 Andersson, p. 15. 165 Tylor, p. 222, and note passim. 166 Plate iv, Figs. 69, 70, 72. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 269 Fig. 99 is a fish-spear head of wood with incurved points or babs of bone; the binding is of cherry bark. These hooks are used By the Makahs and other Northwestern Indians. Fig. 100is a fish-spear of the Chookchees ( Tschucklochies) of Northeast Siberia. It has a long stout shaft of pine wood, only one-half the length of which is shown. The head consists of two baleen prongs, on the ends of which are lashed two incurved points of ivory, forming barbs. The same style of fish-spear is used by the Youcon In- dians of the Mackenzie River country.'” The Fuegan fishing-spear is 10 feet long and has an octagonal shaft with a bone head 7 inches in length, with a single barb. The National Museum in the Government Building -had specimens of whale and seal lances from Siberia, Alaska, and Greenland. Fig. 101 is a seal-spear from the Chookchees of North- east Siberia. It has a long spliced pine-wood handle and movable point of bone with a metallic tip. Harpoons with movable and immovable points’ are shown in Sven Nilson’s “ Stone Age,” edited by Sir John Lubbock. Fig. 102 is a whaling-lance from the Ponook Eskimo of Alaska. It is pointed with a portion of a marrow-bone cut off obliquely so as to afford a long cutting-edge. The butt-end has a flattened piece to fit the throwing-board, which will be shown presently. The piece on the side is a spur or button to prevent the spear penetrating the whale SSS at 2 Fic. 100.—Chookchee jish-spear, Siberia. too far. The Ostiaks, Chookchees, and Keriaks secure the same end LTTE CALLE LEE Fic. 101.—Seal-spear of the Chookchees, Northeast Siberia. by binding the shaft with raw sea-lion hide, which, drying, forms an in- Fic. 102.—Whaling-lance of Alaska Eskimo. movable ridge. Fig. 103 is a whaling- ‘lance of the Greenland Eskimo. 167 Smithsonian Report for 1866, p. 324. 168 “* Stone Age,” Plate iii, Figs. 52, 53 (for bladder spears). 169 Tbid, Plate iii, 41, 50, 51; Plate iv, 69, 72 (bone tips and bone tipped with stone). 270 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION, It has an iron snow-rest at the end of the wooden stock; the shaft is of iron and has a walrus-ivory point, which comes free of the shaft when the whale is struck. The shaft is dragged by the whale, and a float may be secured to the end of the thong. The thongs for the Eskimo har- poons are made from the skins of a large species of seal. Incisions six eas; inches apart are made completely oad around the body and the rings of hide Sam removed like somany hoops. These are then cut spirally into thongs of a length equal to the circumference of the body atthe part multiplied by the number of times the width of the thongs goes into 6 inches. Fig. 104 is another whaling-lance of the Green- land Eskimo. It hasalong bone rod for the attachment of the mova- ble head which comes entirely free of the shaft, but is held by the thong. The shaft has a snow-rest at the butt. The Makah Indians of the North- west Coast use a lance and seal-skin buoy in capturing the great bow-head whales of the Pacific. Fig. 105 shows the buoy, rope, and lance-head. The head is placed on the end of a long forked pole and comes off the shaft after the whale is struck. The buoy is made of a seal-skin stripped off en- tire, sown up at the ends, and inflated. The lance- head is of shell with wal- rus-ivory barbs and point secured with sinews and pitch. The rope is of spruce root roasted in the ashes, pounded, frayed, and twisted. Fig. 106 shows the seal and fish- spear of the Eskimo of Ko- diak, Alaska. It has a long slender ornamented . shaft and movable barbed yy. 104.—Whating-lance point. ‘Thé# shaft@has aa) Syed Been: bladder float and an ivory knob to limit the penetration of the spear. SED ITT OED OTEESIATA HRW S|) LLL OLLI LL iid ddidbdddee CLL LZ LLA: LLLELL LA LL GZ CULL Fic. 103.—Whaling-lance, Greenland. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 271 The bird-spear of the Greenland Eskimo has, besides its main point, several supplementary points at some distance from the end of the spear. It has an inflated bladder to prevent its sinking in the water. A number of dif: ferent Polynesian Weapons are made with shark’s teeth lashed to wooden clubs or lances. Fig. 107 is a spear- Fia. 105.—Lance-head and seal buoy, British Oolumbia. head exhibited in the Philippine Islands section of the Spanish department. The Kingsmilland Marquesas Islanders alsoarm the edges of their spears with sharks’ teeth, binding them to the shaft with sinnet, the plaited fiber (coir) of the cocoa-nut. One from the Kingsmill Islands has over 200 teeth in a row, the shaft being of light wood and 15 feet long. A spear from the Philippines had 72 teeth in a row. A saw is made on the same principle by the Australians; flakes of obsidian or quartz, about the size of a quarter-dollar, are inserted in a grooved stick of gum-tree wood and fastened by gum from the grass-tree, commonly known as ‘“ black- SS WSS Sy o> jo Fic. 106.—Seal and fish spear, Kodiak Eskimo, Alaska. boy” gum.’” Javelins of bone or wood with longitudinal grooves, in which are inserted flint flakes, are shown by Nilson.” The spear of the Tonga Islands is barbed with the tail bone of the sting-ray ; the same bone is used on the prongs of the Tahitian trident. The barbs are not fastened, but are slipped into sockets just tight enough to hold them until they are thrust into the body, when they become de- tached and, from their barbed character, work deeper and deeper into the wound. We have considered wooden spears, and those with stone and bone heads, and incidentally some other materials. We now come to metal, the material of all the best, and which, once adopted, is not again laid aside. Spear-heads of copper were shown among the Indian implements from Wisconsin. Copper preceded iron, being found native and mal- leable. Copper and bronze implements are among the articles recoy- ered from the Egyptian tombs, the tumuli of Assyria, and the excaya- 170 Wood, vol. ii, p. 35. in «* Stone Age,” pl. vi, Figs. 124, 5, 6. 972 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION, tions of Hissarlik.” The spears of the Peruvians” were tipped with copper or bone, and those of the Inca lords mounted with gold and silver. The Philippine Islands were represented in the Spanish Government building, and had a sheaf of spears, among which were the iron weapons, Fig. 108. One of these has a sword-blade, and a number of ferrules to prevent the tang from splitting the shaft. Another spear has two barbs, and a third one has alanceolate head. The trident, Fig. 110, was also shown in the same collection. The mora, or cross-bar, to limit the penetration of the spears, shown in the Roman venabulum or hog spear, does not seem to be in common use in the Orient. The Japanese have as many as 14 kinds of spears, perhaps more. Fig. 109 is a three- pointed spear from Timor, shown in the collection from the Portuguese col- onies. It has three sim- ple points, the outer ones being on the ends of a cross-bar slipped over the middle prong and bent forward. The Philip- pine trident, Fig. 110, is used for fishing, but the [1- lanoon pirates'’” use a bifurcated spear with re- treating barbs to catch men by the neck. The three-pointed spear is foundin many widely sep- arated parts of the world, and is mentioned in the history of the Saracen conquests, particularly in one of the feats of Ali. oe ae: Fig. 111 shows three tooth spear of the ppears of the Island of Timor. They show the same tendency as to shape as the halberds and lances of the middle SES <2 — es BysSees Ss pygepanys es DS teeta Ia = — <> eo ae: staEbss EEE EOI SSS ee io a 2 eSosos STS SSO >) Fic. 108.—Zron spear-heads of the Philippines. 2 “Troy and its Remains,” p. 330. 173 ‘‘Conquest of Peru,” vol. i, p. 73. 174 Siebold’s “Nippon,” vol.ii, pl. 6. 17 Belcher’s ‘‘ Eastern Archipelago,” vol. i, p. 252. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 23 ages. The weapons of Timor and of the Philippines are very similar, as might have been anticipated. The African spears show a great variety. Over the large portion of the continent iron is either plentiful or readily accessi- ble by means of the native traders. The metallurgic process is a direct one from the ore and the product is a steel. Weights, shapes, and sizes of the weapons dif- fer greatly. The Bongos of the Upper Nile’ are skillful Fic. 109.—Trident of Timor. blacksmiths and make excellent lances, especially considering the crude character of their tools. The spears of the Niam- niams and Monbuttoos'” are of a hastate shape, and their weapons all have blood-grooves, which dis- tinguishes them from the weapons of the Bongo and Mittoo. The Man- ganji Spear’ is sometimes made with a paddle or dibble at the end of the handle, and is weighted with iron rings. The spear of the Kanemboo infantry Ot LL IIIT PFT pe NMS SESS Eth PN % eniwatatn @easarras Fic. 110.—Trident of the Philippines. SS 2 SSS soldier of Borneo is 7 feet in length, Hy and armed below the head with a num- yi SSDS US TS ber of hook-shaped barbs. The Abys- sinian spear is seven feet long and has four grooved sides. It is used either as a pike or a javelin. The natives have also a way of throwing it at close quarters by letting the shaft pass through the hand and catching the butt-end. The bark of a young tree being removed, the wood is seasoned by fire, greased, then hung in the sun to obtain the desired color. The hippopotamus spear of the Zam- besi’” is a beam four or five feet long armed with a spear-head or hard-wood i“ spike covered with poison. The spear Fig. 111.—Spears of Timor. WS WY OS SS SNS 177 Tbid., vol. ii, p. 27. 178 Livingstone’s ‘‘ Zambesi,” p. 532. 179 Livingstone’s Zambesi, p. 107; Baker’s Ismailia, Pl. opp., p. 185. S. Mis. 54-18 274 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. to the path frequented by the animals, is held by a catch and is set free when the animal treads upon it. The Banyai of the Zambesi have a hippopotamus spear with a wooden shaft, iron head, and weighted with stones; like the former, it is suspended over the track of the animals. The Fans of the Gaboon have a similar contrivance. The Dor tribe pre- pares a similar spear, but the hunterclimbs a tree and drops it upon an elephant passing beneath. The elephant spear of Unyoro is similar. The hippopotamus harpoon of the Zambesi™ has an iron head inserted in the end of a long pole of light wood. The head has a stout barb and becomes detached from the shaft; the rope attached to the head unreels from the shaft, and when it has all run out the shaft acts as a float to indicate the locality of the animal. An inflated bladder is sometimes used asa float. Therope is made from the bark of the milola, an umbra- geoushibiscus. The Hamram Arabs use a float of ambatch, an extremely light wood. The Makobahs of Lake Ngami'' attach the rope to the head by a large bunch of loose strands, which cannot be cut clean off by the teeth of the animal. A rope of palm leaf is attached to the shaft, and is coiled up in the boat. The turtle-spear of the Central American Indians is a heavy palm-wood staff with a notched iron peg at the end, and twenty fathoms of silk- grass line attached. The assegai, the hurling spear or javelin of the Kafirs, was shown in the Cape of Good Hope collection. It is a very formidable weapon in LLLED ——— eBeliasBarmsnenlesccs: CE e Tae — Fig. 112.—Ka/sir assegais. the hands of this athletic and untamed people. The people of ‘the Cape” say that the Kafirs are the remains of the lost “ ten tribes of Israel,” and have fought their way all down through Africa. Their asse- gais are made from native iron, have wooden shafts, and are decorated with tufts of cow hair. The blade has various symmetrical lanceolate shapes. A ridge passes along the centerof the blade, which is concave on one side, convex on the other. This shape is intended to give rotation to the weapon. The head of the assegaiis about the size of the blade of a table-knife, and has a tang which is inserted by burning it while red- hot into a shaft of assegai wood (Curtisia jaginea), which resembles mahogany. ‘The two parts are secured by lashings of raw hide, which contracts in drying and holds all firmly. The assegai is the main weapon of the Kafir, and with it he kills his cattle, skins them, and cuts them i” Livingstone’s Zambesi, p. 44. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. pots, and shaves his head—or rather that of his friend. His other weapon is aclub; he does not use the bow and arrow. The Bechuana assegais'” have cruel barbs on their shafts, being originally forged square and the barbs made by cut- ting and raising the corners. The assegai of the Damaras has . LEE a ORs leaf-shaped, soft-iron blade SORES GP » toot in length; it has a strong han- Fic. 113.—Copper harpoon point, Cle, on which is a flowing ox-tail. Alaska. The spear of the Gran Chaco In- dian of La Plata is 15 feet long; it is his principal war weapon, and is also used as a vaulting-polein mounting his horse. The Fuegain throwing-spear is shorter and has a row of barbs down one side The harpoon-point of native copper, with unilateral barbs, is shown in Fig. 113. It is from the Atnacs of Cop- per River, Alaska. The harpoon used by the Ahts of Vancouver’s Island in whale-fishing has a yew handle ten feet long, on the end of which is a de- tachable iron barbed blade; it has a line of deer sinews connecting with the main cord of cedar- bark twine laid up into a rope and having a num- ber of inflated seal skins attached. The fish-spear of the Frobisher Bay Eskimo, Fig. 114, has a point of iron, and incurved barbs made from sharpened nails set in flexible bone prongs, which are lashed to the short pine-wood handle. Fig. 115 is the salmon spear of the Pas- samaquoddy Indians. It has a long stout shaft, wooden prongs, and iron point. Norway sent some rel- ics of the past, the hal- berds and lances, Fig. 116. Throwing-sticks are used in many parts of the world to increase the power of flight of the spear by extending the radius of the arm in Fie. 114.— Fish- throwing. The throw- spear, Frobisher Bay Eskimo. Fic. 116.—Norwegian halberds. Stick of the Australians, 18 Wood, vol. i, p. 314. fas ZZZ LLLLLLLL LL, TILL LILIA TPIT TI AA LILLE, Ze Att} ela H (EMME, SALLY ELLA deities ‘supipuy Apponbowunssng fo snads-uoujpy—'sTT “Oly ee: SS Me Sete: Lins AA CURACAO NET AAGAEATERINESERRN Sas ASTANA SA ATR TAT we eee Awa Aan Sen OL nae NT LT eS AA AAA TT AN Bt OPC A DO at ROY ON XMS AAW vara SS ce oe a ae ce ey oe RRA SSSR RRR SSIS SNS LEAL SS S 276 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. called by them Waummerah'® midlah, meera, kur-wuk, is a stick'™ about three feet long. The spear lies along the arm and the stick, its rear end being against the prong on the outer end of the latter. The butt of the spear has a socket for the tooth on the end of the stick. This is sometimes a tooth of a kangaroo; in other cases of bone or of wood. The form of the wummerah varies in differ- ent parts of the island, being sometimes a mere stick Py Ot ote eZ3 ane ma cara FIG. 117.—Spear-throwing sticks, South Australia. with a swelled hand-hold at one end and the prong at theother. Other spec- imens show flat boards, leaf-shaped or tapering. Itisof hard and elastic wood, and heavy enough to be used as a elub at close quarters. The spear is quiv- ered like the Kafir assegai in throwing, and undulates like a thin black snake in its passage through the air. It is also thrown underhand, skimming and ricocheting on the ground. Figs. 117 and 118 are throwing-sticks of South Australia and Victoria, shown in the Main Building. Fig. 119 shows the way of using it. The plan reminds one of the Span- ish method of knife-throwing, in which the fore-arm and hand are used as the projector, the knife lying in the hand, which is extended palm upward. Although the plan of bending the spears in throwing does not appear to be universal in Australia, it is some- times adopted to increase the force of the projection. The Pelew Islanders use a throwineg-stick about two feet long to hold the butt of the spear, which, in throwing, is bent by the left hand until it is nearly double. The spear is released by the left hand simultaneously with the sweeping motion of the right CL LLL LSP oss kG "a> Ki % LEE 22 Lz le Tage S KL by VELMA LS KLEE OOS OOS LZ an LL Len axes Ss —as anny er 8 av. Sor CLL LLL hhh SS RB EASES cue ae QLLLL LZ R52 poo LLL LLL NLL LOL OOM ALS Be 6 AG | aN EAM ASE S HH Lag TZ LISS eo) Seoasnaomar Fig. 118.— Throw- ing-stick of Vic- toria, Australia, hand and arm. The Purupurus of the Amazon," unlike all the other tribes of the region, have neither blow-gun nor bow, but project their arrows by means of a throwing-stick (patheta). Like the Australian “KR. Brough Smith, “Aborigines of Victoria,” vol. i, pp. 308, 309, Figs. 88-93, and p. 333, Figs. 146, 147. ' Wallace’s ‘‘Amazon,” p. 514. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 277 butt of the arrow. The middle of the arrow and the handle of the pal- heta are held in the right hand, and the arrow is projected as from a sling. The natives are very skillful with it. The throwing-boards used by the Northwestern Eskimo and Indians are shown in Fig. 120. They resemble the spear-casters (xuiatla- tli) used by the Aztecs at the time of the Span- ; ish conquest. On the Fic. 119.—Australian throwing-stick. mural monuments of Mexico the gods are generally represented as using the stick to throw the javelin. The Mexican stick most resembles the upper one in Fig. 118. Some other Eskimo throwing-sticks have pro- jections against which the butt of the spear is placed; and others (see the lower in the figure) have holes for the tail end of the spear. The Romans used the amentum (cf. habena), a thong fastened at the center of gravity of the javelin to hurl the weapon. It is mentioned by Livy and Ovid. By giving the thong a few turns around the shaft a ro- tary motion could be imparted to the javelin’ in throwing. The ansa of the ansa- tahasta was asem- icircular strap- handle to a spear, like the bow on a LL sword-hilt. The Fic. 120.—Throwing-boards of Northwestern Eskimo. aclis of the ancient Osci was a massive spear like a harpoon, with an attached line for recov- ering it. The natives of New Caledonia have a javelin 15 feet long, which is discharged by a plaited cord (ownep) attached a little behind the middle of the spear. This ownep (otherwise called sipp), answering to the amen- tum of the ancients, but superior thereto, is a plaited cord made of com- bined coir fiber and fish-skin; it has a knot at one end and is worked into a loop at the other. It is wound around the spear-shaft so as to give it arotary motion in flying.'® When aspear is to be thrown the forefinger of the right hand is put into the loop, and the man balancing the weapon to find the middle takes a sailor’s half-hitch at a point behind the center of gravity. Throwing the spear he looses his grasp at once, projecting the weapon by the cord, which becomes detached as soon as the back- ward pull on it occurs, leaving the cord in the hand of the thrower. The ancient mentum was attached to the spear. LL, VILLI LL pgp ee ie UOTE sig imal PEL LLL Ce ELL, Lees LLL LLL TTP A EE EG: pt MMM OE, Vili LLL EL 186 Nilson, ‘‘Stone Age,” p. 174, 278 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. V.—SHIELDS. Shields were in force, in Philadelphia, from Africa, Asia, Malaysia, and Australia. They were of grass, ratan, hide, wood, and other mate- rials. Some were so large as to cover the person; others were smaller and intended to be moved to intercept a weapon; others still were long and narrow, used in parrying spear-thrusts. Beginning with the South of Africa, the first we find is the Zulu shield : in the department of the Cape of Good Hope. It is of ox-hide and of a long ellip- tical shape. The color denotes service. Black shields are for boys; white, with mottlings, for warriors. The prevalence of color or peculiar markings denotes the regiment to which the warrior belongs. The shield is strengthened by a vertical stake at the rear, which forms a handle, and projects below and above, where it forms a rest and an ornament, respect- ively. x lp SSN Fic. 121.—Zulu shield of ox-hide. 7 Casalis’ ‘ Basutos,” pp. 63, 135, 136; Livingstone’s “Zambesi,” Pl. opp. p. 40. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 279 rolls, which are laid spirally, being interlaced by ratan strips which proceed from the center radially. The view shows the back of the shield with the two sticks which form the handle. The shields of Londa-land, in Equatorial Africa, on the West Coast, are made of reeds plaited to- gether. Theshapeisoblong-square, 5 feet by 2. The Apono shields are circular and of basket-work. The shield of the Fans of the Gaboon is a piece of hide 3 feet long and 24 feet wide from the skin of the ele- oe phant’s shoulder. This resists all W Xgesceescees SS the native weapons: axes, spears, ee aN arrows, or even bullets in a glancing direction. The Egyptian collection showed a number of shields from Central Africa, trophies brought north by Long Bey from his expedition beyond Khartoom. Fig. 123 is a leathern conical shield with a handle of the same. It is 2 feet in diameter; alti- tude of cone, 6 inches. It is made of ox hide and has a strong leathern binding. It is ornamented to represent basket-work. Another shield exhibited was of giraffe hide and 1 foot in diameter. The Roman clipeus was a round buekler of several folds of ox hide covered with plates of metal and sometimes on a wicker-work foundation. Fig. 123 shows the strap, answering to the Roman balteus, by which the shield was suspended from the shoulder. Zag The Dinkas of the Upper Z Acar ea) Nile“ use an ox-hideshield like ines ere ES eon ous it) the Kafirs. It is cut in oval form and crossed by a stick se- cured by being passed through holes cut in the thick leather. Allied to the shield is an in- strument used among the Dinkasand Niam-niams for par- rying clubs and lances, rather than actually covering the body. One Dinka instrument looks so much like a bow that it has been mistaken for one; this is called dang. The other is a neatly carved piece of wood about a yard long and with a hollow at the mid-length for the hand-grasp. A similar parrying shield Fic. 122.—Mat shield of Angola. Fic. 123.—Leathern shield of Uganda, Africa. 188 Wood, vol. i, p. 596. 189 Schweinfurth’s ‘‘ Africa,” vol. i, p. 155. 2980 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. is found in Australia (see infra, Fig. 134). The Niam-niams use a spin- dle-shaped wooden implement 4 inches broad in the middle and tapering to a point at each end. It is carried in the left hand, a handle being scooped out of the center, and is used in parrying lanes and spears by means of a dexterous twist. The wooden shield of Uganda is shown in Fig. 124. The wood is soft, ornamented with ratan and bound with leather. It is 2 feet 10 inches long, 2 feet wide, and half an inch thick. The wood projects in the center to form a boss; the handle is of ratan. A basket-work shield from Uganda, also from the Long Bey collection, is shown in Fig. 125. It is made of cane strips sewed together with ratan over ribs of split wood. It is 3 feet 8 inches long by 15 inches wide. The edge is bound with raw-hide, and in the cen- ter is a block 18 by 6inches with a handle eutinit. Itis tied to the shield with ratan, AMHR a y SGT f= nBn08) Nena SESS are K iH WAN rHIHTH MANY f {\ ie; Fic. 125.—Basket-work shield, Uganda, Fic. 124.— Wooden shield, Oentral Africa. Africa. and serves to strengthen the shield as well as afford a hold for the hand. The shield of the Niam-niams!” is plaited from the Spanish reed, and is of a long oval form covering two-thirds of the body. It is plaited in pretty patterns of black and white in crosses and is lined with leopard skin. Inside of the shield the native carries the trumbash, a peculiar inissile weapon with blades and three projecting points. See supra. The Monbuttoos who inhabit the territory south of the Niam-niams of the extreme Upper Nile waters have a wooden shield of rectangular Schweinfurth’s “Africa,” vol. i, p. 441; vol. ii, pp. 9-11. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 281 shape, somewhat like, but flatter than, the Roman scutum.! The shield is 4 feet by 24 feet, half an inch thick, and is hewn out of the solid block. It has a ridge-like protuberance across the middle and is stiffened and ornamented with transverse plates of cop- per and rotang twist. The shields are usu- ally decorated with tails of the guinea-hog (Potamacherus), and are invariably stained black. The shield of the Kanemboo negroes in the army of the Sultan of Borneo is about 4 by 2 feet and of an oval shape. It is of an extremely en wood, weld grows in the Ge shallow waters of Lake Tchad. The pieces of which it is made are bound together with strips of raw-hide with the hair on. These straps make a vandyked pattern across the shield and around itsedge. The Arab shield of Zanzibar” is round, 18 inches in diame- ter, made of rhinoceros hide, and worn at the back from the left shoulder. The Abys- sinian shield is made of buffalo hide, and its convex outer surface has a boss in the Fic. 126.—Monbuttoo wooden shield, ; me Central Africa. center. It is ornamented with the mane, tail, and paw of a lion, if the owner has been so fortunate as to kill one ; others have silver or brass plates. Around the shield are holes, through which passes the thong by which it is suspended. It is changed so as to hang by a different hole each day, in order that it may not become warped. The Nubian shield is made of hippopotamus or crocodile skin, and has a central projecting boss formed of a separate piece of skin. It is stretched on a wooden frame-work. The notches in its perimeter are a fashion, probably the remaining impression of some ancient shape. The shields of ancient Asia Minor and Assyria and the modern shields of India show the various shapes and materials which we have cited. The large shield of the Assyrians, used at sieges, was of wicker-work or hide; it had a curved point or a projection like a roof. It was held by a shield bearer." The oblong standing shield was referred to by Herodo- tus, who said ' “the Persians made a fence of their osier shields.” The Assyrians had also circular bucklers of hide or metal. The oval copper shield found by Dr. Schliemann in the excavations at Hissarlik,'” 28 feet below the surface, is 20 inches in length, quite flat, except a raised rim and. boss. Herodotus says" that the Carians invented the handle of the shield, previous to which time it had been strung by a strap from the \ \\ MAXXn ns OMAN Wt Smith’s Dict., Gr. & Rom. Antiq., London, 1875, p. 1013. 122 Ruschenberger’s ‘‘ Voyage Round the World,” p. 31. 193 Tliad, b. viii, 7. 319, 327; 1 Samuel, xvii, 7; Layard’s Nineveh, Pls. vii, viii. 194 Herodotus, 1. 9, c. 61. : 9% Schliemann’s ‘‘ Troy and its Remains,” Pl. xiv, opp. p. 324. US hy (eo U/l 282 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. neck. The bucklers used during the Trojan war had wooden handles.” One circular shield shown from India was of rhi- noceros hide, 18 inches in diameter, and orna- mented with circular plates of iron. The round buckler of the Kurds" and Arabs are made of the hide of the hippo- potamus. The Lepeha™ (Sik- kim) shield is of cane with a tuft of yak hair in the mid- dle. Theancient Singhalese?” shields were sometimes cov- ered with plates of the chank shell (Turbinella rapa). This is yet used as an ornament in some parts of Malaysia. It is a spiral shell,?" the fishing for which is a monopoly on the Chinese coast, and is rented like the pearl fishery. The great market for the shellsis in India, where they are sawed into rings, and worn by the In- Fic. es Ee: of dian women on theirarms, legs, yy. 128. — Wooden shield, ; toes, and fingers. In Bengal PMLCL ak the shell has a ceremonial use, and is buried with opulent and distin- guished persons. The Malaysian shields” are usually of wood. Two were shown in the Netherlands col- onies collection. Fig. 127 is strengthened against splitting by transverse strips of bamboo sewed on with ratan. The wood is half an inch thick, the shield Le A i Vee SUL i manatees // 4 feet long and 18 inches wide. net , The othershield, Fig. 128, is also of wood, and belongs to the Dyaks of Borneo2” The shape is Somewhat peculiar, being nar- rowed in the middle and pointed Fic. 129.—Leathern shield, Philippine Islands. above and below. In the exam- ple, the wood has bindings of ratan and tufts of human hair set in the 1% Tliad, viii, 193. 201 Bertolacei’s *‘Ceylon,” 261, 198 “Nineveh,” vol. ii, p. 266. 202 Rafile’s ‘* Java,” 4to, i, Pl. opp. p. 276. ' Hooker’s ‘‘ Himalaya,” vol. i, p. 304. 2 Wood, vol. ii, pp. 475-76. 2» Tennent’s ‘‘ Ceylon,” vol. i, p. 500, SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 283 edges. It is 4 feet long, 10 inches at the widest and 6 inches at the midlength. Other shields have beads and feathers, either separately or with the tufts of hair. The plain : wooden surfaces are sometimes painted with geometric figures. The Philippine Islands collection had a number of shields—one of hide and a number of wood. Fig. 129 is a buckler of hide painted with geometric figures. Figs. 130 and 131 are four wooden shields of the Philippines. They are from 3 to 5 feet long and from 10 to 12 inches broad. They may also be classed among the parrying wea- pons, being evidently intended to glance off arrows or spear thrusts. The shield (kalasag) of the Ygor- rotes of the Philippines is of wood covered on the edge with ratan, and is 19 inches in circumference. The shield of the Malakus *” of the Eastern Archipelago is narrow, of hard wood, bent to an are shape, inlaid with bits of shell, and pro- vided witha single handle placed in thecenter. The warriors of the Solomon Islands use clubs, spears, bows and arrows. Their oval Fic. 130.— Wooden shields, Philippines. shields are of rushes so thickly plaited as to resist arrows. The Siamese shield, Fig. 132, is indebted for its lightness, stiffness, and strength to the bamboo. It is 5 feet in height, 20 inches in width, and has two thicknesses of plaited bamboo splits, inclosing a layer of plantain or bamboo leaves. The Chinese shield (Fig. 133) is made of ratan cane, coiled from the center outward, and interlaced with ratan splits proceeding in a general radial direction. The diameter is 82 inches, the height of the cone 8 inches. It has a cross-bar lashed by ratan splits and an arm-loop and hand-grasp similarly attached. The Australian shields are of three general descriptions : The towerang, or mulga (Fig. 134), which is light, long, and narrow, used for warding off the blows of spears and boomerangs by a circular twist which de- flects them from their course; the heilamon (gee-am) or oval shield, which covers the person more or less perfectly and receives the impact of the =e = ee A KSFSTS A GIA: NaN aN ani Jagan, ‘ Philippines,” p. 210. 205 Belcher’s ‘Eastern Archipelago,” vol. ii, p. 376. 384 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. weapon; and a smaller shield held like a cricket-bat in the hand by a handle at the end. On this island continent are various tribes, with varying dialects, and _ the names of the shields are not the same in all districts. The names mulga and gee-am are those given by R. Brough Smith.2” The towerang (mulga) or par- rying shield was shown in the Victoria section of the Aus- tralian department. It is 24 or 5 feet long and used for fencing off the blows of mis- siles by striking them in flight. Pear ate yar Tite aoe magia aceih) ea tt 1 2 Bid rH = i] = = = =eoe= === FY US pea ae SORE TTT Fic. 132.—Basket-work shield of FiG.131.— Wooden shields of the Philippines. Siam. It is made from the blue-gum tree, which is relatively hard and heavy, enabling it when it strikes a flying weapon to swerve it from its flight without too great a strain on the wrist. The hand-hold is eut out of the solid back of the shield, or, when the material is thin, the ends of the handle piece are driven through the front of the shield and secured. The size given. by R. Brough Smith is 35 by 5 inches, and he states that they are usually made of iron-wood or the box-wood of the colony. 26 Aborigines of Victoria, Melbourne, 1878, pp. 330-334. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 285 All have hand-holds, made out of the solid, and the weight is from 24 to 34 pounds. A variety of sizes and some variation of patterns are shown Fic. 134.—Tower- ang or parrying elec of Austra- ia. in Figs. 113-129 of his work.” The heilamon (gee-am), or war shield, used by the aboriginesof New RSG South Wales, is 2 feet long, 10 inches broad, and usually made from a solid block of wood, though sometimes from bark. The de- pression and hand -grasp are carved out of the SAAN SY aS 4 DOTY Lorestan Fic. 133.—Chinese shield of basket-work. (Unside.) wood. That shown in Fig. 135'is made from the wood of the gigantic nettle-tree. In other parts of Australia the bark of some one of the numerous Species of gum is bent to form by the application of heat, and a han- dle or arm-bow is lashed on. The Shape is usually a long oval, but some are of a diamond shape. The bark shield is called mulabakka. The Murray River blacks make canoes, by means of this bending process, from the bark of the tea- tree (melaleuca, 7. e., black and white), and from various species of eucalypti. In the work just referred to," the larger shield, for general protec- tion, isspokenof as generally made of green bark, which is curved by laying it upon an earthen mound of the required shape, covered with hot embers; the bark is laid thereon and weighted with stones. It has a hand-grasp of the original wood, or one is inserted. The size is 38 by 10 inches. The Victoria section of the Australian departme aur Aborigines of Victoria, Melbourne, 1878, p. 300 et seq. 28 Ibid., p. 382, Figs. 131-139. SSA SS SSS SSS | iF ; Ly 4 ] Y) | We) Fic. 135.—Heilamon or war- shield of New South Wales. nt showed shields of 28G SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. the third kind (Fig. 136), each having a handle, so that it looked like a bat. Such a shield is 24 by i0 inches, and is made by shrinking bark into a curved shape by water and heat and stiffening it with a cross stick. The wooden shield of Western Australia is shown in Smith’s work.” The shield of the North American In- dian is made of buffalo hide. In making it, a piece of bull-buffalo skin is selected, twice as large as the shield required. A hole is dug in the ground, as large as the future shield, and a smudge of smoke of rotten wood is made under the skin, which is pegged above. As the skin is heated, a glue made of the horns and hoofs is rubbed in hot, which causes the skin to contract, and the pegs are regularly loosened to al- lowit to shrink, at the same time keeping it stretched. When it has imbibed the necessary quantity of glue, and bas reached the dimensions of the hole, being twice as thick as in its natural condition, it is ready for the trimming and dressing which complete it as a shield The Uaupé Indians of the Amazon?” use shields of wicker-work, sometimes Fic. 136.—Wooden shivlds of Victoria, Aus. CoVered with tapir skin. Sometimes the Boke hide of the vaca marina or sea cow is used by the Amazon Indians for making shields; it is the largest animal ac- cessible, and its skin fills the place occupied by the rhinoceros, hippo- potamus, and elephant hide in the torrid regions of Africa. % = TE Lae Lf, "dl M CL VI.— Bows AND ARROWS. The use of poison upon arrows by savages is very ancient, and is yet found in many distant parts of the world. The very name for “poison” in Greek (toxvicon)—and the Latin is similar—is derived from the word equivalent to “arrow.” Commencing our notice of bows and arrows with South Africa, the first example we find is the poisoned arrow of the bosjesman, or bushman.”! “But black as death, the thin-forged bitter point, That with the worm’s blood fate did erst anoint.” Death of Paris. (EARTHLY PARADISE.) This arrow is in several pieces; the head is a triangular iron plat inserted into the end of a short section of reed, which slips over a piece ° Aborigines of Victoria, Melbourne, 1878, p. 339, Fig. 148, 210Wallace’s ‘‘Amazon,” p. 504, *\'Casalis’ Basutos, xiv; Livingstone’s Travels, p. 189; Baine’s South Africa, pp. 144, 15", 164. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 287 of ostrich-bone socket in the reed-shaft of the arrow. In some cases the weapon consists of as many as five parts; a piece of ivory on the end of the section of reed and holding the iron point, which is daubed with poison. In each case the glutinous poison holds the iron tip, and the latter comes off in the wound. The poison is either from the putritied cocoons of an insect, the ’kaa or ngwa, of Livingstone, from the poison gland of the puff-adder, or from the Huphorbia arborescens. The arrows are carried ina neat quiver of bark sewed with sinew. The bow and quiver are slipped into a small buck- skin, the neck of which is tightly bound round the bottom of the quiver, while the legs serve as belts to swing it over the shoulders. The quiver also contains the fire-stick and sucking-tube of the bushman. The Kafir does not use the bow and arrow, although he suffers from the poisoned arrows of the bosjesman and fears their effects. The Kafir weapons are the assegai and kerrie; that is, javelin and club. The Angola arrows, Fig. 137, have heads of steel on reed-shafts. The metal is obtained of very good quality by native methods. Their spear and javelin heads for thrusting and throwing are likewise tipped with steel. The arrow-heads shown in Fig. 137 are bound to the shafts with raw hide, grass, or ratan. The arrow-head (a) is like one form of the bosjesman arrow, in which the base of the triangular steel piece is in ad- vance. The poisoned arrows of the Zambesi?” and Mozambique countries are made in two pieces, after the same general plan of those of the bushman of the south. The iron barb is fastened to a wand of wood 10 inches long, which slips into a reed shaft. The wood below the arrow-head is smeared with the poison, and both the barb and the stick remain in the wound while the reed drops off. The poison is obtained from a species of strophanthus. The bow of the Zambesi Maravi’’ is intended toact as shield as well, being from 6 to Sinches broad, and used in parrying thrusts. A Central African quiver brought by Long Bey is shown in Fig. 138. Like that of the Gold Coast it is of wood bound with leather, and has tassels of the same. A sheathed knife is attached to the quiver. The Niam-niams,”" on the extreme upper waters of the Nile, do not use the bow and arrow. The Monbuttoo,’” immediately south a them, on the 22 Livingstone’s “Zambesi,” pp. 109, 491. 214 Schweinfurth’s “Africa,” vol. ii, p- 9. 213 Thid., p. 583. 215 [bid., vol. i, pp. 103, 111. Fic. 137.—Ivron arrow-heads of Angola, Africa. 288 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. Welle River, have both. The shafts of the Monbuttoo arrows are of reeds, and differ from all others of that vicinity in being winged with pieces of genet’s skin or plantain leaves. The bows are over 3 feet long, and the strings made of a strip of the split Spanish reed, which possesses more elasticity than any cord. A hollow piece of wood on the bow protects the thumb from the blow of the string. The arrow is dis- charged from between the middle fingers. The Dinkas”® of the Upper Nile have no bow and arrow; their weapons are lances and clubs. The Bongos?” use the lance, bow, and arrow. Their bows are 4 feet long, the arrows 3 feet, made of solid wood, and anointed with the milky juice of euphorbia. The Madi and Bari’ tribes of Central Africa also use Hy. SSS SSS SS SSNs =—S aS SS —— Fic. 138.—Quiver of Uganda, Africa. poisoned arrows; so do the Ashantees, Fans, and Aponos of the West. The modes of handling the bow in Africa are various, and have always been so. In ancient Egypt” several modes were adopted even by the trained troops. The mural monuments show a bowman with three sup- plementary arrows held by the thumb, the string being pulled to the shoulder by the fingers. An arrow being discharged another one is jerked up, and three are kept in the air at atime. Another figure shows a soldier drawing a longer bow, having a larger arrow, and pulling with the thumb and finger. The Assyrians drew the bow to the cheek or to the ear, as did the Saxons—not to the breast like the Greeks. The larger Assyrian bow yas carried over the shoulder, the man first putting his head through ~ 216 Schweinfurth’s “Africa,” vol. a p. 154. 218 Baker’s Ismailia,” pl. opp. p. 185. 27 Tbid., vol. ii, p. 300, 219 Wilkinson; Kitto, vol. i, p. 452. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 289 it. The smaller bow was carried in a quiver by the li side of the chariot along with the arrows, which were reeds with heads of iron or copper. A linen guard + was strapped to the inside of the left arm to protect Bi the arm against the blows of the string. H The bow and arrow of Queensland, Australia, are | shown in Fig. 139. The bow is 6 feet long and made 8 of the male bamboo, which is solid. The string is a strip of ratan, which is beaten to remove the flinty coat- ing and reduce it to a bunch of fibers, which is slightly The arrow is of reed, from 3 to 5 feet long, OL wen IML Ig py Ez twisted. has no nick for the string, nor feathers for the butt. a The arrow-head is of hard wood, smooth, knobbed, or S barbed. As the bow and arrow are used enly in the \) 20 around the Gulf of Car- northerly part of Australia, pentaria and in Queensland, it may reasonably be as- sumed that they are of foreign origin, and the knowl- edge of them imported from Papua. The New Guinean”! arrow is a reed tipped with ; hard, heavy wood, grooved to receive a tapered slice of bamboo with a point made by an oblique cut. The arrow is poisoned. The bow is 6 feet in length, made from the cocoa-nut tree, and has a string of ratan. The arrows of the Solomon Islanders are tipped with fish-bones; those of the Admiralty Islands are of reed with hard-wood heads secured by ligatures of bark. The Tonga Island arrows are of reed and hard wood, the junction of the two being covered with plaited sinnet and varnished. The Andaman Islanders””’ use a bow of tough, strong wood 5 or 6 feet in length, and having two flat bulges, one on each side of the central hand-hold. The arrows are of ratan with a hard-wood head and a barb made of a fish-bone, the tail-bone of the sting-ray, or a nail when onecan be procured. The point of the arrow is sometimes poisoned. The bow of the Philippine Islands is a slab off the side of a large bamboo, or it is sometimes made of caryota wood; the string of abaca, 3°" in diameter.” Other arrows (pana) have shafts (gaho) of caryota wood and points (bucht) of bamboo, or sometimes the whole arrow is of wood 1” to 1.8" inlength. The heads GEC. ad eae ZZ LIE ZS ZZ 44 EEL: *(00QULNG a]DUL) PUNpsuaaNg) ‘N09 UNYDLSNHP— GEL OL Liles BOs BVO). Is8 Ds 220s 222 Mouat’s ‘‘Andaman,” pp. 271, 321. NY 23 Jagor’s ‘Travels in the Philippines,” London, 1875, pp. 657, | 138, 210. S. Mis. 54——19 29() SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. They have different names: buldg, bolé, serdpong, &c. They are some- times dipped in a poisonous mixture looking like tar, and made from the mixed inspissated juices obtained from the bark of two trees. The quiver is of bamboo; the arrow is frequently a cane with a tip of hard wood (sharpened), bamboo, bone, or metal. The arrows exhibited in the Spanish Building are shown in Fig. 140. The bow, club, and sling are not found among the primitive Dyaks or any other aborigines of Malayo-Poly- nesia, except the Bisayan race.* The Sagais of Borneo use the sumpitan* for propelling poisoned arrows by means of the force of the breath. The natives called a rocket a “fire sumpi- tan.” The blow-gun, which is similar to the zarabatana of the Macooshees?* of South America, is a tube of hard wood (Casuarina equisetifolia), 7 or 8 feet long, and with a bore of half an inch. An iron muzzle-sight is fixed upon the upper side and a spear upon the lower, the latter serving to keep the tube straight, its projecting blade also serving aS a weapon. The arrow, Fic. 140.—Iron arrow-heads of the Philippines. sumpit, is 9 inches in length, formed of a leaflet rib of the nibon palm. The point of hard wood is smeared with the deadly poison of the Upas tree, and has brittle barbs or the tail-bone of the sting-ray, which breaks off in the wound. The arrow is run through a cone of the pith of the nibon wood, which fits the bore and prevents windage. The range is variously stated at from 40 to 150 yards—from 40 to 80 yards is the more probable statement. The common bow of India is made from the male bamboo, bound at intervals with belts of split ratan. Another form is made of horn and wood. The hand-hold and the ends are wood and the two intervening pieces are of a buffalo horn which is sawed lengthwise, flattened by heat and pressure, and fastened by long splice joints to the middle and end pieces. It is like the arcus patulus of the Romans. Sinews are laid along the back of the bow and so agglutinated by heat, moisture, and pressure that they appear to form one piece with the body of the bow. The whole is then anointed with glue and ornamented according to taste. The horn portions are principally involved in the flexure, and when the bow is unbent it recurves and assumes the shape of the letter “C,” the back being inward like the arcus sinuosus of the classic period. The bow string is of vegetable fiber. The arrow is of reed with a hard-wood *4 Belcher’s ‘‘ Eastern Archipelago,” vol. ii, p. 338. *° Boyle’s ‘*Dyaks of Borneo,” pp. 251, 252; Rafiles’ “Java,” 4to, vol. i, p. 296, and Pl.; Belcher’s ‘Eastern Archipelago,” vol. i, p. 227; vol. ii, pp. 133, 134. =6 Wood, vol. i, p. 583. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 291 pot and butt, the former receiving a quad- rangular steel piece, and the latter the feathers and the notch for the string. Another Indian arrow has a wooden shaft with barbed head lashed to the shaft with twine, and ‘“feath- ered,” so to speak, with dry leaves set in slits in the butt of the arrow. The maritime people of Ceylon are largely from the Malabar coast of India and are dis tinct both from the Singhalese, the principal nation of the island, and from the Veddahs, the wild aborigines who still inhabit the less accessible forests. The Singhalese chronicles record that the Malabar arrows were some- times ‘drenched with the poison of serpents.” *” The Veddahs* are expert with the bow, which they hold in the right hand and draw the string with the left. The bow is 6 fect long, and the arrow 3 feet. Iron arrow blades *° are the only articles of foreign man- ufacture which they covet. Another Veddah bow is sprung by the feet,*' the string being held by both hands, the archer lying upon his back. This unusual mode is mentioned by Ar- rian,” and is practiced by the Cabaclos of Bra- zil** and the Gran Chacos of La Plata. The Tartars and Chinese use a bow which assumes a recurved form when unstrung. The example shown in Fig. 141 was upon the effigy of aChinese soldierin the Mineral Annex to the Main Building. It is nearly 6 feet in length and a few inches from each end is a bone stud over which the string passes. The bow is bent by placing it behind the right thigh and in front of the left, then bending it by a sud- den stoop of the body throwing the force on the right leg, and, by a quick motion, catching the string over the end of the bow and into the notch. The body of the bow is a bent bamboo strip of the solid variety, and to its ends wooden pieces are lashed with sinews. It has acord string. The shape is exactly that of the Seythian bow (arcus scythicus) as shown on OL *M0q Uapoom asau1yO— TFL ay y 227 Tennent’s ‘‘ Veylon,” vol. i, p. 500. 231 Tennent’s ‘‘ Ceylon,” vol. i, p. 499. . y) ") ? ? 228 Knox, “Ceylon,” 61. 232 Indica, 1. xvi. ) d ? b) 29H. S., “Ceylon,” London, 1876, vol. i. 3 Fletcher & Kidder’s “ Brazil,” p. 548. 230 Forbes’ ‘‘Ceylon,” vol. ii, p. 78. 292 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION, classic vases and gems. Siebold’s great work. The bow of the North American Indian is seldom much over 4 feet Fic. 142.—Siouax In- dian bow of mount- ain sheep's horns. long and is always used on horseback; his remarkable for accuracy, but he discharges The Japanese bows and arrows are shown in aim is not the arrows with great force and rapidity. The bow ismade of wood, bone, or iron. An ash bow with the sinews of the buf- falo or deer worked into the back is no contemptible weapon either to draw or to face. ‘The bow, Fig. 142, like the Roman arcus patulus, is made of several horns spliced together. In the present case, the horns are those of the mountain sheep, Ovis Montana. They are made by heating the horns in hot ashes and drawing them out, then splicing pieces together with bands of deer sinew. Thejoints are hidden by orna- mental coverings of cloth, skin, or dyed por- cupine quills. Such bows are valued at the price of two horses, as the horns of which they are made must be obtained by barter with Rocky Mountain Indians. The arrow isof wood orreed and headed with flint, bone, or iron. Indian arrow-heads are the most common article in the American sections of ethnological museums, and show wide differ- ence in shape, material, and size. The exam- ple, Fig. 143, has a point of chipped chalced- ony. Fig. 144 also shows chipped flint arrow-heads of the Pai-Utes of Southern Utah. They are cemented and bound to the wooden shafts. The Indians of the California peninsula make bows of willow-root, and attach strings of intestines. Their arrows are of reed with triangular hard-wood heads.” Flint arrow- heads of Terra del Fuego, and of the stone age of Sweden, are shown and deseribed in Nilson,” and those of the dwellers on the pile villages of the Swiss lakes, in Desor’s work.” Bone arrow points and bows of yew are also found in the same loealities.2* FIG. 143.—Sioux stone-pointed arrow, Dakota. st “Nippon,” vi, Pl. 1, bis; vii, Pl. 19, Figs. 1, 1, a, 2; v1, Pl. 22; see also Ibid. ii, Pl. 5, for bows and arrows in great variety. Stone age, Plate v, and pages i, 43-5. * Translation in Smithsonian Report, 1865, p. 374, 356. ** Morlot. Translaticn in Smithsonian Report, 1862, p. 376. Also upper row in Pl. 15 and 21, vol. ii. Baegart, in Smithsonian Report., 1863, pp. 362, 3. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 29a" The Oregon Indians make their bows of cypress, Cupressus Lawsoniana, or of yew, Taxus brevifolia. The wood is strengthened on the back with sinew, in the manner so common throughout the Northwest, The string is of sinew and the arrow of reed pointed with obsidian. The arrow-head is chipped to form by a tool simi- lar to that by which the glazier nibbles his glass to shape. The feathers of the arrow are set on spirally. Poison for the arrow-heads is made by causing a rattlesnake to strike its fangs into liver, which is then allowed to pu- trify and the arrows are smeared therewith. py. 144 chipped flint arrow- The bow of the Ahts of Vancouver's Island*? Bends SOLO is also of wood fortified with sinews. The arrow is large and has a barbed bone lip; the arrow for fish has two tips barbed on the inside like the Australian fishing-spear, and clasps any object it may come across. The feathering of the arrow is put 6n spirally. The Alts have also an arrow with a detachable barbed bone point, connected by two cords with the ‘shaft, with which they form an equilateral triangle ; the shaft impedes the Sea in its motions and acts as a float. The same fea- ture is common in. Eskimo harpoons. Fhe bow of the Kutchin tribes of the Mackenzie and Youcon Rivers are of willow, 5 feet long and with an enlargement at the grasp to pro- tect the hand against the snap of the string. The arrows are of pine; arrow-head of bone of wild-fowl, or of bone tipped with iron for moose or deer. The bow of the Greenland Eskimo is made of horn, bone, or wood, re-enforced on the outer side with a multitude of deer sinews, which are put on so tight as to give the bow some backward curvature. Its aver- age length is 31 feet. The bow string is twisted deer sinews. The Eskimo arrows are of wood tipped with bone or stone; or in some cases of wood and bone tipped with iron. Bow and arrows are in a quiver of seal-skin. Fig. 145 shows three arrow- heads in the Greenland division of the Dan- ish department; the left-hand is of bone and the others of stone. The Eskimo uses a wrist-guard of bone plates tied together and fastened by a button and loop; it re- ceives the blow of the bow-string. In the warmer regions of America, like the countries to which we have referred, the poisoned arrow is no new thing. Her- FiG. 145.—Eskimo arrows, Greenland. yrerg, the Spanish adventurer, died from the effects of a poisoned arrow. De Soto’s historians*' mention arrows barbed with flint, arrows without barbs, arrows of reed tipped with 239 Wood, vol. ii, p. 725. 240 Seepasonian nae 1866, p. 322. #41 Irving, op. cit.. pp. 191, 195, 225. ‘294 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. lozenge-shaped buck’s-horn plates, and arrows tipped with fish-bones, with palm spikes, and with hard wood. The zarabatana’ or blow-gun of the Guiana tribes is made in two pieces, each of which has a semi-cylindrical groove, so that the two form a perfect tube when bound together with spiral strips of the pliable jacitara wood. The outside is covered with wax and resin. A trumpet- shaped mouth-piece directs the wind from the mouth and lungs into the tube when the lips are suddenly opened ; the puff seems to be directly from the chest. The blow-gun is 12 feet long and quite heavy. A lighter gun, pucuna, of the same region, is made of a ten or fifteen feet section of a reed (Arundinaria Schombergii), which grows in a limited region on the Upper Orinoco, and has a length of over 12 feet between the joints of its lower portion. This reed forms the ourah or barrel and is slipped into a stick of palm (Jreartia setigera) from which the pith has been pushed out. The mouth-piece end is bound with silk grass and the other end fortified with the half of an acuero nut, which also forms the muzzle sight. The breech sight is made of two incisor teeth of a cavy, which are secured with wax to the tube, the depression be- tween the teeth being the valley sight. The gun is held in the left hand, the elbow of that arm resting on the hip. The right hand grasps the tube near the mouth-piece, and the gun is raised by bending the body. It weighs about a pound and a half—but a fraction of the weight of the zarabatana. The arrow is made of the leaf rib of the coucourite palm. It is 10 inches in length, about the size of a crow- quill, is pointed by means of a fish-tooth scraper, and is fitted to the bore with a pledget of wild cotton (Bombax ceiba). The arrows depend, like the swmpits of the Dyaks, upon their sharp poisoned tips. The poison is obtained from the wourali vine (Strychnos toxifera) and a bitter root, the hyarri, to which are added poisonous ants, poison fangs of snakes, and other things to give effect to the stuff, or to con- ceal the real ingredients, as the composition is a secret in the hands of the conjuror. The poison has an instantaneous numbing effect, the vic- tim seeming void of pain or fear, dropping immediately, and dying in a short time without a struggle. The arrows are kept ina “quiver” or in a “roll,” and each is cut deeply near the head, so that the poisoned por- tion may break off in the wound. The range is from 50 to 100 yards. A modification of the arrow is one in which, instead of the cotton, a piece of bark is placed spirally on the stem of the arrow, terminating in a hollow cone, which fills the bore when the cone is expanded by the wind; a singular anticipation of the hollow-base Minie bullet, which is ex- panded into the grooves of the rifle by the evolution of gases due to the explosion of the powder. A piece or two of bark, laid spirally on the arrow-shaft, feather the arrow, and make it revolve in flying. This is equivalent to the rifling of a gun. This arrow is tipped with a small piece of iron. 242 Wood, vol. ii, p. 583. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 295 For war or for killing the tapir or jaguar, an arrow 6 feet long is made of a reed, having for a head a hard-wood spike, an iron point, or the tail bone of the sting-ray. Poison is used on either. The arrow is projected by a bow. The blow-gun of the Uaupés of the Amazon is called the grava- tana, and is made of two stems of the small palm Jreartia setigira, one slipping within the other so as mutually to correct curvatures. The pith is pushed out, and a conical mouth-piece fitted to one end. Arrows are made from the spinous processes of the patawa (dfnocarpus batarea), pointed and anointed with poison of the wourali. The butt of the arrow carries a little tuft of tree cotton to make it fit in the tube. The ordinary bow of the Uaupés,”* the aboriginal Indians of Brazil, is of different kinds of hard elastic wood, and is from 5 to 6 feet long. The string is either of the tucum leaf-fiber (Astrocaryum vulgare), or the inner bark of trees called tururi. The arrows are 5 feet long or over, are made of the flower-stalk of the arrow-grass, and are tipped with hard wood, barbed with the serrated spine of the sting-ray. For war, the head is anointed with poison, and is notched in two or three places so as to break off in the wound. Arrows for shooting fish have usually iron heads, bought of the traders, but others are made of monkey’s bones and barbed. The arrows have three feathers laid on spirally. The Indians of the Amazon also use a two-stringed bow for shooting stones. The pellet bow has a pad or net in the middle of the string, to hold a stone or ball of clay, to project it in the manner of an arrow. Such are used in South America and Africa.?* The arrow of the Guianians, used in shooting turtles, is projected by a bow and has a movable harpoon-head of iron detachable from the shaft, but secured loosely thereto by a thong. The turtle-shooting bow of the Central American Indians is made from the Soupar palm, Guilielma speciosa; the shafts of the arrows from the dry stalks of the cane, saccha- rinum oficinarum, tipped with hard wood or iron. The Peruvian arrows were tipped with copper or bone.“ The arrows of the Paraguayan Indians are of several kinds. Some have block points to kill birds without bleeding them; others with long wooden four-sided heads, sharpened and cut into barbs. These heads are carefully Jashed on to the shaft, which is in all cases of cane. The arrows were shown in the Agricultural Building, are from 3 to 4 feet long, and have feather flyers put on straight. The Gran Chaco Indian of the La Plata region,?” destitute of habita- tion himself, employs fire-arrows when attacking a settlement. He binds some cotton around the head of each arrow just behind the head, and then lying down he holds the large bow with his feet while he draws the 43 Wallace’s Amazon, pp. 214, 215. 244 Thid., pp. 486, 487. 245 See Tylor’s ‘‘ Early History of Mankind,” notes, p. 177. 246 “Conquest of Peru,” p. 73. *47 Wood, vol. ii, p. 570. 296 SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. string with both hands and lets fly the lighted arrows one after the other, with considerable rapidity. The malleolus of the Romans was a large missile like a distaff with an arrow-point; the cage of the distaff was filled with tow steeped in pitch. It was lighted before being discharged, and it was intended that the ar- row should penetrate the wooden object or thatch and hold it while the incendiary ma- terial should set tire to the building. The Fuegian bow is strung with twisted sinews; the arrow is of hard wood and has a notch in the end, holding a piece of flint or obsidian, which comes off in the wound. We may conclude this account of savage weapons by some references to the cross-bow. This was shown in the Norwegian Department in the Main Building, and is a remnant of me- Fé. 146.—Paraguayan arrows. digval times. The instrument, however, 1s found in use in several parts of the world, and some of the African and Asiatic examples show more ingenuity than the European weapons with which we are more familiar. The Norwegian cross-bow, Fig. 147, has a stock 30 inches long with a 24-inch powerful steel bow. The stock is handsomely inlaid with ivory; the string is a covered cord, and the boltis shown in its groove. The Roman scorpio was perhaps the oldest instrument of the kind on record, and was used to discharge stones, plummets, and = arrows. We find cross-bows among the Fans of the Gaboons in Western Africa; the Mishni, a tribe of Assam Fic. 147.—Norwegian cross-bow. in Eastern India; the Nicobar Islanders**; the Chinese and the Japan- ese™. The cross-bow of the Fans is 5 feet long and has a very strong bow 2 feet long, which is bent by holding it with the feet while both hands strain the string into the notch. The string is thrust out of the notch by a clumsily ingenious arrangement. The shaft is split so that the for- ward end of the lower portion has a limited motion up and down, the split terminating at a point a little forward of the string-notch. To the lower portion is attached a peg which extends upward through a hole to thrust the string out of the notch. A trigger-pin lies in the split of the shaft and holds the portions apart so that the string can lie in the 249Siebold’s ‘‘ Nippon,” vol. ii, Pl. 5 bis. *48'Wood, vol. ii, p. 220. SAVAGE WEAPONS AT THE CENTENNIAL EXHIBITION. 297 notch; but as soon as the trigger-pin is removed the separated portions fly together, the pin rises, lifts the string, and the arrow is discharged. The Chinese have a somewhat similar method. The arrows of the Fan cross-bow are small and light, and about a foot in length. Their range is about 20 yards, and they owe their efficiency to their poisoned tips. When laid in the groove of the shaft to be discharged, the arrow is slightly held by a piece of wax. A larger arrow with an iron head is used in hunting. The Japanese have also a cross-bow. The repeating Chinese cross-bow: is perhaps the greatest advance in this implement, which has been so en- tirely superseded in Europe. The magazine is above a movable block which has a slot in which the string moves, and the whole block is mov- able back and forth in the main stock by a lever attached to the latter and shackled to the block. As the lever is raised the block slides for- ward until the string of the unbent bow drops into a notch. This al- lows an arrow to fall out of the magazine into the slot. Now draw back the lever; this action draws upon the bow-string and bends the bow in the first place, and when the lever is depressed to its fullest extent a pin in the block comes against the stock and is pushed up so as to lift the string out of the notch and discharge the arrow. The limit of speed in firing is the quickness with which the lever, is lifted and depressed. The bow is made of three thicknesses of the male bamboo, overlapping like the plates of an elliptic carriage spring. The string is a thick twisted gut. The arrows are straight, both with heavy steel heads and very slight spiral feathers. Its utmost range is possibly 200 yards. eer ¢ ’ vith) ; we b mis beh alana ae “se (8 ESET hea ¢ K oat} atk vitae ‘7 tie ay i \ ' \ Tepty an 7: Voemey ‘nisS § ir o 7 (sou Ate rit 4 ody! pee geet chin ois vi , : ~ > ¢ (r= ee A > 1A { ie a } 2 +3 - taf Sd 5 ian i ‘a - ii i hel 4 ee eT i mbhid 7 “ r ae, . ‘ f os 4 =pet * L ee F . ‘ aM Paar = * & ee he ANTHROPOLOGY. Prepared under the direction of Prof. Oris T. Mason. THE PRESERVATION OF ANTIQUITIES AND NATIONAL MONUMENTS IN DEN- MARK.* A report made at the request of the legation of Austria-Hungary in Copenhagen. By J. J. A. WORSAAE. [From the Memoirs of the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries, 1877.] (As requests have frequently been received from institutions and individuals in many countries, as France, England, Sweden, and Finland, for information relative to the measures undertaken in Denmark for ethnological explorations and the preser- vation of antiquities and national monuments, it has been thought proper to publish the present report, made at the end of 1875, particularly since there exists no work of a similar character in the archeological literature of Denmark.) A.—ANTIQUITIES. Up to the commencement of this century, there was no public collec- tion in Denmark devoted especially to national antiquities. A few objects found in the country were, indeed, preserved in the Cabinet of Arts (Kunstkammer), founded by King Frederick III, in the latter half of the seventeenth century (1648-1670), and containing, according to the fashion of the times, antiquities of all lands, medals, specimens of nat- ural history, objects of ethnography and art, furniture, and curiosities, thrown together pell-mell. But these rareties were obtained mainly from accidental finds, and not from careful explorations. They were prin- cipally objects of gold and silver exhumed in various places, and be- longing to the class called ddnefw (in old Norwegian ddnarfe, from fe, “property,” and ddnar, “of a dead man”). The Danish law, (5-9-3, authoritatively interpreted by the ordinance of March 22,1737), in effect granted to the king, or to the crown, in accordance with an immemorial custom, all treasure or deposit of gold, silver, and precious objects, without an owner, found in tle earth; and the finder was bound, under certain penalties, to turn over his stock to the treasury without any in- demnity. But since under this system many precious objects were sold and melted up secretly, to the prejudice of archeological science, an ordinance was passed August 7, 1752, which claimed for the crown the right of danef@, under the same penalties, but granted to the finder the full value of the metal, except when the proprietor of the soil had caused explorations to be made with the express purpose of seeking treasures, or when that which should be discovered in the monuments * Translated from the French translation of E. Beauvois. The Danish text: Om Bevaringen af de fedrelandske Oldsager og Mindesmerker i Danmark, appeared in ‘‘ Aar- b¢ger for nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie,” 1877, pp. 1-19. 299 300 ANTHROPOLOGY. explored by his orders, was expressly reserved. Experience has shown that this plan was practical and very advantageous to the public collee- tions, and especially since it is generally known in Denmark that the finder will obtain from the State (the agents of which examine and ap- praise the articles found) not only a higher price than private persons would pay, but that the care taken in collecting and preserving the ob- jeets will be recompensed by an honorarium added to the price of the metal. Moreover, in recent times, England, in modifying the ancient rigorous laws regarding treasure-trove, has taken very particularly into account the Danish legislation and experience acquired in this matter. With the exception of penalties proyided against the unlawful detainers of danefe, the law had no provision concerning the bestowal of the ob- jects, nor prohibition against selling them in the country or to foreigners. At the commencement of this century Professor R. Nyerup, with a view to prevent the increasing destruction of national antiquities, com- menced to make a special collection of them, and the people everywhere having been invited to “lay their offerings upon the altar of their coun- try,” in order to exhibit the progress of civilization in Denmark from the most ancient times to our day, the government took the affair in hand, and established a royal commission for the preservation of antiquities (1807), charging them to look to the preservation of monuments as well as of antiquities throughout the realm. This commission was replaced in 1849 by a committee of two directors, the curator of the Museum of Northern Antiquities, (M. Thomsen,) and the inspector of ancient monu- ments, (M. Worsaae,) who were to act in concert in preserving the an- tiquities of the kingdom in general. In 1866 the two offices were united, together with the historic and ethnographic collections, under the control of one man, Professor Worsaae, in order that the regulations concerning the matter might be applied with more uniformity and efficiency. This organization is still in existence. The first commission founded the collection which has become the Royal Museum of Northern Antiquities, but it was only after 1815, and under the direction of Thomsen, that it acquired any importance; when, having been made a national institution, under the jurisdiction of the minister of education, it figured annually in the financial report. Be- sides its regular appropriation, it has, as before, a special fund for the purchase of danefiv, and may obtain, when necessary, large sums of money to purchase collections, or to make extraordinary explorations. At rel- atively little expense the museum has been elevated to great importance. It has acquired successively the national antiquities preserved formerly in the Cabinet of Arts, the Cabinet of Medals, and other collections; moreover, it has been enriched by donations and by the results of dig- gings in different parts of the kingdom, until it contains between 40,000 and 50,000 articles actually on exhibition in the Prince’s palace. The number of relics coming in from all parts of the kingdom is increasing to such an extent that the idea of erecting a grand museum for the ANTIQUITIES AND NATIONAL MONUMENTS IN DENMARK. 301 national collections becomes more and more popular. To the museum are annexed the publie archives, which contain, besides an archwclog- ical and topographical library, designs, and descriptions of remarkable finds, as well as of monuments scattered over the country. It was found necessary to interest the people in the progress of the museum, and to evoke and foster this interest the directors adopted the following means: 1. To admit the public at all times to visit the collections, and to ex- plain the objects to visitors. Later, when the accessions to the museum and the number of visitors no longer permitted giving oral instruction to all, the directors published guide-books in several languages. 2. To publish in the’ journals the list of objects sent or given. 3. To publish populat treatises upon the antiquities and their signifi- eation, a task in which the museum has been ably seconded by the Society of Northern Antiquaries. 4, To hold popular conferences at Copenhagen and elsewhere. 5. To form small collections—especially for the instruction of vouth— in the provinces, the principal ¢:ties, in scientific schools, high schools, and normal schools. 6. To interest in the work the priests, instructors, and eminent citizens, who have influence with the people, and who will oversee their labors. 7. To distribute money, books, and other presents to those who dis- tinguish themselves by their zeal and care in collecting and preserving antiquities. As the fruit of these measures, it rarely happens that important treasures when found do not come promptly to the knowledge of the museum: the objects are ordinarily forwarded at once. The small public collections of the provinces, which have a superintendence inde- pendent of the state, have adopted the plan of offering to the central museum at Copenhagen such objects as are especially interesting and instructive, and of demanding in exchange duplicates of more common specimens. By reason of a strong national sentiment, the people make it a point of honor to collect material for the history of prehistoric times, so that it is no longer necessary to prohibit the exportation of relies of stone, bronze, aud iron. The museum has fostered the spirit of spontaneousness, and, instead of discouraging, has favored the formation of private collections. [Experience has shown that this is the proper way to save from destruction many objects which otherwise would have been lost, the private collections sooner or later becoming incorporated into the National Museum. As to the plan of the museum and its interior arrangement, the de- tails are amply set forth in the printed descriptions.* It should be *Museet for de Nordiske Oldsager, en kort Ledetraad for de Beségende. 12mo. Copenhagen, 6th edition, 1874,—Guide Tlustré du Musée des Antiquités du Nord & Copeshague. 8vo. 3d edition, 1866,—Das Museum fiir nordische Alterthiimer. 8vo. Copenhagen. 2d edition, 1876. All by M. C. Engelhardt, 302 ANTHROPOLOGY. remarked that in general this institution aims to explain the method of colonization of Denmark, its relations with other countries, and the progress of its indigenous civilization in pagan times (from the begin- ning of the stone age to A. D. 1030); in the Catholic period (to A. D. 1536); finally, after the Reformation, in the short period during which the ancient style of the Renaissance obtained, or, indeed, to the establish- ment of absolute power in Denmark (A. D. 1660). In the classification of objects, chronology has been rigorously ob- served as far as this has been gradually worked out. We no longer confine ourselves, as at first, to arranging the specimens of the pagan era into great periods, simply the age of stone, the age of bronze, and the age of iron; but we are forced to distinguish in each of these that which belongs to the commencement or to the end, and also to the transition from one to the other, in order to show clearly the gradual progress of civilization and its passage from one primitive station to another more advanced, and finally to discriminate between foreign in- fluence and the national and more independent labors. It has been a matter of particular importance in this regard only to class by series those objects found isolated, while the great finds of each period have not been dissociated, but preserved in their entirety and arranged geo- graphically. Thus it is possible not only to distinguish the objects of each period, and, indeed, of each subdivision, but to recognize the peculiarities belonging to the different sections of Denmark, whose southern and western provinces were evidently affected much earlier than the northern and eastern by foreign civilization, while the culture, coming from the south, penetrated earlier into Denmark itself than into the more northern and distant countries of Scandinavia—Sweden and Norway. In connection with the Museum of Northern Antiquities and the Cabi- net of Medals,* it is necessary to mention the Museum of Ethnographyt and the Cabinet of Antiquest as terms of comparison, which from many points of view furnish valuable explanations of Danish antiquities. But, as is perfectly natural in Danish museums, the principal effort is directed toward making the most complete collections possible of all that char- acterizes particularly the civilization of this country. But we do not stop in our historico-archological museums at the year 1660, the limit adopted for the Museum of Northern Antiquities. In the conviction that modern history, from 1660 to the present time, deserves, not less than ancient history, to be illustrated by contempo- *Den Kgl. Mynt- og Medaille-Samling paa Prindsens Palais. (The Royal Cabinet of Coins and Medals at the Palace of the Prince.) Visitors’ Guide. 8vo. Copen- hagen, 1869, tC. L. Steinhauer. Kort Vejledning i det Kgl. ethnographiske Museum. (Guide to the Royal Ethnographic Museum.) 8vo. Copenhagen, 1874. Das kgl. ethnograph. Museum in Copenhagen. S8vo. Copenhagen. 1876. tL. Miiller. Den Kgl. Antiksamling Haandkatalog. (Catalogue of the Royal Col- lection of Antiques.) 8vo. 2d edition, Copenhagen, 1872. ANTIQUITIES AND NATIONAL MONUMENTS IN DENMARK. 3(33 rary and characteristic specimens (a method of studying the subject up to this time too much neglected in most countries), a historical museum has been established in the ancient castle of Rosenborg, at Copenhagen, built by Christian IV, from 1610-1617, which bears the name of “The Chronological Collection of the Danish Kings.” This museum, under the direction of Professor Worsaae, forms the complement to that of the Mu- seum of Northern Antiquities. It embraces, in fact, the period comprised between Christian IV and the death of King Frederick VII (1863), par- ticularly the whole period of the absolute monarchy, from 1660 to 1848, In the halls, which by a happy coincidence have partly preserved the successive styles of the different epochs, there has been arranged around the royal house as a center, and in a rigorously chronological order, a rich and valuable collection of portraits, representing members of the royal family and celebrated men of their times; costumes, furniture, orna- ments, arms, and other objects which characterize the style of each epoch, of which the printed descriptions will give a clearer idea.* This museum, in which the crown jewels are preserved contains also valu- able materials for the history of industry and art, and of the recent progress of civilizationin Denmark. The chronological collection, which is a trust of the royal family placed under the control of the government, has, as such, a distinguished board of managers, consisting of the min- ister of publie instruction, as the representative of the state, and one of the principal functionaries of the court, as the representative of the royal family. Moreover, the expense of increasing and preserving the collection is charged to the public treasury. B.—MONUMENTS. Tt was in the time of Christian IV, from 1610 to 1648, that measures were first taken for the preservation of the principal remains of antiquity going to decay. By order of the king, several great runic stones were transported from different localities to Copenhagen, where many were destroyed in the fire of 1728; those which were saved are now preserved in the Museum of Northern Antiquities. But during the remainder of the seventeenth and all of the eighteenth century the state did nothing for the national monuments, of which a large number disappeared, or were much damaged by pretended restorations. It was only after the royal commission for the preservation of antiq- uities had been established, in 1807, that any serious attempt was made to preserve that which there was still hope of saving. After having received from the pastors throughout the kingdom reports—often very * Carl Andersen. De danske Kongers chronologiske Samling paa Rosenberg (Chron- ological Collection of the Danish Kings at Rosenberg), 8vo, 3d edition. Copenhagen, 1875. Die chronol.Sammlung der Diin. Kénige, 8vo, Copenhagen, 1872. Mindeblade' fra de danske Kongers chronol. Samling (Souvenirs of the Chronological Collection of the Danish Kings), 4to, 2d edition. Copenhagen, 1875. Notes on the chron. collection of the Danish Kings, 4 to. Copenhagen, 1868.—Dr. C. Brock. Den Oldenborgske Kongeslegt iseer under Eneveelden (The Dynasty of Oldenburg in the Times of Ab- solutism), 8vo. Copenhagen, 1870. 304 ANTITROPOLOGY. imperfect—concerning the condition of the monuments, the Danish de- partment of justice (Chancellerie), at the instance of the commission, placed under the protection of the law a number of the monuments of antiquity and of the middle ages throughout the country (1809-1810).* At first the legality of this measure was doubtful; the proprietors not being bound by any law to cede their right to these monuments, especially without a proyision of indemnity; moreover, in those cases where no opposition was made, the fact that they had been taken by the government was not registered in legal form so as to bar future purchasers of the property. The consequences of this omission did not fail to be felt the more, since the commission, not receiving any salary, and having only small appropriations for their object, had not the means to employ competent men to inspect the monuments scattered throughout the kingdom. Moreover, many objects disappeared, little by little, without the knowl- edge of the commission, or without their being able to prosecute the guilty parties. However, an effort was made to induce the proprietors to relinquish, voluntarily, their rights to the relics, and to place them under the protection of the law; and in a great number of cases the end was at- tained. Specimens were also bought, when the price was not too high. From official inquiries made in 1847, it appeared that a great number of monuments declared national in 1869-1810 were entirely destroyed or par- tially damaged, and the necessity of having recourse to more efficacious measures was evident. By a royal decree of December 22, 1847, a salaried officer, Professor Worsaae was added to the commission, and charged especially as inspector, and later as director, to look after the preservation of archaological monuments, and under this title he received the royal commission March 20, 1848. A sum of money was annually placed at his disposal for the purchase, restoration, and sketching of the monuments, and for diggings and expeditions, in which he was author- ized to act in the name of the commission. As the conviction had gained ground that it was unnecessary to pro- hibit the traffic and exportation of treasures, so it was agreed to follow the same liberal policy as to the seizure of national monuments, and, in 1848, the government did not think it advisable to give sanction to a project designed to apply the right of eminent domain in the ease of proprietors who were recalcitrant, or who demanded too much indemnity. The newly appointed inspectors of archeological remains, after hav- ing labored a year and a half in concert with the commission for the preservation of antiquities, up to the dissolution of the last-named body in August, 1849, were afterward placcd in an entirely independent po- *The list of these monuments is printed in the Antikvariske Annaler (Archeological Annals), published by the Royal Commission for the Preservation of Antiquities, I. Evo, Copenhagen, 1512, pp. 133-145, 318-379. ° tIt is printed in Antikvarish Tidsskrift (Archeological Review), 1846-48, pp. 150-153, and in Reseriptsamling (Collection of Ordinanecs), by Ussing. ANTIQUITIES AND NATIONAL MONUMENTS IN DENMARK. 305 sition, and, indeed, in more favorable circumstances. On the one hand, they had to convert into full proprietorship numbers of leases which had belonged to the state, to public foundations, to fiefs, to trusts, and to private individuals; on the other hand, the increase of prosperity had developed the taste for the restoration of ancient castles, churches, and other remarkable monuments. ‘I. Relative to the seizure in the name of the state of stone heaps, fanereal mounds, runic stones, fortifications, ruins of castles &e., the government passed an ordinance in 1848 that all structures of this kind existing in the royal domains and in the forests of the state should be declared national property, and that if any part of the national domain should be alienated, these structures should be expressly reserved by the state and clearly designated in the articles of sale. At that time the archeological director traveled over the country to make a list and a description of such objects as deserved to be saved. At the instance of the archeological commission (July, 1848), the minister of justice invited the directors of religious foundations and the holders of fiefs and trusts to make the same reservation in favor of the state upon leasing or sellirg their property. Moreover, the antiquarian com- mission (July 8, 1849), and later the director of monuments and of the museum (November, 1849), addressed printed circulars to all the land- holders of the kingdom to induce them to make the same reservations, and many of them submitted to it with the greatest good will. In this way, without much expense, a great number of important and charac- teristic monuments were placed under the protection of the law. Card Wigiisk Lyi, i Null ry 2 inlay {ENC eee 800 ft. = velit: a ” wt, WH) 1s, £ =Ss\ s aut Pann EIN rs, Ge 9 Oy SOW HIMY ae “an THE > LY QT mh an ZO NZ Gifs Vi ee Sis GY Cpe Fia. 8. is not found above 150 feet from the base of the hill, the hill above being covered with loess clays supporting a growth of large trees. Both of the mounds 1 and 3 contained human bones. In No. 3 several skulls and one good skeleton were found, to- gether with fragments of others. With the ex- ception of this one skeleton all seemed to have been buried in a sitting posture, or with knees bent, the hands close to or resting on the knees. Y LS / / ees ST SSSR YYyyy > CSS Soe Fig. 10. The bones, from long decay, could with difficulty be removed. This vault had an entrance 3 feet wide opposite the eastern side, as repre- sented in Fig. 9. The vault in mound No. 2 contained a large quantity of charcoal, with fragments of charred bones, and much of the clay was reddened by burn- ing. This was evidently a cremation vault. The vault of Mound No. 1 is similar in shape and contents to that of No. 2, but had been previously excavated and partly filled up. The vaults ineach of the mounds 1, 2, and 3, had entrances or openings in the wall 3 feet wide, extending to the bottom of the wall. The skulls contained full sets of sound teeth worn off smoothly. Mound No. 4, the largest, is about 5 feet high and 40 feet in diameter, and is built entirely of earth. Excavations revealed one black flint spear- S. Mis. 5423 354 ANTHROPOLOGY. point, a little charcoal, and a fragment of ochre. The stump of an oak 3 feet in diameter stood on the side of the mound, the trunk having been broken off apparently many years ago. On Mound No.5 there stood a red-oak stump, which showed 200 rings of growth. Mound No. 6 was similar to 1 and 2, and contained a concealed vault 7 feet 9 inches square, but without anentrance. Eight human skulls were obtained from this vault, but no complete skeleton, although some pieces of bones were exhumed in a fair state of preservation. In digging into this vault a few flags of limestone were found a few inches below the surface. Eighteen inches below was another fragmentary roof of limestone, beneath which skulls and portions of vertebra were disclosed. The flagstones were not regularly arranged nor quite close to each other, but only a few appeared to have been placed above the bones and then earth was heaped upon them. Some fragments of flagstones were also found in No. 2, perhaps the remains of a former roof. The bones in the several mounds, or rather vaults, were generally soft, and as easily cut through with the spade as the earth itself; but some of them were firm. A few of the bones had been gnawed, probably by rodents, and do not furnish as some might say, evidences of canni- balism. JOHNSON COUNTY MOUNDS. These I have not seen. They are located on the bluffs of Blackwater River, and are described as being very similar to those of Clay County, but of larger dimensions, with vaults built of stone, and having lids of the same kind of material, the whole covered over with earth so as to present the contour of large rounded mounds. Some pottery and flint implements have been obtained from them. Ancient mounds or graves are found on the tops of the bluffs of all the principal streams of the Missouri. IJ have noticed them on the Mis- sissippi at various places; on the Missouri, from Saint Charles County to Holt County; on the Osage, the Gasconade, the Sac, and Shoal Creek, and along other smaller streams. They are generally built of earth, being often constructed of stones arranged in a circle, their tops inclined towards the center, with earth heaped on the outer side. When rocks abound and earth is not easily obtained, I have observed them con- structed solely of stones piled in a rough circular mound on the hill- top. Jtock mounds have been observed on the summits of the highest bluffs, where the material had to be carried up 50 or 75 feet above the ledges. It is but rarely that a single mound is found at a place, but there are generally several; three or four, or even a dozen, may be found arranged in a line, with their bases contiguous. The earth mounds are generally circular, from 15 to 40 feet in diameter and from 3 to 6 feet high, and are often found with large trees growing PREHISTORIC EVIDENCES IN MISSOURI. 355 uponthem. When dug into, they disclose bones, and sometimes weapons or trinkets. On Spencer’s Creek, Ralls County, near Fisher’s Cave, are mounds 7 feet high and 40 feet in diameter, with trees 24 feet in diameter grow- jng upon them. From this place, I was informed by Mr. Fisher, mounds can be traced in nearly a direct line to the mouth of Peno Creek, 6 miles off, none of them being over 300 yards apart, excepting across the bottom-lands, for they were all built on high ground. These are chiefly built of stones set on edge, sloping outward, and covered with about 2 feet of earth. Mr. F. also informed me that bones of men of large frame had been found there, buried with their feet to the east and head to the west, the grave roughly arched over with rock. On the west side of Cedar Creek, on Missouri Bluffs, Boone County, are six mounds arranged nearly in a line and closely touching, three of them in a line N. 60° E., the others N. 65° EH. They are from 20 to 30 feet in diameter, and from 4 to 74 feet high, all circular. On them were growing sugar trees from 1 to 24 feet in diameter. A mile east, on the top of a bluff 206 feet high, is another mound, 8 feet high, bearing a white-oak tree 23 feet in diameter. Five miles east, also on the top of a high bluff, is another mound, 8 feet high, with a Spanish oak 2 feet in diameter growing upon it. On the bluffs of Crows Fork, in Callaway County, are mounds with white-oak trees 2 feet in diameter growing upon them. On Aux Vases Bluffs, in the same county, are many mounds yet un- opened, and on Little Aux Vases Bluffs, near the Missouri bottoms, are mounds 3 to 4 feet high, bearing N. 65° W.; two of them with white- oak trees 3 feet in diameter growing upon them. On Middle Aux Vases and Missouri Blufis we observed a mound 6 feet high, with a black oak 2 feet in diameter growing upon it. One mile east and on Missouri Bluffs, are three mounds in a line, N. 65° E., built of stones and covered with earth. Sometimes, though rarely, flint arrow-heads have been found in these mounds, and at Saint Auberts, Osage County, a pipe and stone-beads were obtained. But mounds are sometimes found on lower ground, though not on low bottoms. They are then often much larger than those above named. One at Ashburn’s, near the Mississippi River, in the northeast part of Pike County, is 6 feet high, and 50 feet in diameter. Another, unopened in 1858, two miles west of Cote Sans Dessein, Callaway County, is represented in Fig. 11. In Franklin County, on the “flat” west of Berger Station, Pacific Rail- road, are two mounds, each about 400 by 200 feet and 12 feet high, formed of dark clay. The excavation indicated a curved line of stratifica- tion parallel to the surface, showing that the earth had been regularly laid up and packed; and pursuing the same line was a stratum of calcareous concretions resembling those sometimes found in the “ bluff” formation. The railroad excavations cut through these mounds, and 6 feet below 356 ANTHROPOLOGY. the surface of one, a pipe and earthen pot were found. The pipe was made of a soft stone of alight-red color, and the earthen vessel apparently had been partially baked. It was 18 inches in diameter on the inside, 4+ inch thick, 24 inches deep, and 25 inches in greatest diameter, outside measurement. The bottom was # ? of an inch in thickness. Around the top were notches or tubercles 4 bineh long, and extending around the vessel was a punctured band having a hieroglyphic apppearance. Mound two-and-a-half miles W. of Cote Sans ce Calloway Co., Mo. Se Mpa \\ WA toe. Mi, Jection. Fig. 11. In Saline County, Missouri, four miles southwest of Miami, I visited, in 1872, an imitans ine eae showing ancient earthworks, walls, and ditches on high ground in a dense wood. The outline was somewhat of a circular shape, though quite irregular, caused by ravines breaking off near the outer rim, the walls being re-entrant at such places. The in- closed space is about 40 acres, around which there partly extended three ridges and two valleys, or rather depressions, where at one time existed deep ditches. We have first a ridge 8 feet wide and 3 feet high, then a ditch 6 feet wide and 3 feet deep, then a ridge 8 feet wide and 3 feet high, then a ditch 10 feet wide and 3 feet deep, and lastly a ridge 10 feet wide and 15 feet high. The ridges were apparently entirely formed of earth dug from the ditches, and two of them extended entirely around the space. No rocks appeared near by or in the inclosure. Black-oak trees 3 to 5 feet in diameter were growing over the walls, ditches, and inner area, and the whole surface was covered with a dense and luxu- riant growth of bushes, vines, and trees. The ridges had certainly been at one time much higher, and the ditches much deeper. This overlooked the well-known Petite Osage plains on the west, celebrated for their beauty and fertility. IMPLEMENTS. Flint arrow and spear points are found throughout Missouri. In the timbered districts they seem to be more abundant than elsewhere. They PREHISTORIC EVIDENCES IN MISSOURI. 357 are eenerally made of flint found in the neighborhood. In Western Mis- souri we find them of black and of flesh-colored flint, the latter obtained froin coal-measure rocks; in Central and Southern Missouri they are chiefly of white chert from the magnesian limestone series. In Madison County I have found them of porphyry. Hatchets are rarely found, but are almost invariably of syenite—a few have been found made of red hematite. Disks or shallow mortars are generally made of syenite. On the Moreau, in Cole County, I found a number of flint implements of various sizes and workmanship, some quite regularly and carefully made, others from which but few chips had been taken, thus showing the various stages of workmanship. It is very probable that this was a place where the natives resorted to make their arrow-heads, as the proper flint is abundant in the neighborhood. At another place in Morgan County I also obtained flint implements in all stages of workmanship. Some years ago Mr. B. B. Holland, of Bear Creek, Montgomery County, plowed up a deposit of flint implements all set on their edges and arranged in a small circle, and buried about a foot beneath the sur- face of the ground. They were about 2 inches long, with sharp edges and a heart-shaped point. An article of the disk variety from Morgan County deserves mention. It is nearly cubical, being about 2 inches square, with corners and edges rounded off, and a shallow depression on one side, from which cireum- stance it is probable that it was used for pounding medicine. It is of hard syenite and smoothly polished. Stone clubs are sometimes found. I have seen one from Henry County, of red quartzite, that would weigh 8 to 10 pounds. Flint implements are often found on hill slopes where the bluff forma- tion is deep, but I cannot certainly say that I have found them in the bluff, though some observers positively report having found them in an undisturbed position in the bluff. HUMAN FOO'UT-PRINTS. Some of us have seen the sculptured foot-print in possession of Mr. Mepham, of Saint Louis. It is cut in magnesian limestone from De Soto, Jefferson County. There is another in possession of the Smith- sonian Institution at Washington City, presented by Mr. John P. Jones, of Keytesville, Mo., who obtained it from Gasconade County. Another and more remarkable one is noticed by H. R. Schoolcraft, in Travels in Missouri in 1821. In chapter viii he speaks of seeing in pos- session of Mr. Rappe, at Harmony, Ind., a stone with seulptured impres- sions of two human feet. This stone had been obtained from Saint Louis by Mr. Rappe and carried thence to Harmony. Schooleraft thought the tracks represented those of a man in an erect position, with the left foot a little advanced and the heels drawn in. The distance between the heels measured 64 inches, and between the extremities of the toes 134, the toes being spread and the foot flattened. From this circumstance 358 ANTHROPOLOGY. Mr. Schooleraft thought they might belong to a race anterior to the present Indians, or to a race unacquainted with the method of tanning skins. The outlines of the muscles of the feet were represented with ereat accuracy, hence Mr. Schoolcraft seemed to incline to the belief that they were impressions. The length of each foot was 104 inches, the breadth across the toes at right angles to the former line 4 inches, and the greatest spread of toes 44 inches, diminishing to 24 inches at the heel. Directly in front of the prints and approaching within a few inches of the left foot is a well impressed and deep mark, having some resemblance to a scroll, whose greatest length is 2 feet 7 inches and greatest breadth 124 inches. Mr. Schoolcraft addressed a letter to the Hon. Thomas H. Benton in regard to the foot-marks and received an answer, which I copy, as follows: “WASHINGTON City, April 29, 1822. ‘Sir: Yours of the 27th was received yesterday. The prints of the human feet which you mention I have seen hundreds of times. They were on the uncovered limestone rock in front of the town of Saint Louis. The prints were seen when the country was first settled, and had the same appearance then as now. No tradition can tell anything about them. They look as old as the rock. They have the same fine polish which the attrition of the sand and water have made upon the rest of the rock which is exposed to their action. I have examined them often with great attention. They are not handsome, but exquisitely natural, both in the form and position—spread-toed, and were of course anterior to the use of narrow shoes. I do not think them ‘impressions,’ but the work of hands, and refer their existence to the age of the mounds upon the American bottom and above the town of Saint Louis. My reasons for this opinion are: 1, the hardness of the rock; 2, the want of tracks leading to and from them; 3, the difliculty of supposing a change so instantaneous and apropos as must have taken place in the formation of the rock, if impressed when soft enough to receive such deep and distinct tracks. Opposed to this opinion are: 1, the exquisiteness of the workmanship; 2, the difficulty of working in such hard material without steel or iron. “A block 6 or 8 feet long and 3 or 4 feet wide, containing the prints, was cut out by Mr. John Jones, in Saint Louis, and sold to Mr. Rappe, of Indiana, and under his orders removed to his establishment called Harmony, on the left bank of the Wabash. “ Very respectfully, yours, “THOS. H. BENTON. “H. RK. SCHOOLCRAFT, Esq.” A letter from Prof. E. T, Cox, of Indiana, informs me that he remem- bers the stone very well; that it is still at New Harmony; it is 6 by 4 feet superficially and 8 inches thick, and rich in fossils of the Saint Louis group of the Sub-carboniferous. Professor Cox is of the opinion MOUNDS IN IOWA AND ILLINOIS. 359 that the foot-prints were carved, and Dr. D. D. Owen was of the same opinion. Mantell, in the first edition of his Wonders of Geology, vol. i, p. 66, copies the account and figure from Schoolcraft, but he falls into the erroneous opinion that they were actual impressions of feet. MOUNDS IN MUSCATINE COUNTY, IOWA, AND ROCK ISLAND COUNTY, ILLINOIS. By Turron THOMPSON, of Muscatine, Iowa. . Along the blufts of the Mississippi River, near Muscatine, Iowa, for a distance of 10 miles, is a series of ‘mounds and earthworks. Opposite this point, in Hlinois, is a similar series of mounds running down the river for a distance of 20 miles. The mounds onthe Iowa side are all in Muscatine County; those opposite are in Rock Island County, Illinois. The mounds are now surrounded by a growth of young timber, prin- cipally oak, which shows no evidence of an older growth before it. The localities were no doubt prairie lands before, or when the mounds were constructed. The land is all tillable, except the more precipitous bluffs. The river runs east and west at this place, and the mounds are generally upon the most commanding positions. There are, however, some remains of mounds upon a large island known as Muscatine Island. They have been very much reduced by cultivation. The river below Muscatine formerly followed the Iowa bluffs in the shape of an elbow for a distance of 20 miles; but at some remote period it cut a new chan- nel across this elbow, making, as it were, an island, low, flat, and sandy, about 20 miles long by 8 miles wide. The old channel along the bluff remains deep and full of water. It is around these bluffs, which for- merly bordered the river, and upon this island that the mounds are sit- uated. Those on the island are on the river side overlooking the river, and were evidently built after the river changed to its present course, which may serve as a clue to the age of the mounds. In some places gullies have washed back into and past the mounds, and, upon Musca- tine Island, the river has encroached so far as to frequently wash out pieces of pottery, &c. The mounds are in size from 3 feet to 30 feet in diameter and 6 inches to 5 feet in height. They are generally in groups and covered with timber. Nine out of ten are round, the others re- sembling remains of earthworks from 6 to 20 feet im length and 5 feet wide, placed end to end, with a gap of 5 feet between. There are quite a number of them in group No. 1. They are composed of the same ma- terial as the surrounding surface, which is clay and sand on the bluffs, and on the island sand and gravel. In exploring the mounds we some- times find in the center some evidence of fire, bits of charcoal, &e. In none of those that I have thus far examined is there evidence of layers of other earth than that of which the mounds are composed. There is 360 ANTHROPOLOGY. S 4 tee ving in Muscatine Co., Iowa, and Rock Island Co., Til. Ves MAP Sho MOUNDS rey v tee, ‘ FA NNIAG, ve \ BVOWOBORSCY cy TCU AR Og VE eee wm ONN me sera® Mile wren . RV acess COA AE SG SAS OSS Rabat UO pte Iie PEO SUINEETAY WG Sy pen. VIZAWR ICU) PA lte> veces Wes 3 SNES. Cher ESN se rah Cine NUL ie ses a Mees we “ MEP ENTANIZ IN hwy SSAN DI SD a: SS i cg TS Cand Bae Vt LY Ae Rwy do? Wy x fans SN teeny Ste, “ffi hes “4, el 1 Fq~ ¢ NBN itis 00 * NG en Ponailty “iN IN) >» Timber Gs = if mate in a q I abounds c A eenn’ Pease vy 4 tayilh (MTN ee, dine Nilesen lee "hey WLANs. RW ‘ * “i. qd POO), Wy ine Pi Le THRANW AHERN PLANTA 2 sito, stills 2% A CALIDA C/T wt MOUNDS IN IOWA AND ILLINOIS. 361 no evidence of ditches or excavations of any kind near the mounds whence the earth might have been obtained, but as it is similar to that in the vicinity it must have been scraped up from the surface near the mounds, but so taken as to leave no traces at this late day of any depression or hollow. In group No. 1 nothing was found. I opened ten mounds in a group of twenty; went from 2 to 3 feet below the surrounding surface; opened both by trench and by leveling the entire mound. I found, once in a while, a bit of charcoal or a fragment of common river mussel very much decayed. In No. 2 I found one skeleton almost decayed, and some small pieces of broken pottery. The body was evidently buried in a reclining position, as we found by following with our tools the remains of bones through the clay. Near No. 3 there have been several mounds opened. I was not able to be present and do not know the position of the mounds, &c., only that they are situated on the bluffs overlooking what is known as “ Whiskey Hollow.” A creek runs through this hollow into Muscatine Slough, which surrounds the island of the same name. Only one of the mounds opened here yielded any- thing—a skeleton so much decayed that it was impossible to tell posi- tion, &c., and underneath the head of the skeleton a stone ax, very much in shape like others discovered in this locality. But we had never before heard of an ax being found in a mound in this region. The ax weighed 24$ pounds. No. 4, on the island, is so leveled that the shape of the mounds can- not be ascertained. Pottery abounds all over the surface, also very small triangular arrow-points. The ground is also strewn with flint chippings, and in no instance are the points found so large nor of the same shape as the specimens from higher ground. The points are all alike and have no variation of design. This, with the softness and rudeness of their pottery and their low position on the island, leads one to believe that they were of a more recent period, and their constructors somewhat de- generated from the Mound Builder of the overlooking blufts. No. 5 is in Illinois. In this group, so far, only one mound yielded anything. The mound in question is one of a group of five, all large mounds, upon a prominent bluff, situated at the extreme upper end of the series. They are not arranged with any noticeable regard to posi- tion. We went to work on the smallest (two had been carelessly opened by some unknown party before). We deviated from the usual manner of opening by a trench (as in that way we would have missed the con- tents), and proceeded to reduce the mound to a level with the surround- ing surface. At a distance of 25 feet from the center, a little below the natural level, we discovered the remains of three bodies. With great care, we were enabled to see their position, &e., and to obtain parts of the skull and of the large bones of the legs and arms. By the head of the center one was deposited an earthen pot holding about two quarts, which had been crushed by the weight of earth. The pot was empty, 362 ANTHROPOLOGY. but immediately surrounding it we found some half dozen arrow-points of curious construction, also a slate pipe. Three of the arrow-points are different in shape or style from any in my collection of about a thousand. This is the first instance in this region of flint implements being found with remains in mounds. The few fragments that occurred in No. 2 are in my possession; the ax found in No. 3 is in the possession of Mr. Leverch, of this city (Mus- catine). The pipe, arrow-points, and skull found in No. 5 are in the Academy of Science in this city. Nearly all the articles of value found in this region are picked up on the surface, or found in excavating for buildings, tilling, &c. Young timber is growing on nearly all the mounds. The oldest I have seen shows one hundred and twenty years of annual growth. The mounds upon Muscatine Island have been washed out within the last seven years by tillage and the washing of the river. The dead are found in mounds. No plan whatever seems to have been followed in their burial. They are scattered among the mounds as if by chance, sometimes found in one large mound, while the next will be destitute of all traces of burial, while a little mound off to one side, apparently but half completed, will contain remains. I have made the utmost effort to discover a law in the shape of the mound and its situation in reference to other mounds, whether overlooking the val- leys or situated back from the edge, whether surrounded or on the out- skirts, but am as far from any decision in the matter as in the beginning. I do not believe that they were all used for burial places; since the dead must have been buried in the midst of the village. All those of which I have knowledge were lying stretched out. In No. 5 the body was lying on the right side with the face to the west. Although, generally, it is almost impossible to determine the position of real Mound-build- ers’ remains—as they are generally so disintegrated—I have frequently found the remains of the modern Indian in mounds near the surface buried in a sitting position. In Nos. 2 and 5 the bodies had the head tothe north. In No. 5 they were lying on the right side with the face to the west. I think they are always found with the head to the north in this locality.’ They were simply buried in the earth, although in No. 2 we thought we discovered an arch-like crust over the remains, as if some pasty substance had been spread above the body and allowed to dry. They are generally on a level with or a little below the present natural surface. Nests or pockets of arrow-points, &c., are said to have been found in Illinois opposite the city of Museatine. I have been told by farmers who first tilled the land opposite that “they sometimes plowed up from a peck to a half bushel of arrow-points, &c.” Sometimes these would be nearly all perfect, at other times but partly completed. This occurred in éarly times when the country was new. They say they have never plowed up stone implements, such as axes, &c., under the same cireum- stances. The refuse here consists of thousands of flint ¢hippings and ANTIQUITIES OF ROCK ISLAND COUNTY, ILLINOIS. 363 flakes, also broken triangular arrow-points, all of white flint. They are scattered over a space of about five acres; a great deal of pottery also is lying around which is fast being dissolved by the action of rain, &c. There is no locality near here where this flint could be obtained in such quantities as must have been worked up at this point. ANTIQUITIES OF ROCK ISUAND COUNTY, ILLINOIS. By AbDoLPH TOELLNER, of Moline, Til. Rock Island County is especially rich in aboriginal remains. In the vicinity of Moline I have discovered about 80 mounds, single and in groups. I have also found shell-heaps several miles in length, three pits dug in the clay, workshops for preparing spear and arrow heads, old cemeteries, together with stone and copper implements in abundance. The mounds are found generally il Hail MW, ulliZge tical WOME Ne a tis i dlls ns Migs ie “i, i on the banks of wie IY % sic gee = MW vie \Y Wiican “Mili SY ie z cS 7 2 su TNS wee: rivers and their S$: tributaries, or on 23 0-8 +4). Zs goo an 7 zp RO Aw viens bia ae ; rm na Saye “ayy mye Ww ny N € islands, seldomin %j RT OHIANNS/) AN Ca un the interior. On Campbell Island, Hampton Township, is a cemetery containing 200 or 300 graves. I have seen 10 mounds in Hampton, on Dr. Ottman’s farm (ig. 1); 2 on Tohead Island (Fig. 2); 4 at Valley City, in Scott County; 7 on Hubbard’s _ farm, six miles east of ( ¢ Moline; 28 at Deere’s \S farm, one mile east of Moline, as well as many Shell-heaps (Figure 4); 40 near Black Hawk Tower, Milan; 1 large one five miles east of Moline, on Deere’s land; 4on Davenport’s land, within the limits of Moline. Without exception, the mounds occupy the most beautiful prospects in the country. The graves occur indiscriminately on high and low ground. One large mound, five miles east of Moline, on a bluff, was opened, and disclosed the following structure: (1) 3 feet of soil; (2) 22 inches of wood-ashes, mingled here and there with fragments of burnt bones; (5) 12 to 14 inches of unburnt bones and charcoal. This stratum has avery Fia. 1. Pohead4 Teleene ee a one eG TH pees So opet eee <- “30 f= cL SftRigh Fig. 2. 364 ANTHROPOLOGY. unctuous appearance. The skeletons of four Indians were found 2 feet below the top of the mound (Fig. 3). In the vicinity, blocks of limestone or sand- stone furnished the material for the sculptured ~, Slabs found in the mound. About one-half of the mounds with which I am acquainted have been explored. I myself have found in thirty mounds two entire skele- tons, five more or less decayed, fragments of bones, a part of a broken “ise apes -heads, : lead ore, and shells. =e < Fade ns is powniuyZF 22 we “ny iit eee oS pry ie co in 28 MOUNDS on ae) Hon. John Deere’s Farm I ,. ie TN Sn 1 milo E. of Moline, Tm SPAN 40 Fie. 4. very plentiful, and extend for miles without interruption. They are com- monly located in the neighborhood of mounds. They are composed of recent shells and contain few implements. ANTIQUITIES OF ROCK ISLAND COUNTY, ILLINOIS. 365 Mounds near Black Hawk Tower, at Milan, are scattered along for the distance of a mile. They are about 3 feet high, from 30 to 60 feet in diameter, and, for the most part, are undisturbed. They are all burial mounds, and follow no particular arrangement, lying in rows on a bluff 130 feet above Rock River. Black Hawk Tower is an elevated spot near the falls of Rock River, on the southeast corner of Rock Island Bluffs. The view from this point extends 8 or 10 miles up Rock River, and 6 or 8 miles northward to the Mississippi. Black Hawk is said to have used this site in the war as a lookout for his enemies. The following is a list of mounds on the land of the Hon. John Deere, one mile east of Moline (Fig. 4): No. Size. Shape. Height. | Remarks. Feet Feet. In Lb entone Pascoe Circular. .--- 3 Digeeeieec Qheweeics| Shae dO} sascse- 2 6 Seeeee= se 60x18 |"Oblonge:----- Ib 9 {ees SOe ee Circular. ---.. 3 Dug; found a stone ornament. Bisassees 36 x 15 -| Oblong....-.- 1 Oesesi cas. SOR Ss Circular. --.. 4 Dug; found nothing. ste cpere lease eee doen sss OS <5) j Siem sates PA ee eeeol sans Gh Snoeane 1b 8} asta kaa pt ee eee dorascee ss ie as) MODs ass4i2 Dee etal(oare COW ae =< 1 ers ortore’s Olessese esas Oye os-5-6 it feces ses OA scene lade Cho eeiees 2 ESI ss ei 36 x 18 .| Oblong.---.. 276 WA Nase 3) cceon Circulars. -- 2 6 | Dug; found a few decayed bones. Diss Seen 147 x15-| Rectangular.| 1 6 AGES. 255% SOR S<° Circular... - 2 17 Ae Bee DOR Sesialliaets GOvsee ee =e 2 Dug; found bones, lead ore, arrow- head, and stone image. 1 oe eee BWsacecs|lenae doprssaces 2 6 | Dug; found bones and stone images, Osea: ARS pesolasee CO) ssa 2 Owe sisson DAS coos! soe, domes cee 16 a raeclacee SOR sa ceiliaeei dows s4s=¢ 2 6 Be se lacels a Aer dOgss 2.52 2 One saees 186 x 15 -| Rectangular iL Chys22 cae Itekoy 3:4 1B yelle neo CONeoeses iO eoeeeesaes (i) se 15 all Sooo) Saasace tt QO onal aers 40 x 16 .| Oblong..---. IPTG: Pl on eee 27......| Circular....-| 2 6 | Explored; no remains. TS SAO 69 x 15 .| Rectangular. 1 6 | Found skeleton. PA) se hee ee 60 x 18 - Awe Boar eG Ue eee 40x15. “Oblong Seiceete 6 Seen e. le woltay, Sate selene ‘ CED EEN. INES DIO t NE a SUL NW miner. A DAOLAU I ACSA OY, aE A COG Gea luepady TAT QANY tensa AY LY Pr OVINE only Ooaa cag ~~5 WY 8. Se = me ‘ST ‘(99S wormanyna aynig ssatdfia aacqn yaaf% ‘nofing ‘2 °ON WeIsvIG ‘AL'Aa “NSOoO'L ‘eOR[g S,uosuyor "Ht “H ‘eT ‘Ystieg esnoye1oyy ‘spunoyt JUSIOUY - cc -— If we 1 & » le x 2 2 Ss in : | y ate: a au eh Op FE , “8 F ~8¢ ik cy ze WS, colored mica, 3 inches in diameter. The jar was broken in the tines, about one-half only remaining; it is made of soft grayish-blue clay, mixed with ground shell (I think); at least there were shiny and flaky patches mixed with the gray-blue clay. The mounds are about 200 yards from the present east bank of the 388 ANTHROPOLOGY. bayou, which, however, seems to have gradually encroached on the bluff about 150 yards. The distance from No. 1 to No. 2is 150 yards; from No. 2 to No. 3, 100 yards. The land has been in cultivation for thirty-five years, and the mounds are much broken down in height and spread out at the base from washing down. In No. 2 and No. 3 nothing except some rough arrow-heads have been found, and a polished broken quartz ax or tomahawk. It must have been a place of resort for fishing, &c., as there are remains of the river mussels found in the ground around the mounds, and in the mounds themselves. These mounds have never been dug into, and I find no burnt clay about them to show that fire was used during their construction. The cypress brake east of the mounds is the head of a considerable chain of brakes and lagoons extending about 12 or 15 miles in a curve south and southeast, and on its banks are numerous camping places in which are found arrow-heads, broken pottery, shells (fresh-water) not now found in the brakes. This would show that either the brakes were once run- ning water, or that the shells were brought from the bayou. This coun- try is peculiar in its formation. From the Mississippi, extending west, is a vast level expanse of rich land, covered with luxuriant vegetation, cut up by sloughs, bayous, and brakes, with perhaps not 20 feet elevation above the Mississippi until you reach what are called the bluffs. These elevations were once the banks of the immense lake which formed the — backwater frem the Mississippi River. On both banks of the bayou, on the hills as well as on the low lands, are evidences of a once numer- — ous population, extending back to the hills. Beside all the little rivulets are remains of camps and places where pottery was burnt and arrow- — heads chipped. These mounds appear, however, to have been the center of civiliza> — tion, as the villages seem to be more scattered as you leave them. I have prepared a plot of sections in my immediate neighborhood, _ where are camps, &c., marked down. These mounds are the only places in which there have been found bones (G. H. Johnson’s place), and from the paucity of them, I think that either the common people buried their dead promiscuously or burnt them on piles of wood. Only one skull has thus far been found in these mounds. The mounds at Oak Ridge, in the southern part of this parish, were de- scribed by a former representative of this district, and sent to your in- stitution just after the war. They stand in the Mississippi bottom-lands, about 20 miles from the bluff, 25 miles from Lake Le Fouche, and must have been sacrificial mounds, as evidences of piles of dry canes having been burned on damp clay are found inthem. They seem to have been built in layers, covered with clay, and the canes (such as we now use for fishing-poles) were burnt on them, the impressions of the joints of the canes remaining in the burnt red clay. Bones and human remains found in them show great age. Quantities of celts, arrow-heads. chisels, wedges, &c., have been found in the fields and plantations for miles around. WAMPUM BELTS OF THE SIX NATIONS. 389 WAMPUM BELTS OF THE SIX NATIONS. By W. M. BeaucHamp, of Baldwinsville, N. Y. Some of these wampum belts of the Six Nations are remarkable for their great width; a belt of 30 rows being called “a prodigious large belt,” while the widest of them contains 49 rows. No. 1, formed of white beads on dark ground of wampum, is about half of a belt of 7 rows, supposed to have been brought by the French missionaries. The ‘Long House” represents the Five Nations, and the cross, the French. No. 2 is a belt of 7 rows, with 4 pairs of diamonds remaining. No.3 has 12 rows, and there are now7 dark bars. No. 4 has a house in the center, with two small men inside. On one side without, are seven. men clasping hands; on the other, six. This is several feet long, and contains 15 rows. No. 5 is considerably broken ; it has 13 rows of beads and 4 bars. No.6 is of 7 rows, quite long, but not complete; the general design is a series of dark crosses. No. 7 represents the league of the Iroquois. It is of 58 rows, having white figures on purple ground. The league has but one heart, and each nation (a square) is united to that and each of the others. There are but two squares on each side now. No. 8 is of 49 rows. The figure shows about half of it. No.9 is of 45 rows, about one-third of it is here represented. No. 10 is of 7 rows, and has 5 hexagons, one for each of the Five Nations. Both sides of the belts are alike, deer-skin thongs running through-the length of the belt, the shell beads being sewed between. There are two others of 6 and 8 rows respectively, without particular design. The outlines will give the general patterns accurately, but it would be difficult to show their real beauty. The beads themselves are of deli- cate colors, and the belts are very substantially made. 390 ANTHROPOLOGY. INDIAN RELICS FROM SCHOHARIE, N. Y. 391 INDIAN RELICS FROM SCOHARIE, N. Y. By FRANK D. ANDREWS, of Vineland, N. J. While collecting fossils from the limestone rocks of Schoharie, N. Y., my attention was attracted by the numerous chips of hornstone which I noticed on crossmg a cultivated field, and I determined upon giving some time to their investigation. About 50 rods west of the bridge crossing the Schoharie Creek, and at an elevation of about 75 feet, there issues from the rocks of the Lower Helderberg formation a fine cold spring. In the immediate neighbor- hood the soil, when under cultivation, appears dark and rich compared with the rest of the field. Here the Indians must have lived for some time, judging from the chips and fragments of their arrow-points and larger implements so plentifully scattered about. Having visited the place only during the summer season, when the ground was partially covered by growing crops, I have never been able to give the locality as thorough a search as I would wish. Notwith- standing the unfavorable circumstances, I have found nearly one hundred arrow-heads in perfect or nearly perfect condition; a large number of broken spear and arrow heads, knives, and scrapers in various stages of completion ; also whetstones, sinkers, and hammer-stones in abundance. The arrow heads do not show very much skill in their execution, though most of the types are found. The material used is hornstone and comes from the corniferous rocks of this locality. I have seen another workshop close to the creek, not far distant from the Cold Spring, where are abundance of chippings, and where I have found bits of pottery, arrow-heads, scrapers, and an ax of rude manufacture. Down the creek a half mile or more, and on the eastern side, are fields—showing evidence of having been the sites of Indian encamp- ments—from which I have gathered many of the articles mentioned above. Some of them are of material not found here, indicating that they must have been brought from a distance, by exchange or otherwise. From the banks of a small stream emptying into the creek I have dug a number of fragments of pottery evidently belonging to one dish; with these occur ashes and burned pieces of bones. I have not been able to find any burial places. In building the railroad, and in making the road near the Cold Spring, bones were found. 392 ANTHROPOLOGY. PRELIMINARY EXPLORATIONS AMONG THE INDIAN MOUNDS IN SOUTHERN FLORIDA. By S. T. WaLkmR. of Clear Water, Florida. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. Much of the work reported in the following pages was done during the spring and summer of 1879, at intervals snatched from business engagements, and whatever was obtained in the way of relics at once transmitted to the Smithsonian Institution, together with letters fully explanatory, written while the whole affair was fresh in my mind. I have endeavored to keep my imagination in subjection to reason, and whatever is offered in the way of theory is the result of much thought, and supported by many facts. It is also necessary, perhaps, to state that the mounds were not ex- amined in the order adopted in this report, as the first on the list were among the last examined. I have pursued the present plan in order that the reader may follow them in regular order along the coast as they occur, going south, into and around the shores of Tampa Bay. I have purposely omitted any descriptions of mounds composed entirely of shell, as I believe them to belong to an entirely different class. These will be described in a separate paper devoted especially to their con- sideration. 1. MOUNDS AT THE MOUTH OF KOOTIE RIVER. This little stream is known by various names. The older maps desig- nate it as the Achaskotie, others as the Pith-le-ches-k6tie, but it is com- monly known among the people as the Kootie. It empties into the Gulf of Mexico about ten miles north of Anclote River, in Hernando County. Its mouth is filled with oyster bars, which extend up the river some dis- tance, making navigation difficult for the smallest craft. On the south bank of this stream, one-fourth of a mile above its mouth, are two mounds of considerable size. The one nearest the sea is oblong in shape, 168 feet in length, 55 feet in breadth, and 5 feet high. It lies with its longest diameter nearly due north, and is composed of alternate layers of sand and shell, each layer being from 8 to 12 inches in thickness. The superincumbent soil was 8 inches thick. The shells used in its con- struction are those of the common oyster principally, with a slight ad- mixture of small conchs and seallops. Figs. 3 and 4, Plate I, will give a good idea of this mound in ground plan and in section. The dotted portions show where excavations were made by me. No relics whatever were obtained from this mound, and, from its level top and general con- struction, I class it as a mound for residence. About 300 feet east of this lies another mound, somewhat longer and higher than the preced- ing, remarkable for its singular shape, which is somewhat like a club, ‘PLATE | y SS wun, ACHASKOTIE RIVER Hernando Co, ETA. ae Note. The shecded portions tnclicete: Laplorations , 393 394 INDIAN MOUNDS IN SOUTHERN FLORIDA. with a projecting branch or horn near the smaller end. The structure is175 feet long. The larger or wider end is 50 feet wide and the smaller 15 feet across. The horn or branch leaves the main structure at an angle of about 45 degrees, 58 feet from the smaller end, and extends due north 20 feet, having an average width of 10 feet. Figs. 1 and 2, Plate I, represent this mound in ground plan and section. The whole struc- ture slopes gently from the wide end, attaining its greatest height op- posite the projecting horn; from this point it slopes rapidly away to the narrow end of both the horn and main mound. Excavations systematically conducted revealed human remains in vast quantities in every part of the mound, but, owing to their great age, they crumbled at a touch, and it was with great difficulty that I obtained one perfect cranium. This skull was that of an adult. One side of the head had been broken in, and imbedded in the sand. Inside the head I found a rusty iron spike about 3 inches in length, and a broken arrow head. Excepting some highly ornamented fragments of pottery these were all the relics I obtained. These fragments were scattered through- out the mound. The mode of burial was interment at full length, with the heads di- rected toward a common center, the body reclining on its right side; I discovered three of these circles of bodies, each containing from seven to fourteen adult skeletons. These mounds are situated convenient to good water, and in a vicinity that afforded their builders easy access to oyster bars and shell-fish of every variety. No large trees grow on or near them, and the growth upon them consists of scrubby bushes and saw-palmetto. 2. ANCIENT ARROW-HEAD FACTORY. About five miles south of the Kootie River, and some two miles north of the mouth of Anclote River, is a small stream called Trouble Creek. A considerable body of blue flint-rock occurs here, cropping out along the shores of the creek, with scattering nodules lying in all directions. This point was evidently used for a long time by the aborigines as a factory for arrow and spear heads. Bushels of chips and fragments strew the ground, and large quantities have been washed from the banks of the creek and cover its bottom. A long search revealed nothing ex- cept a few arrow points and spear heads spoiled in making, and a lot of broken pottery. No doubt excavations along the banks would bring other relics to light, as the Indians must have resorted to this place in large numbers, and have worked here for a long series of years, judging from the depth of soil over the chips. 3. MOUNDS ON ANCLOTE RIVER. In ascending Anclote River one of the most prominent objects that attract the eye is a large oblong mound on the northern shore, which, 396 ANTHROPOLOGY. rising abruptly from the level coast, looks both larger and higher than itreallyis. (Plate IL.) Itis situated about halfa mile from the mouth of the river, and about the same distance from Mr. Hope’s dwelling and store, very near a well-known spring of water called the “ Old Spanish Well.” The length of this mound is 235 feet, its breadth 166 feet, and its height 10 feet, and it is composed of alternate layers of sand and shell. The surface soil is 18 inches in depth, followed by a layer of shell one foot thick; below this is a stratum of sand two feet in thickness, fol- lowed by shell. This is as deep as I penetrated, but long experience convinces me that this order is maintained to the base, which begins with a foundation of shell. The shell used in the construction of the mound is that of the common oyster, doubtless obtained from the river close at hand. = Sen soe eo eeee cere es soe eee 35 Hempstead, GS. b.,-anbhropolocy-. -) W., ceolocy of Wowisiana -o.nsscees ceo nas oe eee ae eee eine 26 Hill, F. C., anthropology ~:......~... SS as sae TS GROSSES 438 Bill oH. «anthropology =1.2.7+2.%%.0sces tec -ee cee eee ee eee 433 ill, Mr.; mounds om Jands of. .--2-.2- 2b ce. neseee seen erence eae 340 Hinckley, Isaac, assistance rendered by ---...-- .----+ ---= -- 252 e=24=-ss1e=e= 50 Mintz, Mr; mounds:on lands of —..c2s..2---- 5+ cose ese eee eaten 333 History, Origin and, of the Smithsonian Institution, by W. J. Rhees .-...-... 27, 28 Hitt, D., anthropology: t=... <= -22: ett eet cs otic nieces ceria een aaeeeimes 435 Hobbs, Thomas J., disbursing agent to National Museum Building Commission. 126 Hobby, Dr. C..Mo-setecteccs tee keccct we cees eee cee oeee See eee See eens 473 afolbrock, W.-C., anthropology —.... (lo ssjcsceoclecs s eoew soe eeeeses eee werens 43 Wolden, E..8., professor, U.S; Nizc-=cseueee ee oo wee e one nee eae eee ees 490 report on American observatories ...........-.--------- 535 Holland, B. B., flint implements plowed up by........-.-.------------+----- 307 Heliand,, Joshua, anthropology... ---ciesweaevece teeces posepeenee Seeere seer 438 INDEX. 611 Page. Holly, A. T., examination of mounds.... - 0-2... 222 w2ce eee soto pococn cpa 346 HHoliiCounby.) Missouri,pMmounGSiileesseeeee asec ciemeeeaiscce/ sss s=.s\ ccc 354 Horan, H., superintendent of building ..--....-.. Se suc0o abQ6es0 OCBCGE aHOBEE 5 Hornstone chips found at Schoharie, N. Y.222).25 02 S220 20. Sas lon =~ ccc eee 391 TOUS Lisi GemWheciaera aes esa a oieiacis Seca ccree co ceteris Sajansercesisiceceine ease sce C 464 Hough, James, on mounds in Washington County, Mississippi-.-.----------- 383 Hanserentiallowed«the secletabyeaaesice salon asi see ace eneeinm men <= 142 ETON ZEA el oe Oa oes ans Ae eee ae sale aaa tose eebece deseo sacsisccimceee 499 HTOWe HOLD OrbrAtseaese ee meeeisacer see otal einen aicine aisiae mies ciasictenaia ser cerle 475 ISO Fen) Hol re Dog ehh, 55 chen popoee eeseooode boce Ses heoees Gach 65h 31 Haxie Walter anthropolopy += scnstek ode. (22 Sia Oee ae Set 443, 462 abbard star enlimois sm oOunds) OMe ecscesosac ese aeiecel ase amersaiee nape caer 363 inp DAEGU CIS, AUTO PO] OCYe eee aaioeae alee a eieicies se serie eeleeicerie sienna 434 Human honestromimound im MWouisianaocn oe one ec ssea ce oc escelese eee anne 387, 388 IMAMOUNGAS iD, MISSOULNC ea. secs chee eee see cer este cseee 353, 354, 555 Human foot-prints found in Missouri .-..-.---- RSS eo eatin eek eee 307 Eeunmino- pirds description Of 2.4 esee ae ac ee oe ect oscee Ste eae eoasenee 34 list ofepyaUAG Hig heseer = aie sees sesate cies. cis eelaeison ete 26 Fem phreys, font A. anthropology: tan 2 sss cacie- tesla see els ceeisaades ocleaae 446 fan Data Elo, amGhTOpolesyssc ac csctiee sss 525 facet asa tc ecie sadmlaceeee 430 Hydro-pneumatic Fire Extinguishing Company, apparatus presented by..-.--. 63 Ichthyology, North American, contributions to .......--..--- -----.---e- ---- 31 JD MONSS Gralla OATS BooAcodeserb eas cH Oaos CORO SEES EET ne BEEP OEScu ceutuecs 435 ilinois;mounds inet ew aee ee sere eee we nae 341, 359, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368 Im Roeklisland’ County son). =1- = catia cee oss soae senie ss COO) COU OOS on Campbpellignis)an derma seer c seein cates iaael= 363 TeATS MOLINE eee ee eee weer eset eeathoes seneeee tase ne 363, 365 INPLLAMp LOMB eee aes a aise sce acieeinttic er eater rea- = 363 OnE ry Otiman siarmyees eset nicaa = cntecene saeeerec se sel 363 onyRoheadrislands sepa e sce acceler ecicle cise eoeslce nie 363 OnsHmpbardsHranmMeseseqee eee nee eae ease esl eeaeiseicinl ce = 363 abe Valleye Cihysee a aia eal oats setae sine Seteertaie Solari 363 OnyDeerejs farm ose c sees sleet cease Seber eeotee a. 363, 364, 365 NeaMblacky Hawk LOW Clase caeieeos cere a Sac sce es aeeeaslesoe 363, 365 On Davenporus landipeeeasme mea eeeemaas cece mele) a-eecce = 363 Near Milan acer soos eee e eee eiseiee Hacite oem ae 363 in Madison County .--.--.------ reas sie seclc RES RISE re Secele 366 neae Mighland)s32 s5 sce see hae mei de cet ABE hale 366 onland of JoOnmer ee ROOte ae eee ease seats ee ere nana 366 in) Pike County -ceos. cases ne NES COSE BORD COBO SHO CHEE eat 367 IMESPOONERIVEL VaAllOVesssecieese sae sic] cee els eee eieese oo o- sens 368 NEAT OUINCYpaacen seas cea asec seal Seems a ae a oss cence cee 341 awiste AUUDTOPOO Sao. o = Settee = oe Sac Fav eiese ea totes dena seceto week aces oee 430 Towa (City, C; W. Irish’s private observatory....--. 2J2220 6.2225. see t cisco ns 472 EGiyyfe wl OLE SEINE rane Behe ete ts alate ane ee ee oeiens see cote cae cin cece 344 FilvyeHord monnds esse snes eee ae eee eae el ceeiateeice cece 346, 347 TiC yCUMCC Hs ehecice sce Saobes dh ocee Sone Sane cbh6 cosdcoES SNe 345, 346 inses Moines Valleyeresscreseccae coe sete ae te aeaems io lace . 344 Meae Clith am des soa a. see ee ole seen een alacicecaashvioisiccinclaata 349 MOAT EAN Eas. soe eae eles sal eea ceased sles c.ce siecle 348 Meir) OLGUNUW die sess eee cee Conc esis am etmaa oe eiate ac/ereisie sais 344, 345, 348 Siless Mounds -oceieee eee eset ees eels tasocsle sale cs cle ele/sin/niniel= 346 Rusar Creek oroupeass=sseree ee eee eeeneeewn cess esosec=. 344, 345 Willave! Creek; mounds =-ssewsisessenleseetceseciecisaas)seececlsisne 346 612 INDEX, Page. Implement.found in mound in Hlinots -- 2-23... soos stec cue seteseeceesne= ss 369 in Missouri - 2222205 <-.d< 022 fae Leet js eh ts 396, 357 on, Minnetonka) Hakel nc cccnnee erences een eee eee eee 427 in /shell-heaps in-blhinois.-£ 2. cease see seecie see eee eee ee 370 index, authropolopyi-n-o- esse eer eee reer eee ene =e eee ene ee eeeriee eee 476 Indian heads, ‘casts of... [osces Sas Lasse see tae Bao See eee eee ee 34, 42 Indian’ Hall, Florida, jshellzheap at. 2 --\-ocee. == = eee eee eee ee eee 418, 422 Indian mounds in Southern Florida, explorations among......---..----.---. 392 Indian Pass) Church, Blorida,shell-heapiat==2-..oe cece ese eae eee eee eee 419 Indian relies:from! Schoharie, Niece cee cee ceenee eee eer ee ee este e ate 391 Indians, half-breeds/of.the Northwest=:---s--scs-s-=-- eee seere == ee eeee 309 Hndins, anMcbhro polo gyeee emcee cise e eee nee aie eet ee eae eee ere eat 438 Franklin’ County, moundsinms2o2-ccssesceeee ee eee sean eens a 370 Inflamation, reparatory, in arteries after ligature, by E. O. Shakespeare-.--. 26, 28 Ingalls; portrait of, Professor! Hentyncce--7---eo-i- eee eee ee eee eee ae 12 Ingersoll, Ernest, assistant for census work of Fish Commission. .......----- 75 Inman Steamship Company, acknowledgment due-....-..-...--.-----.------ 50 Internal.structure of the earth, by J. G. Barnard). .22..222. 02 222.2. =... 26 International Exchange Bureaus. o---\-c—- == eee eee Senet ciate ee eee 48 raja, DIPdSALOMS socio = 444 Waboratory,.chemicaljavorksdoneunss ceo seles Sse) anise ss eeicissasicnle SSOBOOOE AC 17,18 TeALLANO CMe Nib O fe eae ater le eo acate Sele teiniae Soodde sand 6a656 ° 62 ACY Pee aAllLNTONOLO Wesson p ese aa teeeoe pee cease sich, asics els sie s socioe ese ete eee steele aieea= 309 iin Soyeaveran, IMG, 355556, ohod Goer Daa OSe Sno DOnooS .cootas béascd onSne 392 Tin USS) IDES Miia! Welle Been eo ee ssaceOoObeeS CEA Osc Obeoco Soceed aoce 344 ITUAV VALS COMSIN et tecmion chcecicl ceicinaree bese e cose Soe e eo ee esate 335, 339 MEAT OtoUMiW awl Ow deers s cee 2s ec clece cee eine ee eee teen ciate ase 344 OmbushiCounty-in dismaes sscen secs ccleoeaes eee ccm clncdse ser cota ate 374 ; OniGiIGeom swarm.» MInMeSObap sce sso since ss seeelea=ltseene riser ie iatar 422 Mount Lookcut, Ohio, Cincinnati Observatory .........----.---. «----2------ 475 IOWA O sosda5 533255006 Soe ne BEEBE DEO EROTIC OCIS OO BOSCO DCO Coop CH enoOSeac 473 Mumford, R.S., anthropology. ..-.--------..-- ROS 8a5 Unb snododoobbeudotocase 441 Murray, Ferris & Co., acknowledgment due .... 5.0... 2.20 220s coon ee none nee 51 618 INDEX. Page. Muscatine, lowa, mounds near ..- =. .icscse~ cactwtcnesceaseewces ee ePeeeEemes 359 Museum in Mexico presented cast of calendar stone.......--.-...---- Wapgcoad 41 of thnography, Copenhagent.- 25.42.2802 et oto eben ca ee eee eee 302 of Northern Antiquities, Copenhagen...--......------.----.---- 300, 302, 303 Myers: Mound! Florida :.2: 2.232 222. Geoees secs toe Oe ae eee 396 NashvillesTenn:, Observatory —.2<2/cs.- Scns se cee eee eee eee 475 National Academy of Sciences, meetings of: 5.2...scs2 252 Sa-ces oeaaas enous 63 National Archzological Museum, Copenhagen..........-----.-.------------ 305 National Museum 2 22s... 5 cece eer ec ee aoe ee ee eee 5, 65 Off Crs Of .25 22 sss sete coe Se see Sse Vaoeenven cose 5 fire-proof, building: 25 s.e ees oon dae le stee aster eoewee 11, 121, 122 acts Of COngTess x.'jcastt aoe Sasnigoo sen wason cs coee eee eeeeeece 115 archsological collections in's-5 42-2 e =e ee eee 23 proceedings of.. oietet ast ceioce oe See oo neeees ee seers 27, 32 bulletins Of. . 3555S sess eee Se ee ee eee 29 Object Of ss. a's neivemee net eee ee hee eee eee 65 INCTOASE OLS a5 = J aeicerasssuscsseerscaccon see ee eee Gee eee 66 relation to Smithsonian Institution......----..-..--..---.- 65 collaboratorssssessceeen eoee ee ibaa Wales Moking bose hese ae 66, 67 DiTds; ss sts ects tesele aise! sateen ets bee eeeere oes 66 Mam Mal oi ecepaietion ascctoc neato Meseiomee eaten ree 67 appropriations) by, Congress: ..s-c1-225 eee eee ee eeeeeees 121 Building Commission: (455.2. aces s5ssee soe See eee eee 125 acts of Congress establishing-.--..--... 125 memorial to Congress..-.......-..--- 125 Parker, Hon. Peter, member ---...-.--. 125, 129 Sherman, General W.T., member of.. 125, 129 Meigs, General M. C., consulting engi- NCL tO 2 sSo5-e os asus ere wee 126, 128 Cluss & Schulze, architects to..-..-.. 126,140 Leech, Daniel, secretary-to.......---. 126 plans! forbulldin ge sesee ee eee eee eae eee eee eee eee 2 Clark, Edward, approved plans- .--..--.- sligeeseciase Lee 126 Baird, Prof. S. F., member and agent... .-...22.-225 2-5-5 126, 129 modifications of the plans permitted......-.-...---..----- 126 Hobbs, Thomas J., disbursing agent...-....--.-..--------- 126 heating apparatus for building....-. -... 02S... c2 2 leo ee 127 cases for the Dullding os. sssces sco) is= = see a ali seacceumen 127, 128 SecretarycrOf Mle 55225. < se Walliams. SenvicesiOlscesss ee as- sera e eee eeeee ae 129 reportofanchitects-s~:2 S2-sacceecisoecrdase aoc eee eee 130 Natural history of Arctic America,contributions to.....-...-..-...-...----- ol ot Hanning islands: s2seccees onsen eee eee eee ene eee eee 30 of Hawaiian’ Islands 2.220 soa .cacsue aes soetiesten Desens 30 of Kerguelen Island sss. 02-24-00: anodic see sean one 30 of ower Califomia > .2.: 52-2. -os eee eee ee ee eee 30 Nebraska, anthropolopy-..---- 5. 4g-eeele ne ene ee oscee ese eee eee 430 Nelson; B.W.., collections by)... 5522. cceue--cee aes aeeee serene seer 42, 44, 67 Netherlands ane rican Steam Navigation Company, acknowledgment due -..- 50 New England States, anthropology. :2n.5-.--2- -seeee eee =e eeleee eee eee 447 New Haven, Conn., Observatory of the Shefiield Séientafis School of Yale College. 22.5 .25<\ Sapo eee ws ees lee cceret act eee seca eee eee 477 New Jersey, anthropology... 222. <<. ccc. nccees cuweees coo stese te eeeeeeee eee ome 445 New Mexico, anthropology: -; o.<..-=-c =.-ateteeee seen eeeeue aes. seo aetes 429 INDEX. 619 Page New; Mexico; explorationspins=\-5<.<< Spt N Seat SATA ect rowrowin: rss Ea SEIS a oe ee 18 Gre On ARLTOPOlO PY cas 2e a-ak oat acceeosciawn coca Soca SAbauedaive wacelouee 428 MAES MEO) {52 8a/94 oS eA Soe so aece a oo dk ook SUN eee. Cees 33 Origin and History of the Smithsonian Institution, by W. J. Rhees.....-..--- 27, 28 eouonduioun ds Mlorid ay sevrcis care test eters obi Sok eta asks Se SSO Aaa 396, 397 Groen illiam assistance Dy 2c os ee Sesto ous dance esac ane eae 19 Grae River, MIssOUEr, TOONS ON -- 5-25 505-5-nio2 so see aman eens 354 Osborne, H. L., investigation of deep-sea cod fisheries. ...-.....--....--.---- 74 Gsborne,, Mrs specimens. collected) DY. «.+ <- J 2 seeiwercuiwistcae anew eeiew eee 68 Osgood, Aipece ANUNLODOLO My gas asia sine alse sistaisacls s\cisleehce eater eerste 447 Osten- Backer: Recatalopue odip tera soss5 s<06 =n saisyeiscieeeeeleee cece s 26 Ottman, Dr., en OfPMOUNASION 5275/15 -1ainn) sis aa a ataiseinene ies ames ee eee 363 ERM IWa LOW a eIMOUNGS NOE 622) 5 Sarai oc.0. oja0,-19 roaiacrate eae eee tee sees 344, 345, 348 Wxericese, Jouns farm of, STAVOYAl OD sais <5 < eSee Saeieiaer eee eres sie Siosisyaisi= 5, a esheets Ree ieee 22, 465 Reyton; MisspAmnie di. santhropolocyes ese oom esteeea ae eee eee eae 447 Phelps, Ns .Y.,_ hed) HouseObservatory. sscescce-e 42 eee ao eee eee eee 483 Philadelphia, Wilmington and Baltimore Railroad, acknowledgment due ---- 5 Philips, ‘D. A. anthropology ac-2 o-.0.432 shee eee et aie eee aa 446 Phillips, B., assistant for census work of Fish Commission ..-.--.-...--..----- 75 Bhillippis Lom, fonds, mound (aie ...-sssee eerie beeen ee ee eneeeeee : 410 Photographs,of Professor Henry, - =... <2s2e- 0) aaissoloseiesel os aeeiseitstos BE HOO 367 OT ANOS UNS <2 = aaj an olspecacis seis epeisin seieselal oe ae eee 367 ike County, Missour: moun dsyine see eee see ieee ieee ieee eee 350, 355 Fine Key,,Florida, moundion. 92-28. -cesissc-erle seal S oan Ee eee oe eioeeeets 404 Pipe from mound near Muscatine, Iowa ----.----- ecclacsisisinin se aeeee tp eeee 362 Pisko, Dr. Franz Joseph, on the present fundamental conceptions of physics- 485 iRlanets discovered iam 1879 - Some aa era nne fee ncislas tae Se eieee lo eee etal 22 Plans for National Museum 22 = saci eisie v-oeresiseiseetes asad hee leer case 126 Rlasteringan: Museum! buildin oye ena --\aeeeigaeeieieioe te Sa ee eee ae 135, 138 Pleasant Point, Wasconsin: monnds)on\- .<<-)c.--- sscetasee Seles ee eke eee 340 Blumbing sn Vnseum) bouldimg ena ae ee- ree see eee Pee eee eee 135, 138 Blyer, ‘Charles Wiosai2a5cseis02.45 sais incinceeuesceeihscenees eee eneigee aeeeeaes 467 Pockets ofarrow-points found: o.oo eee ereieaeicivaeeie iss e se Pee eae 362 Rocock, Hos anthropology,-j-nncicmne neers acetate eae aoe eee eee 439 Poéy, Feline; notes! Dyjaan« o.cccesiemccisecnsee Beceee-Oaee peb cem Soenea Ee ete 34 Roint/Pinellos Blorida,~mounds| Of Sees ceee eee enclose eaneio eine See ee ear 406, 407 shell-heaps at<25sisc--ecm. sac one ooahea eeeeese aa nu! clea Mee ce 469 JMO hs EIGN) Cope conetenoowoeser Beers ese useeyet aioe bases = See Re eR Eee 490 Proceedings ofthe National Museum <2... 2-22-5205 .2250) i524. S028 27, 32 Erovidence,/W.. 1.,, Seagrave .Observatoryr: sssescs seth ee eb Ree 484 Provincetown, Mass., Fish Commission work at .......--..-..-.---- +--+. ---- 72 Beet RC DINOS) ou. So/S5 2 See Muoccet access acne MNS Sarees Gee Lee a 23 Contribubions to Knowledge. s2522.55.55.2 S4c8 ete acdek ee 23 EXPENSES! Obes 5/25 os srapsiniss Sea Hans ee eee ee hes 119 ATID UMITLES In eNNeSSeOl yaseeiecyse aajeae none ee eee eee ee 23 JONES; JOSCP Ls sMOMO MD yao ee meee ona ote eee eee eee 23 Habel vSsyMemolrby, <2 sca ssssees ee ae asec eee eee 23 Scul pruresioL Sava MuilCia cae cctese soe sees aoe eee eee oe ee 23 iRalenqueitablet, by Charles Rauys.-sssca-c2= eeeecee ee ee alee 23 DallPWe-H..tmem oir Dyson sssceas wscar oc cence ee oe eee eee 23 Rau, Charles, memoirsaiby~ «2026 2 es) todo eee sone 23 inicermaria,w by. El... Js Clank sy.scersa5 sas sere ccerens stone eee es 26 Clark, EH. Ji.5, Memoir Dykaacscccaasccs cise see ee eee eee eee 26 Geology of: Louisiana: 2%. rss. 3 GIR eS 5 26 Bilgard, EB. W., memoir Dy 5..s53ss01552s4 he ss aees sac eaee 26 Internal Structure of the Morthi.s2sserseoscnjpe seen send eee eee 26 Rhees, William J., History of the Institution ...............--. 27 James Smithson and his bequest......---.-. 27 Smithson, scientific writings of.........-...- pagels Hecate ates 27 622 INDEX. Page. Publications—Continued. Smithson, James, and his bequest -..---.---------- -------- s-<6 27 Journals of the Board of Regents........-...00. secs cene-. --5- 27,28 Proceedings of the National Museum ...--...---.-----.-------- 27, 32, 34 Chitonidemonocraphioh es cee.leemialeseianer = ate eee ett 28 Carpenter, Dr. Philip P., monograph .........--+-------..---s 28, 29 list of zoological genera << \2o2e annem aanicee eee aaeeee eae 29 Scudder, S. H., list of zoological genera..........-------.------ 29 Bulletins) of the National Museum =.= - 222222 S6-. 2222 ecesee eee = 29, 30, 31 Reports of the United States Fish Commission -......--...----- 37 on ethnology). 2: scien emanate Seema eb ee see eeoee BERSES 39 lekan eel dio (Eps waersoe reo oo5 Bene Koon ceae Sho Geos cocrSS amos 26 IHW, ID) (Cia Ta MOP Pe 655 55 posc ooo cond ebones posses sce cass 26 Drochilids, snonograph: Of) --\-oeamennjaaceeeteiee Slane eee ee 26 TEE NON? CE oo 5605 6555 155505 9005 S805 Sone 5606 usdsa0 sono Cscis 26 Wood; Drives © isindys0f fever so-etes sen eeae atest eee eat 26 Miscellaneous: Collections: seis es ee oe se 26, 27 Strepomatidse, monographiofs-—- sas-eesse se ease eee=ee ee aes 26 Tryon, iG. We, mone praph|byeaostecseentsee aero se eee taeae eee 26 Osten-Sacken, R., catalogue of diptera ..........-.----..-..---- 26 Diptera, catalogue) Ol aceleaeseclaaeateein ee eee eee ae ee aera 26 Toner Mectures sass anita sersisincsao eee ee ee eee eee tee eters 26, 28 Shakespeare, E. O., on reparatory inflammation of arteries - .-.- 26 CoC NEB NRS) (C10 CODD EN a ono Gob mg CBS E68 BOSON 65S9.9=51055 355500 2065 26 ibusiness/arrangementsio. = peccc= aoe aleelteentee eae tea ee 26 JIStiOf Mi brates snemete eee eee sees see eiee te See eeaeattetetate eter 26 list of Smithsonian publications. ...--..----. - seeesives dooce 26 history,ombhewnstiay tl Ont eee seeieee = ela eelee ete aetna 27 Quarries, aboriginal’: 2. meee = nor eee eee ele se === ome =e 373 Quartermaster-General, co-operation.......--.- ese. ------ ------ 2+ --- === 39 Quick, Edgar R., anthropology .-.. ---- ------ eoee0s cone oe ene enn e eo - eee eee 438 moundsn Indiana eee alee er ‘sto(ate vielen ttle le BeeE 370 Quincy, Ill., mounds near... 1. < -o0 scene ceneenne caine sen sis-iemiueme == == -==—5 341 Quinn, Moses, anthropology - ..-=.. <--cccccenncletis Stine eo sel-ssSipecs nee s-== 444 Raleigh Lassiter place, Louisiana, mounds on ......--.--------------------- 386 RallsiCounty, Missouri; mounds\iny-)-ceeceses seer alae een eee 355 Ramsey, Hon. Alexander, member ex officio -.------- Lance wee eae eeu 4 Randolph, vl. is anthropoloty ae speseacke seo eeee acetate eee tee eee tea 439 Rappe, Mr., human foot-print.in possession of......--...-..------+-2------- 357 Rathbun, wt. WOVestleablOns sseeiese ele —ce) = scieleeeeeetee ee aoe ae eee eee ee a 70 Ran; Charles, jassistant .-sc.gecccnc ss sos pone ecee eee tee eee eee ) collaborator sss.)52< are seciesan ewe cactee heer ee eee eee 69 TOOK Oh, coeSO Gorm BEOb CaSO Bond HSO00G G2058000 doscocscis soces 23 Read) MC. antbropolocyie ap -aceeieene seein ae eee eee ae ele el ea 439 Receipts, Armory” building... .......-6 ..0c.cs0sce sce dice eesees te sseea-==ss 122 contributions toethnolopyss--o--) case see ee eee se eee ee ae aete 123 Tn stitwtion Jeon, 06.000: ciqajetenaicstasaias ocean eentoietc eo ace ae ee eee oeate 120 National Museum: yj. jj). sino aicceis eee eres =e eneaemeeeee Peet preservation oLicollections = -.24-)----2.eeee eee ener ee eel e a= a=eae 122 RedwHouse Observatory, ebelps; Neo teenie lal lee eee eae 483 Reed, Mrs. A. J., on finding of Indian relics.......--..----- .220 cannes sence 370 Reed, Davidih2-2- sceeene eee eise hice apatlobe diss ted bscte dope Sa eee ee 470 Reds, J. Ki. olecosseeteeeseeeeed theta ee paeeeen ssw ese eee eee eee 486 Regents of the Institution.......--..----- Sotieh Hat ee ies ae oe 5 INDEX. 623 Page Regents of the Institution—Continued. POLIO LO MMC tert ev cicie aco mcm eis ale Santer s eee eae ene se SS Ae 13 elechionsandsappoimtmentiof<- 25: cence ee eee hens eee esate eee eee 13 fucligionof Shoshonésior snake Indians... ..\. 0222. ssw. 20. Je eeeete see an ak 328 Remains of man in the Aleutian Islands, memoir by W. H. Dall.....--..---. 23 REPMVMEN(Gs. 225. sasae esos sa saesue ores se sso ot eee eee see 120 RUGHOVIS ALN UGE oS ate NaS S Sees chara 5 Vaan boss See Ne ee ee Dn eiee PaNBY accepted yeeccn cases Sas sas elsos eee cee Sete eee Coe ee a 142 frepulleshn National Musediinssocse.s .- as ss's4 beast oe ee ees 68 TOSCANCHES IE So saat ee ctee ce seca e ee ahaa faces See eet ee ceeies oes 70 erick JONES. ANtUNTOPDIOly > 52s Siclasc cos «0 5-5.)ok SAuoeee Saree eyes 438 HEPSCALCHOS Eee cigeae cre eee se soe SSeS eto eee e ess Rh ce ee 17 PORANGHEO POOR ye sa aceite comets oe a wa close sc ata so oa So Ge Sao 38 EXPENSES Tarai sso semis cule morse ee eta cae ae loere retry walacs ety manic ae 119 Peso uhOns Dy) Doar. Of ROFONtS= 22. 2p cece s see. CSC ee ES 142 Hesolution: by Congress, to: print report .:= 22.5. 2oee Sess sees eek 2 respecting statue of Professor Henry -.--...-..-..--- 13 relative to the Smithsonian Institution and the Na- Lona MAISeNM Hessel so cee oom eae sacle ecetnae 115 Restoration of ancient churches in’ Denmark 222-2 425.2 bosses. lec chee cece 308, 309 BUHGUS EW El at def CHLOE ClORKS 22522 Sodas ssaitcs Joe Sates uae see hoes oe eee ae 4,5 account of James Smithson and his bequest.-..-.-.-..-.. 27,143 Journals of the Board of Regents.....----.-..-...2..----- 27,28 Origin and History of the Smithsonian Institution........ 27, 28 Valuable services Ofes s2is2 jascac costes ean se se noses 129 ead epi haley soe seeisech et ences ces eee cota oses. Sesee dl Ee 5 hachardehush steamer -exploratiolicsess=ce sseees cee e soos beets eee aoe 45 PACH ATASON Ws, i .5) ANCATOPOLOLY = cases sss cw sce ccne seta ies eceaote tek oases 447 PAEHATUSON,: Wie. s ANURTOPOlOMy: cscs tees bese sas Losses stk ts See eh eee 448 Rereios stu Wier AUtHTOPOLOD Ven caste cece lccona te teei cee fe ates Ree ee 441 HMCUOLUS WEAN! Coss ss cnsnces case seetine ac casee sone tebe ve Vee eens se 489 PE MewayapiODenb: ASSIStAME ss cas. cou seen ete tose see es Set ST SSeS TAPES 5 collections: SSaAsea wer once lees See eos coe cs ee 67 curatorotiormuhologygeesese eee cteer ene eee cee neta eee 69 MOLESYOMSDITAS ee csisec cote cele ces taco onene cee coat ac oe eee 34 researches, American bIrdss. 20. 20)52224. 22a) eee 70 PEO. Gs BOP OSILRWALH soa's cui cob amewiaiensmes ess <5 2 Satie kl dce eae eta 118 eactiosters N.Y. Warner Observatory..coseccsto- .ssccencscteki beck eeoeeue 485 Peereialand County, OURS Ie = ios 3h. coe e eee eee. eee Fe 359, 360, 363 Pret eliea@ RAblOG PEC cla te cee coe ect eee eee es ce = nas cca ccioeea ate eee 488 ROCK WOrk, aneient,;Mmi-MISSOUrUceesoese cee ce sete soe u 2s Se 351 Poacers, ohn. roar-Admiral. <<. 5. sceesaseccw sl cls eesdt scene ueeee comes 490 Rivers micub raymond: Po.So./ fick eke Sethe es hoe coe ee ee 457 evo TOlnee. mounds On farm Of -)5 55 2oasafocs = tsetse eeeme ene ease see 366 EOpewlen eA. wh. + ait NTOPOlO GY. oc-)-o- eases eee sae eee eee eneeee 307, 398 Schwartzell, John, anthropology ..........---.-------- subinosyeheo cen eteeee= 446 Schurz, Hon: (C. member ex-officio £225 5... 4acs seen eeeieseeea eee eee eee 4 Ncienvilic writings of) ames| Smithson sess. ssece eee es cote a eeeeebeeeeeee eee 27 SGops; notes ion 22 sesso os eae toos Sate ee ee oe eee ee eee eee 34, 36 Scudder) Mr. specimens collected by.cceeoe sane ecaiee ele eee ee Eee ee eee 68 Scudder, Newton P., investigation of halibut fisheries........----.---------- 74 Scudder, Samuel = listof zoological ceneraeeeneseneee aeeeeee esos eee 29 sculptures|of Cosumalwhuaparesssseesee se eee See ee eee eee ee eee 15 Sculptures of. Santa Lucia, memoir by Dr. S. Habel .....-.....--.----------- 23 Searcathsh, breeding apitsofsses--— == - = so caneoe eee aeeee ee aes ecient 34 Seagrave, W. Biss. 2 52s a soce ce ceea ce ociec cae ae Rea aeSeeee eee Ie eee 484 Seagrave Observatory, Providence, R. ) RP ee Soe Seah aae 484 Searle, Arthur. 2. 522. accektosec ccs act scecaceeeaeneede ches Sees eee eee 462 Secretary to National Museum Building Commission...-..---.---...-.------ 126, 128 Serranoid fish} new 3-22.55 os-.0es ose0 oes ccumeciesewe lose PER ee eee 33 Serviss, HIE. anthropolory2)..c- ci-cccmecwes see enceeaecle eee eee 2 433 Serviss; (\Gs9P rie soa ce Seed ic wae d Saloceslvasscunce coe seen ee eee eee st 461 Seward, Samais:, mounds on landsiof&a--s-2sses eee es Eee eee een ee eee ee eee 369 Héwerage in Museum building 27s. secce Set ee roc ee eer eeee ee See ee ee 135, 138 Shakespeare, E. O., nature of reparatory inflammation in arteries after liga- bure) 220 Oe eee oo wince he eee eee ee ee 26, 28 Shannon, 8. G., anthtoapology 25. c2hes-cseceewe ene eee Eee oc. 1 See 446 Sharp, J. M;, anthropology =... ----2---shseccacnnses coe eee eee eee eee 444 Sharpless; Isaacez=.22s seas secese co scce. cob ewe cco. Bese e eee Eee eee A7Zz Shattuck Observatery, Hanover,.N. Hi. ..cice.cwnc eninenenecceneoeeae eases 470 Shaw’s Point, Florida, shell-heaps at...... 2... 220c0s cece seen Saun 414, 416, 418, 420, 422 Sheffield Scientific School, ohservatory Of... -....2. .2ccee eoe- cocece Joa sek : 477 INDEX. 625 Page. ShellPheapan Towa) .ssoc. os ss-ceccccs Sn5oce ceboco ndaée soa datos BoDSEEeoeodC 346 Shell=heapstinulllliin ists asete- cts cele; scienectoceeie class ace eee ele ee seo oa toes 370 Bnell-heaps of, Nampa Bay. Fuorida 225. sm sh canoes nse aeeeens nc cas owen 412, 413 msnellstromplaitchen-mid dense sanjmis- sere ao ante Selene en eee leeels acini wocces 35 RHETINANS GOneral Weide nacas escent te tele Sink ola Sie em LE 11 Beecnt 59.0569 Sods eebS O00 SoGsdels Sco Boop Gab6 sede eeee 4,141 chairman National Museum Bailgine Commission .... 125, 129 CO-OPerabrons 22 sass carseat ae 39 member of executive committee..........-..-----22. 4,124 BHerman, HON... J.,.MeMDEM 6X-OfiCIO aco «1c -\- este sae abeneensescceee 4 ShoaliCreolk VMIssORE. MOUNGS OD. 35;ciom ce Secs eee ebeneee Weenie me hee eee 354 SehohantewNeaey En GIAnereliGs iLOMsaenoss ones cee eae eee eee 391 Snoshones Indians, se swer cece pe ciscnece calesemet Uduel Seabee cece cee 328 lOd ges RAs oayosws sassasesee clemtiatesces FEED CaCO er HEe De 329 IMANNEVS Se ceeiss se sete s slate Meisle ee Suse See ee eke ees 328, 331 tribalirélationship sss a22 ss = seis eee ceee ke cece s seek eee 329 PEM OTONE ayes Sethe ees cS ets Suicides se oe basciece ee beeses 328, 330 TESST VAMIONSE see tisee ioe obsess actelslense Saisie ewe Sess 329 SUPCTSLIbLONS ashe ie re ews Selcrealss aelese arse eee sow ccc ees 328, 332 Sibleyeekity aan LALO POLO myprse aoe ete ae ec He clac ee ee Hoses soeeloewe 436 Sion alapparavus TOL MTes\< 25.5. jinn csi ece cls omens soe see eee eceses soeses 19 BukersprompTear SCH OQHAriOs Neg Yasser sees tk cine Gane eel eas oncemecmns 391 Sisseton Reservation, Dakota, earthwork near........-.-.-...-.-+---------- 426 Hix NaniOns, .wampumi Helis Ofavhert erase ses os 24 Sleek eles based nss coe ccs 389 Skeleronein Mound wninGians 134 eset eetaee ses cc Saeco mw Soo scan cans ease 76 pcoeletons.irom graye near Hiphland Ws: oo. pot neces ne es hdeictec soescese 367 FLOMEMO UNA Seige MlM OLS se ceee mes eres oe eee eee eee ace ee 341, 343 FOUN IN MOUNESHAAWABCODSIE sees: Ais TEs hc ccc eee 343 RS Ka TAT OTs Atay aero eter Saye emer: tres nc) IU URLs Sa VEAL ie Pes Sc ara 490 Skinning-stones found, in mound.in-Whinois 5.229) 22222). sew eceiges ceo 0 soe 369 Sia bone immonndsin« lowalsecs santo 26 bes elds wats b Ns Bel le becosecues cess 345 SkullftromeMinneapoliss Minne pesneces see a osciamee se cate tee eccieces somecese 427 fromypmoundsingonisianacencee eros teen cue easeenmeseees cece eece 387 Skulls trom, crave nearmeichlandabe snsctooli: Wa Absa haSecc eases cose 367 FOUNALIN MOUNASAMPWASCONSINEE sees secs se misseeeseiane ee secece 338 found: in.moundsin) Missouri) 2255.50 Ot etek ace G let cy so. see 3593 Sloan, Hon. Robert, examination of mounds.-...........-------------------- 346 Rinne PLiGha ANGHTOPOLO Rian susisas so foe cell sos scgc stewleeUaideemesccce ace 448 Slates and slating in Museum building. ...... ...-..-------+---------------- 134, 137 Smiley, Charles W., in charge of Fish Commission office for census work .... 75 SEER CNG ATS MUGS 0) co) 10) ca 91) 2c) ee ee Br PY ee Pe ee 5 PUOLOoTApn Ol PraressoriHOenry.s-12 0s Jodelc aces selene nes sae s someone 12 BBai EO Sea sais see eetet te ese Sicl Sees eb Wsitoee) Lisls ae ebeaccess—ce 47 “SEPESIUAL SMD LEGS fia 1509 (05 C0 20 ee ae Re ea ae Para ne Bes Ra ae 437 inthis C.eancheopologyss + a/ss22 sissies Js tes ok Osh Honseataaaesjesos aaises'e 433 Smith, Sanderson; invesbigations: socs//ss-b 21 ta=nic- Sse ciemeeiasdeeace coco -osa 70 PUAUN ETO Obs, Mes AMONG: ~~ 4. 27a\\2 0-1 JalSetelecse ceeaigecad ooo - ccs a 70 Smithson, James, and his bequest, account of, by W. J. Rhees ..........---- 27,143 lavordn Glave! pepnye Meier BOSE Ao Soub Goon eda dose cogdibece S866 143 feeling in regard to posthumous fame. .-..---..----. .----- 144 Jobn Quincey Adams in reference to fame of. ....----.--... 144 Prof. Walter R. Johnson’s remarks on fame of ......-..--. 144 education at, Oxford University.: 5-6 cocccccesc).c cece oon 145 PCIE OE Ob. na95 hood on05 cond dash come Sac desc bdc0 66056AC 145 S. Mis. 54———40 626 INDEX. Page. Smithson, James—Continued. earnest pursuits. Of Science =.<-~.<1--<|.ceet-o neice eee oon ceee ee 145 scientific: ambitions.) e een Joe ese oe cee eoeeieee doossss 145 Arago’s estimate of the Royal Society .............-.....: ' 146 name, James Lewis: Macie wc <<. eee seein betenneleeee -oes 145 recommendation of application to Royal Society --..-...-. 146 elected member of Royal Society (2--..:222-. ---. -.-.---. 146 tours andexplorationgiccicrcee Use ntce ee ese cece ae eae 46.148 portablelaboratonyie ese ses osse wee Se eelewes a6 seem wees eeae 147 cabinet of minerals. ..22-4 s<.25<. 82 ao eh oa eee 147 minute: researches'..«-r. sites rca SoS ee 147 privations encountered on explorations. .........-..------ 147 extracts from: jourmal:<.-c--scees t2ccss eee eens Soe ee 147 friendship of eminent) savans=/-- on. 2 se eee eee eee 148 presentation of books tO. << <22.s5 22 sasccticecolcee cncl--e- ar 148 Sir Davies Gilbert’s estimate of, as chemist--.....--..--.-- 148 Prof. W. R. Johnson’s opinion of works of..-....-.----.-.. 149 labors in mineralogy and crystallography. .....-.--..----- 149 Mottoron-:publications/ofe2=:se-sssenceeee eee eeeenee oe cess 150 SMiUthsonite 2.2. wees tease eases Cases wi eccees sees 150 analysis of vegetable: colors.<-.ca- secs 22 es sc oe eee oe 150 practical -value of: his researches..::-s-.ic2-.---2--.-2--- 150 notes and scraps found among his effects -.....-.--...---. 151 listiofi writings Of. ..... <<<-ss-ec Ss th ee See eee 151, 152 allusion.made: to other writers by...-25----.32-52-0-2--. 153 GeathiOl cs scocsvceviocsc secs at eeeLe e e 153 his monument.at Genoa xsi ccc wcteiccclsce seeleesctss taennes 153 Sir Davies Gilbert’s tribute to his noes? SO SAAMI PLS ae ot ae 153 analysis, ofauteal crc. cece nc cclcecack hen eee ents neat 153 remarks of Dr. Johnson and George Wilson on lack of de- tails of private life of scientific men..-.........---.-.-- 155 no autobiograph§ of. .......-----.--- EEA PC TEN) Parone eee ye 155 inventory of his personal effects -......--.-------.--.---. 155 personal effects transferred to Mr. Rush.........--.------ 157 the same transferred to the National Institute .........--- 157 F. Markoe’s account of mineral cabinet. ..........-------- 158 notice of-various-portraits ofe 5-22 Shee ste cesar ease eaeer 158 personal effects exhibited in Patent Office.........-..-... 158 sane transferred to Smithsonian Institution.........----- 158 effects destroyedtbhy fire 222 223/25 Se oS ee ce 158 will.of; deliberately made ; letter trom)... s.)e2e otic /eecreectee<. secita neces 41 Townshend, R. W., dthnopoloe FY cece eesti eee ces Siedede este cod she abieie 437 araim, Charles’ J.,, lieutenant-commander, U.S. N- 2224-52225 ccs sccm oe ce tle 457 TMETVSRTRONNS) Noose so Shor nO COS RD Dee ee EE cer tes in tye ares 485, 519, 577 ra Wwellamounds Lowe seecsecpesee cease ses ittinwclercnc scent cielo see Le clone 345, 346 Mrochilide; monograph of theyby: Ds Gay Hlliot=. 3-5... -Saciseaceoesesiccssceee 26 PREOUSLOU Wee. . anbALONO) Of vere =s ae aaae seine © fas ache anicssleneleele se eeea 437 Troy, N. Y. pp Valliam Spero udtih ODseRvabOLYs aea)oceia/ocin1> an) = silos aa are 489 srw). El. examineds HahelsuwOrkss2s 0. seeclace acdc ccciese et iataces C 16 Tryon, G. W., monograph of the Strepomatida@ .--....---.------.-----+ ----e6 26 sommulusmeanr Quincy. Mle ese seem ae oie on a ets State Neeeeciewiee sieenieheeer 343 “Wt mETere, digyi\hy 2 Gd gee hte sods COoA eee OSes a COE CMO ORAS erica 5 Marmersli.M,. exploratlonsssssesiacacn cas see see ee Baca ese eslsedals So a = = oc | : = on = is | SS — oO Oo aes | 5 Zz =z zt SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBR is z z ‘a he S) S) o > = 5 A | = 2 B - | o z z 3 NVINOSHLIWS SAI1uYvVYa!IT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOIL GK Cee ae Sy SS, NVINOSHLIWS Ye 4 NVINOSHLINS Sa1yuVvuyalt ee NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN Wh VY SMITHSONIAN Ls Mwtvesr es F PR eiTTh Ee CRRA TRIO rrrTrirTIicfN A RBirrntre mr] tet mkt RILJEBRECARCL Et ttainm wm ™ bp anrrise,ercemm.eins i hens as ‘ 170, taf acy ce WUE Bh Noten artiydg hive . Lis Peete JGrb weve F ear at hy a she th é ‘NUnit COR rere TE Ae ‘ Patel de Sade eee btn neu ot Wa rer hs w sek azhe 5 me Feneeh yen hehe Ny fi oY gcatittcs hits Bigeyeh weal are SAW ne oa eed fr i Tas Test i eet padre aj BVA ‘es eae é 4 vf he ‘neye ME RCD REE nab ite ade hs ape i x Gehcate ay 4 4 aA Ta yah Ain > ater boas Emi aT. E SNe E MM ibaa WAUCP CRA tse me CAO hh ae icReb he i Se ateen bent ' REREAD ue NESS be tee Puy esheands Mb aMatius ia geedsasa ab atin White reeeeset My eras hehak ? Pi Pines eres 4 ESA ne Shap Red hi stnek Meuron a vay Pale fuk eae) aye fie raat ae! < Se Siiae Paes ohatmin POW TE) Mail ad pi wb eas: Biupey > Eh ai baht ea ett i Re aes. Byers Pek eysyh Ws DY Sa ley PY es Tgrere inte lesabey TeV of sere osereny ven Ere aie ey, Ha O Fe ern te Nha Se Pat Perera pire: ayberyy maareye eG bth d Sebre fer ehh WetewD od eri te PO ATVTR HE Fame, Papseater Uy ed vy pa tat Tey tw rity ue ssa eeroe aye recuse Ww atores Sto i aD PN bleh & Nusa UU elke tnit pArebiter pike € bisiy mest vont ool We yeoha ae en US : ile wok bee PPV bey Wael eseintireee ree Prey ety a ASLO UE YEA F ee Say ir v WOE ePnes dak are pre Pash Way heed WvAtW Vio" PEW We Win mye etry Fee are eo eare b. wt Wea Nesea es OR oe bb tal? a bsp ar Ferme wig WU eee) Wry oye LAAN th dontaak 28 aus WU BM wee VTE Tele ene Nees chiro ery ace) eat bay ‘ eeu { Caw TSM U ry op by Keble fee Mate tO Loreen h Ma aay PAU we its Pe Sicey Pet Oar int eA ONIAN Ip sini an | AWK MN WI | 00944 3109.